Table of Contents

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 20-F

 

o

REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

 

OR

 

 

x

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010

 

 

OR

 

 

o

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

 

OR

 

 

o

SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

Date of event requiring this shell company report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

 

For the transition period from                              to                             

 

Commission file number 0-51504

 

GENETIC TECHNOLOGIES LIMITED

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

N/A

(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)

 

AUSTRALIA

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

 

60-66 Hanover Street, Fitzroy, Victoria, 3065, Australia

Telephone: 011 61 3 8412 7000; Facsimile: 011 61 3 8412 7040

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

Thomas G. Howitt

Telephone: 011 61 3 8412 7050; Facsimile: 011 61 3 8412 7040

Email: tom.howitt@gtglabs.com

60-66 Hanover Street, Fitzroy, Victoria, 3065, Australia

(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act. None

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act.

 

American Depositary Shares each representing 30 Ordinary Shares and evidenced by American Depositary Receipts

Title of each Class

 



Table of Contents

 

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act. None

 

Number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.

 

404,605,152 Ordinary Shares

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

o Yes    x No

 

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

o Yes    x No

 

Note — Checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from their obligations under those Sections.

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

x Yes    o No

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer o

 

Accelerated filer o

 

Non-accelerated filer x

 

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

 

U.S. GAAP o

 

International Financial Reporting Standards as issued
by the International Accounting Standards Board
x

 

Other o

 

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.

o Item 17    o Item 18

 

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

o Yes    x No

 

(APPLICABLE ONLY TO ISSUERS INVOLVED IN BANKRUPTCY PROCEEDINGS DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS)

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed all documents and reports required to be filed by Sections 12, 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 subsequent to the distribution of securities under a plan confirmed by a court.

 

o Yes    o No

 



Table of Contents

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

INTRODUCTION

1

 

 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

1

 

 

ENFORCEMENT OF LIABILITIES AND SERVICE OF PROCESS

1

 

 

PART I

2

 

 

 

ITEM 1.

IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

2

 

 

 

ITEM 1.A

DIRECTORS AND SENIOR MANAGEMENT

2

 

 

 

ITEM 1.B

ADVISERS

3

 

 

 

ITEM 1.C

AUDITOR

3

 

 

 

ITEM 2.

OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

3

 

 

 

ITEM 3.

KEY INFORMATION

3

 

 

 

ITEM 3.A

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

3

 

 

 

ITEM 3.B

CAPITALIZATION AND INDEBTEDNESS

6

 

 

 

ITEM 3.C

REASONS FOR THE OFFER AND USE OF PROCEEDS

6

 

 

 

ITEM 3.D

RISK FACTORS

6

 

 

 

ITEM 4.

INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

15

 

 

 

ITEM 4.A

HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE COMPANY

15

 

 

 

ITEM 4.B

BUSINESS OVERVIEW

17

 

 

 

ITEM 4.C

CORPORATE STRUCTURE

43

 

 

 

ITEM 4.D

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

44

 

 

 

ITEM 5.

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

44

 

 

 

ITEM 5.A

OPERATING RESULTS

44

 

 

 

ITEM 5.B

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

57

 

 

 

ITEM 5.C

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT, PATENTS AND LICENSES, ETC.

59

 

 

 

ITEM 5.D

TREND INFORMATION

59

 

 

 

ITEM 5E.

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

60

 



Table of Contents

 

ITEM 5F.

INFORMATION ABOUT CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

60

 

 

 

ITEM 6.

DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

60

 

 

 

ITEM 6.A

DIRECTORS AND SENIOR MANAGEMENT

60

 

 

 

ITEM 6.B

COMPENSATION

63

 

 

 

ITEM 6.C

BOARD PRACTICES

67

 

 

 

ITEM 6.D

EMPLOYEES

69

 

 

 

ITEM 6.E

SHARE OWNERSHIP

69

 

 

 

ITEM 7.

MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

70

 

 

 

ITEM 7.A

MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS

70

 

 

 

ITEM 7.B

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

70

 

 

 

ITEM 7.C

INTERESTS OF EXPERTS AND COUNSEL

70

 

 

 

ITEM 8.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

71

 

 

 

ITEM 8.A

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS AND OTHER FINANCIAL INFORMATION

71

 

 

 

ITEM 8.B

LITIGATION AND OTHER LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

71

 

 

 

ITEM 8.C

DIVIDENDS

71

 

 

 

ITEM 8.D

SIGNIFICANT CHANGES TO FINANCIAL INFORMATION

71

 

 

 

ITEM 8.E

SIGNIFICANT OTHER CHANGES

72

 

 

 

ITEM 9.

THE OFFER AND LISTING

73

 

 

 

ITEM 9.A

OFFER AND LISTING DETAILS

73

 

 

 

ITEM 9.B

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

74

 

 

 

ITEM 9.C

MARKETS

74

 

 

 

ITEM 9.D

SELLING SHAREHOLDERS

74

 

 

 

ITEM 9.E

DILUTION

74

 

 

 

ITEM 9.F

EXPENSES OF THE ISSUE

74

 

 

 

ITEM 10.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

75

 

 

 

ITEM 10.A

SHARE CAPITAL

75

 

 

 

ITEM 10.B

OUR CONSTITUTION

76

 

ii



Table of Contents

 

ITEM 10.C

MATERIAL CONTRACTS

77

 

 

 

ITEM 10.D

EXCHANGE CONTROLS AND OTHER LIMITATIONS AFFECTING SECURITY HOLDERS

77

 

 

 

ITEM 10.E

TAXATION

78

 

 

 

ITEM 10.F

DIVIDENDS AND PAYING AGENTS

83

 

 

 

ITEM 10.G

STATEMENT BY EXPERTS

83

 

 

 

ITEM 10.H

DOCUMENTS ON DISPLAY

83

 

 

 

ITEM 10.I

SUBSIDIARY INFORMATION

84

 

 

 

ITEM 11.

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

84

 

 

 

ITEM 12.

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

85

 

 

 

ITEM 12.A

DEBT SECURITIES

85

 

 

 

ITEM 12.B

WARRANTS AND RIGHTS

85

 

 

 

ITEM 12.C

OTHER SECURITIES

85

 

 

 

ITEM 12.D

AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES

85

 

 

 

PART II

 

85

 

 

 

ITEM 13.

DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

85

 

 

 

ITEM 14.

MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

85

 

 

 

ITEM 15.

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

85

 

 

 

ITEM 15A.

DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

85

 

 

 

ITEM 15B.

MANAGEMENT’S ANNUAL REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

86

 

 

 

ITEM 15C.

ATTESTATION REPORT OF THE REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

86

 

 

 

ITEM 15D.

CHANGES IN INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

86

 

 

 

ITEM 16A.

AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

87

 

 

 

ITEM 16B.

CODE OF ETHICS

87

 

 

 

ITEM 16C.

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

88

 

 

 

ITEM 16D.

EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES

88

 

iii



Table of Contents

 

ITEM 16E.

PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS

88

 

 

 

ITEM 16F.

CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT

88

 

 

 

NOT APPLICABLE

88

 

 

 

ITEM 16G.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

89

 

 

 

PART III

 

90

 

 

 

ITEM 17.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

90

 

 

 

ITEM 18.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

90

 

 

 

ITEM 19.

EXHIBITS

90

 

iv



Table of Contents

 

INTRODUCTION

 

In this Annual Report, the “Company,” “Genetic Technologies”, “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Genetic Technologies Limited and its consolidated subsidiaries.

 

Our consolidated financial statements are set out on pages F1 to F43 of this Annual Report (refer to Item 18 “Financial Statements”).

 

References to the “ADSs” are to our ADSs described in Item 12.D “American Depositary Shares” and references to the “Ordinary Shares” are to our Ordinary Shares described in Item 10.A “Share Capital”.

 

Our fiscal year ends on June 30 and references in this Annual Report to any specific fiscal year are to the twelve month period ended on June 30 of such year.

 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This Annual Report contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties.  We use words such as “anticipates”, “believes”, “plans”, “expects”, “future”, “intends” and similar expressions to identify such forward-looking statements.  This Annual Report also contains forward-looking statements attributed to certain third parties relating to their estimates regarding the growth of Genetic Technologies and related service markets and spending.  You should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which apply only as of the date of this Annual Report.  Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements for many reasons, including the risks faced by us described below under the caption “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Annual Report.

 

Although we believe that the expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements are reasonable at this time, we can give no assurance that such expectations will prove to be correct.  Given these uncertainties, readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such forward-looking statements.  Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations are contained in cautionary statements in this Annual Report including, without limitation, in conjunction with the forward-looking statements included in this Annual Report and specifically under Item 3.D “Risk Factors”.

 

All subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us are expressly qualified in their entirety by reference to these cautionary statements.

 

ENFORCEMENT OF LIABILITIES AND SERVICE OF PROCESS

 

We are incorporated under the laws of Western Australia in the Commonwealth of Australia. The majority of our directors and executive officers, and any experts named in this Annual Report, reside outside the U.S.  Substantially all of our assets, our directors’ and executive officers’ assets and such experts’ assets are located outside the U.S.  As a result, it may not be possible for investors to affect service of process within the U.S. upon us or our directors, executive officers or such experts, or to enforce against them or us in U.S. courts, judgments obtained in U.S. courts based upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the U.S.  In addition, we have been advised by our Australian solicitors that there is doubt that the courts of Australia will enforce against us, our directors, executive officers and experts named herein, judgments obtained in the U.S. based upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the U.S. or will enter judgments in original actions brought in Australian courts based upon the federal securities laws of the U.S.

 



Table of Contents

 

PART I

 

Item 1.            Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers

 

Item 1.A         Directors and Senior Management

 

The Directors of the Company as of the date of this Annual Report are as follows:

 

Name

 

Position/Function

 

Business Address

 

 

 

 

 

Sidney C. Hack

 

Non-Executive Chairman

 

60-66 Hanover Street

Fitzroy Victoria 3065

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

Tommaso Bonvino

 

Non-Executive Director

 

60-66 Hanover Street

Fitzroy Victoria 3065

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

Dr. Malcolm R. Brandon

 

Non-Executive Director

 

60-66 Hanover Street

Fitzroy Victoria 3065

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

Huw D. Jones

 

Non-Executive Director

 

60-66 Hanover Street

Fitzroy Victoria 3065

Australia

 

The members of Senior Management of the Company as of the date of this Annual Report are as follows:

 

Name

 

Position/Function

 

Business Address

 

 

 

 

 

Dr. Paul D.R. MacLeman

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

60-66 Hanover Street

Fitzroy Victoria 3065

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

Thomas G. Howitt

 

Chief Financial Officer and

   Company Secretary

 

60-66 Hanover Street

Fitzroy Victoria 3065

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

Alison J. Mew

 

Chief Operating Officer

 

60-66 Hanover Street

Fitzroy Victoria 3065

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

Dr. David J. Sparling

 

Vice President

   Legal and Corporate Development

 

60-66 Hanover Street

Fitzroy Victoria 3065

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

Gregory J. McPherson

 

Vice President

   Sales and Marketing

 

60-66 Hanover Street

Fitzroy Victoria 3065

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

Ivan Jasenko

 

Quality and Regulatory

   Manager

 

60-66 Hanover Street

Fitzroy Victoria 3065

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

Lewis J. Stuart

 

General Manager

   Phenogen Sciences Inc.

 

9115 Harris Corners Parkway Suite 320

Charlotte North Carolina 28269

USA

 

2



Table of Contents

 

Item 1.B         Advisers

 

Our principal bankers, accountants and legal advisers are as follows:

 

Name of Adviser

 

Function

 

Business Address

 

 

 

 

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers

 

Auditors

 

2 Southbank Boulevard

Southbank Victoria 3006

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

Westpac Banking Corporation

 

Bankers - Australia

 

530 Collins Street

Melbourne Victoria 3000

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

KeyBank National Association

 

Bankers - USA

 

1130 Haxton Drive

Fort Collins Colorado 80525

USA

 

 

 

 

 

Bank of America, N.A.

 

Bankers - USA

 

155 Town Centre Drive

Charlotte North Carolina 28117

USA

 

 

 

 

 

Baker & McKenzie

 

General Counsel

 

181 William Street

Melbourne Victoria 3000

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

Sheridan Ross PC

 

Licensing and Patent Attorneys

 

1560 Broadway, Suite 1200

Denver Colorado 80202-5141

USA

 

 

 

 

 

Greenberg Traurig, LLP

 

U.S. Securities Counsel

 

200 Park Avenue

New York New York 10166

USA

 

Item 1.C         Auditor

 

The auditor of the Group’s financial statements for the year ended June 30, 2010 was PricewaterhouseCoopers, whose address is 2 Southbank Boulevard, Southbank, Victoria, 3006, Australia.  The auditor of the Group’s financial statements for the years ended June 30, 2009, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was Ernst & Young, whose address is 8 Exhibition Street, Melbourne, Victoria, 3000, Australia. PricewaterhouseCoopers is the Company’s current independent registered public accounting firm, an appointment ratified at the Annual General Meeting held on November 25, 2009.

 

Item 2.            Offer Statistics And Expected Timetable

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 3.            Key Information

 

Item 3.A         Selected Financial Data

 

The following selected financial data for the five years ended June 30, 2010 is derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of Genetic Technologies Limited, prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”), which became effective for our company as of our fiscal year ended June 30, 2006.  Under IFRS 1 “ First-time Adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards” , or IFRS 1, a company adopting IFRS for the first time is required to adopt accounting policies that comply with IFRS and related interpretations that are in effect at the reporting date of its first annual financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS, in our case June 30, 2006.

 

The balance sheet data as of June 30, 2010 and 2009 and the statement of comprehensive income data for the fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report.  Balance sheet data as of June 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006 and statement of comprehensive income data for the 2007 and 2006 financial years are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements which are not included in this Annual Report.  The data should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements, related notes and other financial information included herein.

 

All amounts are stated in Australian dollars as of June 30, as noted.

 

3



Table of Contents

 

GENETIC TECHNOLOGIES LIMITED

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

FOR 2010, 2009, 2008, 2007 AND 2006

 

 

 

Year ended
June 30, 2010

 

Year ended
June 30, 2009

 

Year ended
June 30, 2008

 

Year ended
June 30, 2007

 

Year ended
June 30, 2006

 

 

 

AUD

 

AUD

 

AUD

 

AUD

 

AUD

 

Revenue from operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Genetic testing services

 

4,915,528

 

4,599,286

 

3,918,692

 

3,119,131

 

2,550,221

 

Reproductive services

 

890,030

 

782,803

 

 

 

 

Total revenue from operations

 

5,805,558

 

5,382,089

 

3,918,692

 

3,119,131

 

2,550,221

 

Less: cost of sales

 

(2,716,657

)

(2,203,839

)

 

 

 

Gross profit from operations

 

3,088,901

 

3,178,250

 

3,918,692

 

3,119,131

 

2,550,221

 

Other revenue

 

3,951,178

 

6,012,014

 

11,689,120

 

11,595,297

 

7,407,982

 

Other income

 

213,808

 

787,529

 

276,606

 

340,486

 

708,411

 

Employee benefits expenses

 

(5,945,605

)

(6,439,549

)

(6,568,966

)

(5,556,644

)

(5,432,506

)

Amortization and depreciation expenses

 

(3,706,330

)

(3,987,996

)

(4,755,155

)

(4,602,992

)

(4,817,277

)

Impairment losses and other write-downs

 

(1,786,533

)

(318,025

)

(2,378,000

)

(1,306,960

)

(97,500

)

Legal and patent fees

 

(1,257,145

)

(1,386,393

)

(873,854

)

(748,605

)

(1,440,929

)

Administration expenses

 

(979,006

)

(1,304,682

)

(839,226

)

(901,380

)

(910,776

)

Rent and outgoings

 

(718,593

)

(584,980

)

(533,644

)

(535,045

)

(511,050

)

Royalties, license fees and commissions paid

 

(399,318

)

(354,684

)

(889,520

)

(580,122

)

(177,283

)

Other laboratory and veterinary expenses

 

(357,464

)

(748,254

)

(1,599,644

)

(1,989,098

)

(2,008,546

)

Marketing and promotion expenses

 

(340,630

)

(272,726

)

(221,644

)

(437,087

)

(502,353

)

Finance costs

 

(100,422

)

(89,499

)

(66,763

)

(90,929

)

(112,082

)

Contract research and trial expenses

 

(90,000

)

(1,209,260

)

(1,267,748

)

(1,247,775

)

(1,345,916

)

Net foreign exchange losses

 

 

 

(254,954

)

(317,317

)

 

Net other expenses

 

(928,050

)

(1,140,066

)

(1,086,938

)

(1,086,662

)

(1,218,519

)

Loss before income tax

 

(9,355,209

)

(7,858,321

)

(5,451,638

)

(4,345,702

)

(7,908,123

)

Income tax expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss for the year

 

(9,355,209

)

(7,858,321

)

(5,451,638

)

(4,345,702

)

(7,908,123

)

Other comprehensive income/(loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Realized gain on sale of available-for-sale investments transferred from reserve

 

(170,000

)

 

 

 

 

Unrealized gain on available-for-sale investments

 

 

170,000

 

 

 

 

Exchange gains/(losses) on translation of controlled foreign operations

 

(8,623

)

(13,408

)

(32,624

)

(38,535

)

26,548

 

Exchange gains/(losses) on translation of non-controlled foreign operations

 

3,404

 

6,133

 

(9,161

)

(12,999

)

 

Other comprehensive income/(loss) for the year, net of tax

 

(175,219

)

162,725

 

(41,785

)

(51,534

)

26,548

 

Total comprehensive loss for the year

 

(9,530,428

)

(7,695,596

)

(5,493,423

)

(4,397,236

)

(7,881,575

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss for the year is attributable to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owners of Genetic Technologies Limited

 

(9,343,766

)

(7,841,073

)

(5,446,089

)

(4,328,543

)

(7,918,773

)

Non-controlling interests

 

(11,443

)

(17,248

)

(5,549

)

(17,159

)

10,650

 

Total loss for the year

 

(9,355,209

)

(7,858,321

)

(5,451,638

)

(4,345,702

)

(7,908,123

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss for the year is attributable to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owners of Genetic Technologies Limited

 

(9,522,389

)

(7,684,481

)

(5,478,713

)

(4,367,078

)

(7,892,225

)

Non-controlling interests

 

(8,039

)

(11,115

)

(14,710

)

(30,158

)

10,650

 

Total loss for the year

 

(9,530,428

)

(7,695,596

)

(5,493,423

)

(4,397,236

)

(7,881,575

)

 

4



Table of Contents

 

GENETIC TECHNOLOGIES LIMITED

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (cont.)

FOR 2010, 2009, 2008, 2007 AND 2006

 

 

 

Year ended
June 30, 2010

 

Year ended
June 30, 2009

 

Year ended
June 30, 2008

 

Year ended
June 30, 2007

 

Year ended
June 30, 2006

 

 

 

AUD

 

AUD

 

AUD

 

AUD

 

AUD

 

Loss per share (cents per share)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per ordinary share

 

(2.5

)

(2.1

)

(2.1

)

(1.5

)

(1.2

)

Weighted-average shares outstanding

 

380,965,204

 

373,906,149

 

373,906,149

 

362,389,899

 

362,389,899

 

 

Note:            Refer Item 8D in respect of changes to the presentation of these financial statements relating to the disclosure of cost of sales data.

 

GENETIC TECHNOLOGIES LIMITED

 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET DATA
FOR 2010, 2009, 2008, 2007 AND 2006

 

 

 

Year ended
June 30, 2010

 

Year ended
June 30, 2009

 

Year ended
June 30, 2008

 

Year ended
June 30, 2007

 

Year ended
June 30, 2006

 

 

 

AUD

 

AUD

 

AUD

 

AUD

 

AUD

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

4,502,161

 

10,103,166

 

15,893,852

 

14,600,846

 

13,960,666

 

Non-current assets

 

3,777,411

 

7,874,565

 

8,200,726

 

14,848,181

 

19,756,241

 

Total assets

 

8,279,572

 

17,977,731

 

24,094,578

 

29,449,027

 

33,716,907

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities

 

(2,478,943

)

(3,779,385

)

(3,047,002

)

(3,248,763

)

(2,946,212

)

Non-current liabilities

 

(82,933

)

(86,301

)

(262,503

)

(97,455

)

(528,556

)

Total liabilities

 

(2,561,876

)

(3,865,686

)

(3,309,505

)

(3,346,218

)

(3,474,768

)

Net assets

 

5,717,696

 

14,112,045

 

20,785,073

 

26,102,809

 

30,242,139

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contributed equity

 

72,378,105

 

71,285,663

 

70,243,996

 

70,243,996

 

70,243,996

 

Reserves

 

1,529,142

 

1,701,899

 

1,588,804

 

1,456,895

 

1,237,524

 

Accumulated losses

 

(68,374,028

)

(59,030,262

)

(51,189,189

)

(45,743,100

)

(41,414,557

)

Minority interests

 

184,477

 

154,745

 

141,462

 

145,018

 

175,176

 

Total shareholders’ equity

 

5,717,696

 

14,112,045

 

20,785,073

 

26,102,809

 

30,242,139

 

 

5



Table of Contents

 

Exchange rates

 

The following table sets forth, for the periods and dates indicated, certain information concerning the noon buying rate in New York City for Australian dollars expressed in U.S. dollars per $1.00 as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.

 

Period ended

 

At period end

 

Average rate

 

High

 

Low

 

Yearly data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 2006

 

0.7423

 

0.7475

 

0.7781

 

0.7056

 

June 2007

 

0.8491

 

0.7899

 

0.8491

 

0.7407

 

June 2008

 

0.9562

 

0.8965

 

0.9644

 

0.7672

 

June 2009

 

0.8055

 

0.7513

 

0.9797

 

0.6073

 

June 2010

 

0.8480

 

0.8820

 

0.9369

 

0.7751

 

Monthly data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 2010

 

0.8480

 

0.8539

 

0.8818

 

0.8192

 

July 2010

 

0.9051

 

0.8786

 

0.9051

 

0.8380

 

August 2010

 

0.8910

 

0.9004

 

0.9170

 

0.8807

 

September 2010

 

0.9640

 

0.9398

 

0.9714

 

0.9093

 

October 2010

 

0.9796

 

0.9811

 

0.9943

 

0.9666

 

November 2010

 

0.9607

 

0.9889

 

1.0143

 

0.9594

 

December 2010 (note)

 

0.9930

 

0.9850

 

0.9974

 

0.9675

 

 

Note:            Data for the month of December 2010 covers the period up to December 16, 2010.

 

Item 3.B         Capitalization and Indebtedness

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 3.C         Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 3.D         Risk Factors

 

Before you purchase our ADSs, you should be aware that there are risks, including those described below.  You should consider carefully these risk factors together with all of the other information contained elsewhere in this Annual Report before you decide to purchase our ADSs.

 

Risks Related to Us

 

Our stock price is volatile and can fluctuate significantly based on events not in our control and general industry conditions.  As a result, the value of your investment may decline significantly.

 

The biotechnology sector can be particularly vulnerable to abrupt changes in investor sentiment.  Stock prices of companies in the biotechnology industry, including ours, can swing dramatically, with little relationship to operating performance.  Our stock price may be affected by a number of factors including, but not limited to:

 

·                        product development events;

·                        the outcome of litigation;

·                        decisions relating to intellectual property rights;

·                        the entrance of competitive products or technologies into our market;

·                        new medical discoveries;

·                        the establishment of strategic partnerships and alliances;

·                        changes in reimbursement policies or other practices related to the pharmaceutical industry; or

·                        other industry and market changes or trends.

 

6



Table of Contents

 

Since our listing on the Australian Securities Exchange in August 2000, the price of our Ordinary Shares has ranged from a low of $0.02 to a high of $1.05 per share.  Further fluctuations are likely to occur due to events not within our control and general market conditions affecting the biotechnology sector or the stock market generally.  The most significant such event of which we have knowledge took place in August 2003 after a television report in Australia on our company was broadcast.  During that week, the price of our shares increased from $0.58 to $0.87 on a volume of 26,000,000 shares traded, which was exceptionally high for us.  The share price subsequently retreated.

 

In addition, low trading volume may increase the volatility of the price of our ADSs.  Trading volume in our Ordinary Shares on other markets has not been historically high, and the trading volume of our ADSs on the NASDAQ Global / Capital Markets has typically also been low.  Further, because each of our ADSs represents 30 of our Ordinary Shares, trading volume in our ADSs is lower than that for our Ordinary Shares.  A thin trading market could cause the price of our ADSs to fluctuate significantly more than the stock market as a whole.  For example, trades involving a relatively small number of our ADSs may have a greater impact on the trading price for our ADSs than would be the case if the trading volume were higher.

 

The following chart illustrates the fluctuation in the price of our shares (in Australian dollars) over the last five years:

 

 

The fact that we do not expect to pay cash dividends may lead to decreased prices for our stock.

 

We have never paid a cash dividend on our Ordinary Shares and we do not anticipate paying a cash dividend in the foreseeable future.  We intend to retain future cash earnings, if any, for reinvestment in the development and expansion of our business.  Whether we pay cash dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our Board of directors and may be dependent on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements and any other factors our Board of directors decides is relevant.  As a result, an investor may only recognize an economic gain on an investment in our stock from an appreciation in the price of our stock.

 

You may have difficulty in effecting service of legal process and enforcing judgments against us and our Management.

 

We are a public company limited by shares, registered and operating under the Australian Corporations Act 2001 .  The majority of our directors and officers named in this Annual Report reside outside the U.S.  Substantially all, or a substantial portion of, the assets of those persons are also located outside the U.S.  As a result, it may not be possible to affect service on such persons in the U.S. or to enforce, in foreign courts, judgments against such persons obtained in U.S. courts and predicated on the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the U.S.  Furthermore, substantially all of our directly-owned assets are located outside the U.S., and, as such, any judgment obtained in the U.S. against us may not be collectible within the U.S.  There is doubt as to the enforceability in the Commonwealth of Australia, in original actions or in actions for enforcement of judgments of U.S. courts, of civil liabilities predicated solely upon federal or state securities laws of the U.S., especially in the case of enforcement of judgments of U.S. courts where the defendant has not been properly served in Australia.

 

7



Table of Contents

 

Because we are not necessarily required to provide you with the same information as an issuer of securities based in the United States, you may not be afforded the same protection or information you would have if you had invested in a public corporation based in the United States.

 

We are exempt from certain provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, commonly referred to as the Exchange Act, that are applicable to U.S. public companies, including (i) the rules under the Exchange Act requiring the filing with the SEC of quarterly reports on Form 10-Q or current reports on Form 8-K; (ii) the sections of the Exchange Act regulating the solicitation of proxies, consents or authorizations in respect of a security registered under the Exchange Act; and (iii) the sections of the Exchange Act requiring insiders to file public reports of their stock ownership and trading activities and liability for insiders who profit from trades made in a short period of time.  The exempt provisions would be available to you if you had invested in a U.S. corporation.

 

However, in line with the Australian Securities Exchange regulations, we will disclose our semi-annual results which, in accordance with Australian auditing standards, are required to have a limited review semi-annually and be fully audited annually.  The information, which may have an effect on the stock price on the Australian Securities Exchange, will also be disclosed to the Australian Securities Exchange and the Securities Exchange Commission.  Other relevant information pertaining to our Company will also be disclosed in line with the Australian Securities Exchange regulations and information dissemination requirements for listed companies.  We will provide our semi-annual results and other material information that we make public in Australia in the U.S. under the cover of an SEC Form 6-K.  Nevertheless, you may not be afforded the same protection or information, which would be made available to you, were you investing in a United States public corporation because the requirements of a Form 10-Q and Form 8-K are not applicable to us.

 

If significant liquidity does not eventuate for our ADSs on NASDAQ, your ability to resell your ADSs could be negatively affected because there would be limited buyers for your interests.

 

Historically, there was virtually no trading in our ADSs through the pink sheets after the establishment of our Level I ADR Program.  However, subsequent to the Level II listing of our ADSs on the NASDAQ Global Market on September 2, 2005, the trading volumes of our ADSs have increased.  The Company subsequently transferred the listing of its ADSs to the NASDAQ Capital Market effective as from June 30, 2010.  An active trading market for the ADSs, however, may not be maintained in the future.  If an active trading market is not maintained, the liquidity and trading prices of the ADSs could be negatively affected.

 

In certain circumstances, holders of ADRs may have limited rights relative to holders of Ordinary Shares .

 

The rights of holders of ADSs with respect to the voting of Ordinary Shares and the right to receive certain distributions may be limited in certain respects by the deposit agreement entered into by us and The Bank of New York Mellon.  For example, although ADS holders are entitled under the deposit agreement, subject to any applicable provisions of Australian law and of our Constitution, to instruct the depositary as to the exercise of the voting rights pertaining to the Ordinary Shares represented by the American Depositary Shares, and the depositary has agreed that it will try, as far as practical, to vote the Ordinary Shares so represented in accordance with such instructions, ADS holders may not receive notices sent by the depositary in time to ensure that the depositary will vote the Ordinary Shares. This means that the holders of ADRs may not be able to exercise their right to vote.  In addition, under the deposit agreement, the depositary has the right to restrict distributions to holders of the ADSs in the event that it is unlawful or impractical to make such distributions.  We have no obligation to take any action to permit distributions to holders of our American Depositary Receipts, or ADRs. As a result, holders of ADRs may not receive distributions made by us.

 

Our Company has a history of incurring losses.

 

The business which is now called Genetic Technologies Limited was founded in 1989. We have incurred operating losses in every year of our existence.  We incurred net losses of $7,918,773 for the year ended June 30, 2006, net losses of $4,328,543 for year ended June 30, 2007, net losses of $5,446,089 for year ended June 30, 2008, net losses of $7,841,073 for year ended June 30, 2009 and net losses of $9,343,766 for year ended June 30, 2010.  As of June 30, 2010, we have accumulated losses of $68,374,028.  As of June 30, 2010, the extent of future losses and the time required to achieve profitability remains uncertain.

 

8



Table of Contents

 

Risks Related to our Industry

 

Our sales cycle is typically lengthy.

 

The sales cycle for our testing products and license generation is typically lengthy.  As a result, we may expend substantial funds and management effort with no assurance of successfully selling our products or services or granting new licenses.  Our ability to obtain customers for our genetic testing services depends significantly on the perception that our services can help accelerate efforts in genomics.  The sales cycle is typically lengthy.  Our sales effort requires the effective demonstration of the benefits of our services to, and significant training of, many different departments within a potential customer.  In addition, we sometimes are required to negotiate agreements containing terms unique to each customer.  With respect to license generation, it is common for negotiations with licensees to take many months before a license is eventually granted.  Our business could also be adversely affected if we expend money without any return.

 

If our competitors develop more effective products, the results from our operations and financial condition could be affected.

 

We are subject to limited competition from biotechnology and diagnostic companies, academic and research institutions and government or other publicly-funded agencies that are pursuing products and services that are substantially similar to our genetic testing services, or which otherwise address the needs of our customers and potential customers.  Our competitors in the testing market include private and public sector enterprises located in Australia and elsewhere.  Many of the organizations competing with us have greater experience in the areas of finance, research and development, manufacturing, marketing, sales, distribution, technical and regulatory matters than we do.  In addition, many current and potential competitors have greater name recognition and more extensive collaborative relationships.  However, because of our patents, we have virtually no competition in the licensing area.

 

Our competitive position in the testing and reproductive services area is based upon our ability to:

 

·                        create and maintain scientifically-advanced technology and offer proprietary products and services;

·                        attract and retain qualified personnel;

·                        obtain patent or other protection for our products and services;

·                        obtain required government approvals and other accreditations on a timely basis; and

·                        successfully market our products and services.

 

If we are not successful in meeting these goals, our business could be adversely affected. Similarly, our competitors may succeed in developing technologies, products or services that are more effective than any that we are developing or that would render our technology and services obsolete, noncompetitive or uneconomical.

 

For a full discussion of competition see Item 4.B “Competition”.

 

We rely heavily upon our patents and proprietary technology and any future claims that our patents are invalid could seriously affect our licensing business and adversely affect our revenues and our financial condition.

 

We rely upon our portfolio of patent rights, patent applications and exclusive licenses to patents and patent applications relating to genetic technologies.  We expect to aggressively patent and protect our proprietary technologies.  However, we cannot be certain that any additional patents will be issued to us as a result of our domestic or foreign patent applications or that any of our patents will withstand challenges by others.  Patents issued to, or licensed by, us may be infringed or third parties may independently develop either the same or similar technologies.  Similarly, our patents may not provide us with meaningful protection from competitors, including those who may pursue patents which may prevent, limit or interfere with our products or will require licensing and the payment of significant fees or royalties by us to such third parties in order to enable us to conduct our business.  We may sue or be sued by third parties regarding our patents and other intellectual property rights.  These suits are often costly and would divert valuable funds and technical resources from our operations and cause distraction to Management.

 

We have important relationships with external parties over whom we have limited control.

 

We have relationships with academic consultants who are not employed by us.  Accordingly, we have limited control over their activities and can expect only limited amounts of their time to be dedicated to our activities.  These persons may have consulting, employment or advisory arrangements with other entities that may conflict with or compete with their obligations to us.  Our consultants typically sign agreements that provide for confidentiality of our proprietary information and results of studies. However, in connection with every relationship, we may not be able to maintain the confidentiality of our technology, the dissemination of which could hurt our competitive position and results of operations.  To the extent that our scientific consultants develop inventions or processes independently that may be applicable to our proposed products, disputes may arise as to the ownership of the proprietary rights to such information, and we may not win those disputes.

 

9



Table of Contents

 

If we are unable to protect our proprietary assets, we may not be able to commercialize products or services.

 

Our commercial success partially depends on our ability to obtain patent protection for many aspects of our business, including the products, methods and services we develop. Patents issued to us may not provide us with substantial protection or be commercially beneficial to us.  The issuance of a patent is not conclusive as to its validity or its enforceability.  In addition, our patent applications or those we have licensed, may not result in issued patents.  If our patent applications do not result in issued patents, our competitors may obtain rights to commercialize our discoveries which could harm our competitive position.  We also may apply for patent protection on novel genetic variations in known genes and their uses, as well as novel uses for previously identified genetic variations discovered by third parties.  In the latter cases, we may need a license from the holder of the patent with respect to such genetic variations in order to make, use or sell any related products. We may not be able to acquire such licenses on terms acceptable to us, if at all.

 

Certain parties are attempting to rapidly identify and characterize genes and genetic variations through the use of sequencing and other technologies.  To the extent that any patents are issued to other parties on such partial or full-length genes or genetic variations or uses for such genes or genetic variations, the risk increases that the sale of products or services developed by us or our collaborators may give rise to claims of patent infringement against us.  Others may have filed and, in the future, are likely to file patent applications covering many genetic variations and their uses.  Any such patent applications may have priority over our patent applications and could further require us to obtain rights to previously issued patents covering genetic variations.  Any license that we may require under any such patent may not be made available to us on commercially acceptable terms, if at all.

 

We may be sued for infringing on the intellectual property rights of others.  We could also become involved in interference proceedings in the United States Patent and Trademark Office to determine the relative priority of our patents or patent applications and those of the other parties involved in the interference proceeding.  Intellectual property proceedings are costly, and could affect our results of operations.  These proceedings can also divert the attention of managerial and technical personnel.  If we do not prevail in any intellectual property proceeding, in addition to any damages we might have to pay, we could be required to stop the infringing activity, or obtain a license to or design around the intellectual property in question. In interference proceedings, our patent rights could be invalidated and the scope of our patents could be limited.  If we are unable to obtain licenses to intellectual property rights that we need to conduct our business, or are unable to design around any third party patent, we may be unable to sell some of our products, which will result in reduced revenue.

 

We have in the past and may possibly in the future become a party to litigation involving patents and intellectual property rights.  We have previously commenced litigation against a number of parties to protect our rights pertaining to our intellectual property.  We may in the future receive claims of infringement of intellectual property rights from other parties.  If we do not prevail in any future legal proceedings, we may be required to pay significant monetary damages.  In addition, we could also be prevented from using certain processes or prevented from selling certain configurations of our products or services that were found to be within the scope of the patent claims.  In the event we did not prevail in any future proceeding, we would either have to obtain licenses from the other party, avoid certain product configurations or modify some of our products, services and processes to design around the patents.  Licenses could be costly or unavailable on commercially reasonable terms.  Designing around patents or focusing efforts on different configurations could be time consuming, and we may have to remove some of our products or services from the market while we were completing redesigns. Accordingly, if we are unable to settle future intellectual property disputes through licensing or similar arrangements, or if any such future disputes are determined adversely to us, our ability to market and sell our products and services could be harmed.  This would in turn reduce demands for our services and harm our financial condition and results of operations.

 

In addition, in order to protect or enforce our patent rights or to protect our ability to operate our business, we may need to initiate other patent litigation against third parties.  These lawsuits could be expensive, take significant time to resolve, and could divert Management’s attention from other business concerns.  These lawsuits could result in the invalidation or limitation in the scope of our patents or forfeiture of the rights associated with our patents.  We may not prevail in any such proceedings and a court may find damages or award other remedies in favor of our opposing party in any of these suits.  During the course of any future proceedings, there may be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions and other interim proceedings or developments in the litigation.  Securities analysts or investors may perceive these announcements to be negative, which could cause the market price of our stock to decline.

 

10



Table of Contents

 

We may be subject to professional liability suits and our insurance may not be sufficient to cover damages.  If this occurs, our business and financial condition may be adversely affected.

 

Our business exposes us to potential liability risks that are inherent in the testing, manufacturing, marketing and sale of genetic tests.  The use of our products and product candidates, whether for clinical trials or commercial sale, may expose us to professional liability claims and possible adverse publicity.  We may be subject to claims resulting from incorrect results of analysis of genetic variations or other screening tests performed using our services.  Litigation of such claims could be costly.  We could expend significant funds during any litigation proceeding brought against us.  Further, if a court were to require us to pay damages to a plaintiff, the amount of such damages could significantly harm our financial condition. Although we have public and product liability insurance coverage under broadform liability and professional indemnity policies, for an aggregate amount of $60,000,000, the level or breadth of our coverage may not be adequate to fully cover potential liability claims. To date we have not been subject to any claims, or ultimately liability, in excess of the amount of our coverage. In addition, we may not be able to obtain additional professional liability coverage in the future at an acceptable cost.  A successful claim or series of claims brought against us in excess of our insurance coverage and the effect of professional liability litigation upon the reputation and marketability of our technology and products, together with the diversion of the attention of key personnel, could negatively affect our business.

 

We use potentially hazardous materials, chemicals and patient samples in our business and any disputes relating to improper handling, storage or disposal of these materials could be time consuming and costly.

 

Our research and development, production and service activities involve the controlled use of hazardous laboratory materials and chemicals, including small quantities of acid and alcohol, and patient tissue and blood samples.  We do not knowingly deal with infectious samples.  We, our collaborators and service providers are subject to stringent Australian federal, state and local laws and regulations governing occupational health and safety standards, including those governing the use, storage, handling and disposal of these materials and certain waste products.  However, we could be liable for accidental contamination or discharge or any resultant injury from hazardous materials, and conveyance, processing, and storage of and data on patient samples.  If we, our collaborators or service providers fail to comply with applicable laws or regulations, we could be required to pay penalties or be held liable for any damages that result and this liability could exceed our financial resources. Further, future changes to environmental health and safety laws could cause us to incur additional expense or restrict our operations.  We have never had a reportable serious injury through the date of this Annual Report.

 

In addition, our collaborators and service providers may be working with these types of hazardous materials, including hazardous chemicals, in connection with our collaborations.  In the event of a lawsuit or investigation, we could be held responsible for any injury caused to persons or property by exposure to, or release of, these patient samples that may contain viruses and hazardous materials.  The cost of this liability could exceed our resources. While we maintain broadform liability insurance coverage for these risks, in the amount of up to $40,000,000, the level or breadth of our coverage may not be adequate to fully cover potential liability claims.  To date, we have not been subject to claims, or ultimately liability, in excess of the amount of our coverage.  Our broadform insurance coverage also covers us against losses arising from an interruption of our business activities as a result of the mishandling of such materials. We also maintain workers’ compensation insurance, which is mandatory in Australia, covering all of our workers in the event of injury.

 

We depend on the collaborative efforts of our academic and corporate partners for research, development and commercialization of some of our products.  A breach by our partners of their obligations, or the termination of the relationship, could deprive us of valuable resources and require additional investment of time and money.

 

Our strategy for research, development and commercialization of some of our products has historically involved entering into various arrangements with academic and corporate partners and others.  As a result, our strategy depends, in part, upon the success of these outside parties in performing their responsibilities.  Our collaborators may also be our competitors.  We cannot control the amount and timing of resources that our collaborators devote to performing their contractual obligations and we have no certainty that these parties will perform their obligations as expected or that any revenue will be derived from these arrangements.

 

If our collaborators breach or terminate their agreement with us or otherwise fail to conduct their collaborative activities in a timely manner, the development or commercialization of the product candidate or research program under such collaborative arrangement may be delayed.  If that is the case, we may be required to undertake unforeseen additional responsibilities or to devote unforeseen additional funds or other resources to such development or commercialization, or such development or commercialization could be terminated.  The termination or cancellation of collaborative arrangements could adversely affect our financial condition, intellectual property position and general operations.  In addition, disagreements between collaborators and us could lead to delays in the collaborative research, development, or commercialization of certain products or could require or result in formal legal process or arbitration for resolution.  These consequences could be time-consuming and expensive and could have material adverse effects on us.

 

Other than our contractual rights under our license agreements, we may be limited in our ability to convince our licensees to fulfill their obligations.  If our licensees fail to act promptly and effectively, or if a dispute arises, it could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and the price of our Ordinary Shares and ADSs.

 

11



Table of Contents

 

We rely upon scientific, technical and clinical data supplied by academic and corporate collaborators, licensors, licensees, independent contractors and others in the evaluation and development of potential therapeutic methods.  There may be errors or omissions in this data that would materially adversely affect the development of these methods.

 

We may seek additional collaborative arrangements to develop and commercialize our products in the future.  We may not be able to negotiate acceptable collaborative arrangements in the future and, if negotiated, we have no certainty that they will be on favorable terms or will be successful.  In addition, our collaborative partners may pursue alternative technologies independently or in collaboration with others as a means of developing treatments for the diseases targeted by their collaborative programs with us.  If any of these events occurs, the progress of the Company could be adversely affected and our results of operations and financial condition could suffer.

 

Problems associated with international business operations could affect our ability to license our technology and our results of operations.

 

We seek to license our intellectual property and to market our growing range of other products and services on a global scale, including in countries that are considered to provide significantly less protection to intellectual property than the United States and Australia.  In addition, a number of other risks are inherent in international transactions and commerce, including political and economic instability, foreign currency exchange fluctuations and changes in tax laws.

 

Government regulation of genetic research or testing may adversely affect the demand for our services and impair our business and operations.

 

Apart from accreditation requirements, we are generally not subject to regulation. Federal, state and local governments, however, may adopt regulations relating to the conduct of genetic research and genetic testing.  These regulations could limit or restrict genetic research activities as well as genetic testing for research or clinical purposes.  In addition, if state and local regulations are adopted, these regulations may be inconsistent with, or in conflict with, regulations adopted by other state or local governments.  Regulations relating to genetic research activities could adversely affect our ability to conduct our research and development activities.  Regulations restricting genetic testing could adversely affect our ability to market and sell our products and services. Accordingly, any regulations of this nature could increase the costs of our operations or restrict our ability to conduct our testing business and might adversely affect our operations and financial condition.

 

In Australia, there is no law that prohibits the performing of a paternity test by using just a sample obtained from a father and child.  In May 2003, the Australian Law Reform Commission (ALRC) released its report into Human Genetic Testing in Australia.  In relation to paternity testing, it made various recommendations, the most significant of which was that the testing of a child without the knowledge or consent of both parents should be made illegal.  In December 2005, the Australian Government formally responded to the ALRC report.  Although it accepted most of the report’s recommendations, it did not accept its recommendation that it should be illegal to test a child without the knowledge or consent of both parents.  Instead, it recommended that the body that formally accredits laboratories, National Association of Testing Authorities (NATA) should review its accreditation requirements for DNA parentage testing to ensure that laboratories meet the highest technical and ethical standards, particularly in relation to consent to testing, protecting the integrity of genetic samples, and providing information about counselling .  As of the date of this Annual Report, NATA has made no recommendation in relation to the Government’s recommendation.

 

In November 2008, the Federal Government released a discussion paper on non-consensual genetic testing in which it is proposed that such testing be made illegal.  The purpose of this paper is to obtain feedback from the public and industry on this issue prior to formulating legislation in this area.  In the area of paternity testing, the paper discusses the issue of consent but makes no recommendation as to what the required consent for taking a sample from a child would be.  For example, does this require the consent of both parents or just one?  If the testing of a sample eventually requires the consent of both parents, then this will have a negative impact on our revenue as father/child testing is a substantial and growing market.

 

Responses to the discussion paper were submitted by the end of January 2009.   It is not known how long the Government will take to consider these submissions nor its timeframe to draft and then pass any proposed legislation.  If passed, this legislation will immediately become law in the Australian Capital Territory and the Northern Territory.  All other States would then be required to pass mirror legislation but are under no obligation to do so.  It is not clear how long it would take the States to pass this legislation.

 

12



Table of Contents

 

Gene Patenting Debate in Australia — recent developments

 

In 2008, the Australian Senate commenced an inquiry into the issues surrounding the patenting of genes.  The inquiry was due to report its findings in early 2009. Having extended the timeline on several occasions, the Senate inquiry was then interrupted by an Australian Federal election in October 2010.  On September 30, 2010, the Senate re-referred the matter to the Senate Community Affairs Committee for inquiry and report.

 

On November 25, 2010, the report arising from the Senate’s inquiry into gene patents was released.  It tabled 16 recommendations primarily aimed at making amendments to existing provisions of the Patents Act, while minimizing unforeseen consequences of changes to biotechnology sector, including the potential prohibition on patenting biological materials.

 

The Senate Report also noted a number of events that may affect further decisions, such as the private member’s Bill that was introduced into the Federal Parliament.  The Bill was referred immediately to the Legal and Constitutional Affairs Legislation Committee for inquiry and report by June 16, 2011.

 

The Report also said “… the Committee heard conflicting evidence as to whether a prohibition on the patenting of genes and other biological materials (a) would be effective, and (b) would not lead to unforeseen consequences in other fields of technology, particularly biotechnology, research and development.”

 

The Patent Amendment (Human Genes and Biological Materials) Bill 2010

 

The Patent Amendment (Human Genes and Biological Materials) Bill 2010 was introduced in the Lower House of the Australian Parliament on October 18, 2010. The Bill will now be reviewed by the Legal and Constitutional Affairs - Legislation Committee.  The Government’s response is expected to be received early in calendar 2011.  The same Bill, sponsored by Peter Dutton MP and Rob Oakeshott MP, will be introduced in the House of Representatives in February 2011.

 

Australian Federal Court Patent Proceeding

 

In June 2010, a group of Australian plaintiffs initiated litigation in the Australian Federal Court challenging the validity of certain claims of an Australian patent owned by Myriad Genetics Inc. (Australian patent 686004 — “’004”).  Genetic Technologies was named as a respondent to this matter by virtue of the fact that Genetic Technologies is the exclusive licensee of the BRCA patents in Australia (which includes the ’004 patent).  This matter bears a striking resemblance to the US litigation filed by the American Civil Liberties Union against Myriad’s US patent equivalent in which, during March 2010, a US Federal District Court ruled that isolated DNA sequences are not eligible for patent protection because of the fact that they are derived from natural sources.  Myriad has since filed an appeal against the decision.

 

We rely on the services of individuals who possess special skills and experience.

 

Much of the future success of the Company depends on the continued service and availability of skilled personnel, including members of its senior executive team, and those in technical, marketing and staff positions.  While we actively recruit new employees with such skills and experience to reduce our reliance on these individuals, skilled personnel, with specific experience in the biotechnology industry, are in high demand and competition for their talents is intense.

 

Ethical and other concerns surrounding the use of genetic information may reduce the demand for our services.

 

Public opinion regarding ethical issues related to the confidentiality and appropriate use of genetic testing results may influence government authorities to call for limits on, or regulation of the use of, genetic testing.  In addition, such authorities could prohibit testing for genetic predisposition to certain conditions, particularly for those that have no known cure.  Furthermore, adverse publicity or public opinion relating to genetic research and testing, even in the absence of any governmental regulation, could reduce the potential markets for our services, which could materially and adversely affect our revenues.

 

Although we are a leader in the field of genetics in Australia, we do not undertake any activities in the contentious areas of cloning, stem cell research or other gene-altering areas.  As such, many of the ethical issues that may be relevant to other participants in the genetics industry are not necessarily applicable to us.

 

Licensing

 

The patenting of genes and issues surrounding access to genetic knowledge are the subjects of extensive and ongoing public debate in many countries.  By way of example, the Australian Law Reform Commission has previously conducted two inquiries into the social uses of genetic information.  The patents we hold over uses of “non-coding” DNA have broad scope and have also been the subject of debate and some criticism in the media. A risk we face is that individuals or organizations in one or more of the countries in which these patents have issued could take legal action to seek their amendment, revocation or invalidation, something which has previously happened on several occasions in various jurisdictions, though we have prevailed in all such cases.

 

13



Table of Contents

 

Furthermore, any time that we initiate legal action against parties that infringe our patents we face a risk that the infringer will defend itself through a counter-claim of patent invalidity or other such claims.  Subsequent legal action could potentially overturn, invalidate or limit the scope of our patents.

 

Under the relevant Patent Act in most of the countries in which our non-coding patents have issued, the relevant judicial system has rights to impose compulsory licensing.  The relevant governments typically hold “march-in” rights by which they may unilaterally choose to exploit the technology.  To the extent that the Company’s non-coding technology is used in the conduct of research, we also face risks, uncertainty and controversy over the licensing of our technology to those conducting research. Whether or not researchers should be exempted from obligations to take licenses to relevant patents was the subject of another government inquiry conducted by the Australian Council for Intellectual Property who recommended the creation of a research exemption.

 

During the 2008 calendar year, a Senate Inquiry into “matters relating to the granting of patents in Australia over human and microbial genes and non-coding sequences” was initiated by the Australian Federal Government.  Along with more than 50 other parties representing a wide variety of interested groups, the Company lodged a formal submission to the Inquiry.  As of the date of this Report, the final date for the lodging of submissions has passed and the Senate is receiving those which have been lodged ahead of making its recommendations in the 2011 calendar year. Irrespective of the outcome of the Inquiry, the Company anticipates that it will have little, if any, material impact on the Company’s business.  Refer above for further discussion on the debate surrounding the patenting of genes in Australia.

 

Genetic testing

 

There is a risk that a moratorium on genetic testing by the Australian Institute of Sport may impact on the commercialization of our sports performance genetic test for the elite competitor market in Australia.  However, this moratorium should not impact our ability to distribute this test throughout the rest of the world.  There is also a view held by some elements of the medical and academic communities that the marketing of some of our cancer predisposition tests is done solely with a commercial objective in mind.  In essence, some parties have indicated that, in their view, the risk of inheriting certain types of cancer is too low to warrant the marketing of genetic testing services to the wider cancer community where such promotion may increase anxiety unnecessarily.  Guidelines laid down by the Australian National Health Medical Research Council also prevent us from promoting our testing in a manner which may “cause any unnecessary alarm”.

 

In recent years, health care payors as well as federal and state governments have focused on containing or reducing health care costs.  We cannot predict the effect that any of these initiatives may have on our business.  In particular, gene-based therapeutics, if successfully developed and commercialized, are likely to be costly compared to currently available drug therapies. Health care cost containment initiatives focused either on gene-based therapeutics or on genetic testing could result in the growth in the clinical market for genetic testing being curtailed or slowed.  In addition, health care cost containment initiatives could also cause pharmaceutical companies to reduce research and development spending.  In either case, our business and our operating results could be adversely affected.  Further, genetic testing in clinical settings is often billed to third-party payors, including private insurers and governmental organizations.  If our current and future clinical products and services are not considered cost-effective by these payors, reimbursement may not be available to users of our services.  In this event, potential customers would be much less likely to use our services and our business and operating results could be harmed.

 

In regards to other medical tests we offer, increased competition from countries such as China and India is likely to make inroads to our marketplaces, offering lower priced tests which may decrease our profitability.  Within Australia, the continued performance by public institutions of medical diagnostic tests also carries the risk that those institutions may acquire the latest generation of robotic test platforms which are able to perform tests at substantially lower costs.  In some cases, these institutions are heavily subsidized by the government and therefore do not have the same commercial and amortization cost bases of a publicly listed company such as Genetic Technologies.  As such, they may be able to offer tests at a lower price than we can.

 

Launch of BREVAGen TM

 

With the acquisition and proposed launch of our BREVAGen TM breast cancer test, a number of risks have been identified.  The test exists in a new area of genetic testing, being a prognostic test, and it may take time for us to establish credibility and educate the various potential customer groups we have identified.  This may result in a lag in establishing reasonable rates of sales which may be aggravated by resistance associated with price sensitivity. Despite various studies and review publications, clinician adoption of the test on a regular basis will require substantial resources and effort.  Establishing a new U.S. company will require staffing with  salespeople and identification of territories in which to start selling the test.  These salespeople will require time to establish customer contact and convert sales. The approval of our Australian laboratory as the core testing facility for the BREVAGen TM test is still dependent on us receiving CLIA approval and without it, we are unable to sell the test in the U.S. marketplace. Alternate plans are in place if such approval is not received but this would delay the proposed timing of the launch. Even with CLIA approval being given to our Australian laboratory, U.S. government health care programs could restrict our ability to offer the test in the U.S., thereby restricting our available market.

 

14



Table of Contents

 

ITEM 4.          INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

 

Item 4.A          History and Development of the Company

 

We were incorporated under the laws of Western Australia on January 5, 1987 as Concord Mining N.L.  On August 13, 1991, we changed our name to Consolidated Victorian Gold Mines N.L. On December 2, 1991, we changed our name to Consolidated Victorian Mines N.L.  On March 15, 1995, we changed our name to Duketon Goldfields N.L.

 

On October 15, 1999, the type of company was changed from a No Liability Company to a company limited by shares.      On August 29, 2000, we changed our name to Genetic Technologies Limited, which is our current name.  We were originally incorporated as a mining company and gradually phased out our mining activities and became a biotechnology company with the acquisition of GeneType AG in August 2000.  Our Australian Company Number (ACN) is 009 212 328.  Our Australian Business Number (ABN) is 17 009 212 328.  We operate pursuant to our constitution, the Australian Corporations Act 2001 , the Australian Securities Exchange Listing Rules, the Marketplace Rules of NASDAQ and, where applicable, local legislation.

 

Since the acquisition of GeneType AG, the directors have disposed of all remaining mining interests so that our activities now focus solely on emerging opportunities in the field of biotechnology.  Our current activities in biotechnology primarily concentrate on three clearly defined areas of activity which are covered under Item 4.B “Business Overview”.

 

Our registered office, headquarters, laboratory and business activities are all located at 60-66 Hanover Street, Fitzroy, Victoria, 3065 Australia.  Our telephone number is +61 3 8412 7000.  Our website address is www.gtglabs.com.  Information on our website and websites linked to it does not constitute part of this Annual Report.

 

On August 29, 2000, we acquired 100% of GeneType AG, including all of its valuable patents, and we changed our focus exclusively to the area of biotechnology. We also changed our name to Genetic Technologies Limited to better reflect our new business.  In September 2000, our listing was duly transferred from the mining board of the ASX to the industrial board and our shares were thereafter classified under the industry group “Health and Biotechnology”, completing our transformation from a mining and resources company into a biotechnology company.  During 2001, we also acquired 10% of the issued and outstanding shares in Cytomation Inc., based in Fort Collins, Colorado.  At that time, Cytomation was a leader in the manufacture and sales of flow cytometers and cell sorters.  Also, in December 2001, we acquired an initial shareholding of less than 1% in the issued capital of XY, Inc., a company also based in Fort Collins.  In July 2001, we acquired the business of DNA-ID Labs in Perth, Western Australia, as part of our strategy of expanding our paternity testing business in Australia.  In March 2002, we formed AgGenomics Pty. Ltd., based in Melbourne, in order to expand our genetic testing services into the field of plant genetics.  In May 2003, we acquired the fixed assets of the business Genetic Science Services in Melbourne, in order to further expand into the field of genetic testing.  In May 2007, we sold all of our shares in XY, Inc.  The total proceeds received from the sale were $332,709 which resulted in a loss on sale of $33,307.

 

In July 2008, we acquired all of the issued shares of Frozen Puppies Dot Com Pty. Ltd. based in Calga, New South Wales, which is Australia’s leading provider of canine reproductive services for a total consideration of $1,550,097, comprising a combination of shares in the Company (with a value of $1,041,667) and cash.

 

On April 14, 2010, we announced that we had acquired certain assets from Perlegen Sciences, Inc. in California, with the main asset being the BREVAGen™ breast cancer risk test (“BREVAGen™”).  In addition to the BREVAGen™ test, we also acquired a suite of patents valid to 2022 which augment and extend our current non-coding patent portfolio.  On June 28, 2010, we incorporated a wholly-owned subsidiary named Phenogen Sciences Inc. in the State of Delaware which will be licensed to sell the BREVAGen™ test, and in future other tests, in the U.S. marketplace.

 

15



Table of Contents

 

In early calendar year 2002, we commenced the process of out-licensing our non-coding patents, announcing several early successes.  Since then, we have granted commercial licenses to a total of 47 licensees and 6 research licenses to the following parties, which are listed in reverse chronological order of their effective dates:

 

Commercial licensees

 

Research licensees

 

 

 

47. Pioneer Hi-Bred International Inc., USA

 

6. Texas A&M University (Merlogen Inc.), USA

46. Innogenetics NV (medical diagnostic products), Belgium

 

5. Colorado State University, USA

45. Laboratoires Réunis, Luxembourg

 

4. University of Technology Sydney, Australia

44. Interleukin Genetics Inc., USA

 

3. King’s College, London, England

43. Beckman Coulter Inc. / Clinical Data Inc., USA

 

2. University of Sydney, Australia

42. Monsanto Company (cattle genetics) USA

 

1. University of Utah, USA

41. Molecular Pathology Laboratory Network Inc., USA

 

 

40. EraGen Inc., USA

 

 

39. Gen-Probe Inc., USA

 

 

38. TIB MOLBIOL Syntheselabor GmbH, Germany

 

 

37. Millennium Pharmaceuticals Inc., USA

 

 

36. GeneDx (Bio Reference Laboratories Inc.), USA

 

 

35. General Electric Company, USA

 

 

34. Prometheus Laboratories Inc. USA

 

 

33. Kimball Genetics Inc., USA

 

 

32. BioSearch Technologies Inc., USA

 

 

31. Syngenta Crop Protection AG, Switzerland

 

 

30. Monsanto Company (swine genetics), USA

 

 

29. Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc., USA

 

 

28. Monsanto Company (plant genetics) USA

 

 

27. Sciona Inc., USA

 

 

26. Genosense Diagnostics GmbH, Austria

 

 

25. Innogenetics NV (HLA products), Belgium

 

 

24. Bovigen LLC, USA

 

 

23. Optigen LLC, USA

 

 

22. Applera Corporation, USA

 

 

18 - 21. Four agriculture groups, New Zealand

 

 

17. Australian Genome Research Facility Limited, Australia

 

 

16. Bionomics Limited, Australia

 

 

15. C.Y. O’Connor ERADE Village Foundation, Australia

 

 

14. ViaLactia Biosciences Limited, New Zealand

 

 

13. MetaMorphix Inc., USA (license subsequently terminated)

 

 

12. Genzyme Corporation, USA

 

 

11. Ovita Limited, New Zealand

 

 

10. Laboratory Corporation of America Holdings, USA

 

 

9. TM Biosciences Corporation, Canada

 

 

8. Quest Diagnostics Inc., USA

 

 

7. ARUP, USA

 

 

6. Biotage AB, Sweden

 

 

5. Myriad Genetics Inc., USA

 

 

4. Perlegen Sciences Inc., USA

 

 

3. Nanogen Inc., USA

 

 

2. Sequenom Inc., USA

 

 

1. Genetic Solutions Pty. Ltd., Australia

 

 

 

16



Table of Contents

 

It is a priority for the Company to continue to identify additional parties who would benefit from taking a license to the Company’s non-coding patents.  We are now pursuing negotiations with a number of companies and organizations in USA and Europe that would benefit from taking a license to our non-coding patents or from collaborations with our service testing business.

 

In order to increase the rate at which these licenses can be secured, the licensing team at the Company’s headquarters in Melbourne, Australia has been expanded in recent years by the appointment of additional staff to accelerate the preparation of dossiers on potential licensees.  Internationally, independent licensing contractors were previously engaged to represent the Company “on the ground” in our major markets.

 

On February 16, 2010, we announced that we had filed a patent infringement suit in respect of our non-coding DNA technologies against nine parties in the US District Court, Western District of Wisconsin.  The case is being prosecuted by the Company’s Colorado-based law firm Sheridan Ross PC and we have put in place arrangements pursuant to which we believe that the patent infringement suit should not have a material adverse impact on our finances. Since filing the suit, non-coding licenses have been granted by us to Gen-Probe Inc., Molecular Pathology Laboratory Network Inc., Monsanto Company, Beckman Coulter Inc. / Clinical Data Inc., Interleukin Genetics Inc. and Pioneer Hi-Bred International Inc. as part of settlements that have been reached with those parties.  Further, settlement discussions with a number of the remaining parties, together with other parties who are not involved with the suit, have also commenced and are progressing.

 

Item 4.B         Business Overview

 

We are a biotechnology company focused on expanding our genetic testing business in the Asia-Pacific region and, with the addition of the BREVAGen TM  breast cancer test, in the USA and later in Europe.  In addition, we are now pursuing commercial opportunities in other areas of activity:

 

(i)                      out-licensing our non-coding patents globally; and

 

(ii)                   supporting certain late-stage research and development projects in which we are already involved.

 

Industry Background

 

The Human Genome Project announced (in April 2003) the completion of the first draft of the entire sequence of the human genome.  The biotechnology industry is now working to build upon the vast amount of knowledge generated by that program in order to develop a better understanding of the genetic basis of human health and disease.  Increasingly, genetics is being shown to play a key role in the diagnosis and treatment of many diseases in humans, as well as diseases in animals and plants.  Our growing understanding of genetics is now providing new information for understanding such predisposing or causative factors in many of these diseases.

 

Prior to the Human Genome Project, the successful mapping of the Mouse Genome (published in December 2002) permitted, for the first time, a detailed comparison of human genes and mouse genes.  One of the key findings that has arisen from this work is the significant role that non-coding DNA plays in controlling gene function in both human genes and mouse genes. For some scientists, but not for our company, these findings - of the great significance of non-coding DNA to gene function - were new, significant and totally unexpected.

 

A major focus in science is now the identification and analysis of genetic variations and disease-associated genes within the genome.  These genetic variations, or polymorphisms, in the DNA sequences vary between individuals.  The most common genetic variations are Single Nucleotide Polymorphisms, or SNPs, which are merely a difference in a single nucleotide.  The first draft of the human genome identified over 1.4 million SNPs that can be useful as positional signposts for disease-associated DNA sequences in a gene or as markers to map genes along a chromosome.  A significant number of these SNPs (perhaps more than 97%) are now known to be non-coding.

 

Genomics

 

A genome is an organism’s complete set of DNA and the study of that DNA is called genomics. Genomes vary in size, with bacteria displaying the smallest known genome at 600,000 DNA base pairs, while human and mouse genomes have over 3 billion.  The DNA of the human genome is organized into 24 distinct chromosomes that contain from 50 million to 250 million base pairs on each chromosome.  The DNA on each chromosome contains genes that are specific sequences that encode proteins that actually perform the work within a cell and also make up the cell itself.  Surprisingly, only about 2% to 5% of the human genome is organized into coding DNA, with the remainder being considered to be non-coding DNA.  Our patent portfolio is centered on proprietary methods for utilizing the valuable information contained within these non-coding regions.

 

17



Table of Contents

 

Genetic Variability

 

Almost 99.9% of an individual’s genome is identical to that of every other individual’s genome. However, even slight variations in sequence can drastically change how a gene functions.  Variations can lead to harmless changes, such as blue eyes instead of brown, or to major diseases such as cancer, cystic fibrosis, or cardiovascular disease.  Genetic variations can also be responsible for many of the differences in the ways individuals respond to drug therapies.  As a result of this knowledge, routine analysis of SNPs and other genetic variations is expected to play an increasingly important role in the discovery and development of new drugs, as well as in a variety of diagnostic therapeutic and other medical and life science applications.  Industry sources estimate there are millions of genetic variations in the human genome, creating demand for products and technologies that can quickly and accurately detect and analyze these variations.  It is thought that the medicine of the future will be dispensed to a patient based on his or her own specific DNA variations. This type of “personalized medicine” will require sophisticated genetic tests to determine the genetic composition of an individual, and it is now recognized that such genetic make-up depends not only on the form of the coding DNA, but also the form of the associated non-coding DNA.

 

Genetic Tests

 

Most genes come in many different forms, called alleles.  One or more allele may be associated with a particular disease state. Genetic testing involves the direct examination of an individual’s DNA for a DNA marker associated with the allele of interest.  The determination of the particular alleles an individual has within his or her DNA is called genotyping.

 

The most commonly tested marker of a particular allele is a SNP.  As much as 98% of the human genome is considered to be non-coding DNA, the majority of the identified 1.4 million SNPs are also located in non-coding regions of DNA.  We believe that a license to our proprietary methods of analyzing non-coding regions of DNA will be absolutely necessary for many of the genetic tests of the future. Similarly, tests for genetic abnormalities or mutations may involve not just individual SNPs, but also groups of SNPs or even larger sequences of DNA, and such abnormal sequences - large or small - may be located either in the coding region alone, or in the non-coding region alone, or in both the coding and non-coding regions of the gene (or genes) under examination.  Clearly, the variations within genes that may be responsible for a disease are now known to be much more complicated than was previously understood, and the role of non-coding DNA is now being found to be highly relevant in a growing number of diseases.  This similarly applies to genetic disorders in animals and in plants.  Accordingly, more and more genetic testing will in future look not only at coding variations, but also at the non-coding variations within a particular gene.

 

Building the Genetic Testing Business

 

Background and History of the Paternity Testing Business

 

In the early 1990’s, GeneType AG established a small service testing laboratory in Melbourne, Australia, initially to show-case its non-coding inventions, but also to generate revenue to help support and fund its ambitious research program in those early days.  Following the acquisition of several other small DNA testing laboratories in Australia, GeneType AG consolidated the business such that the Company is now the largest provider of paternity and related testing services in Australia.

 

In August 2000, we acquired 100% of GeneType AG, including control over all its patents and its service testing business.  Later, in July 2001, we acquired the paternity testing business of DNA-ID Labs, another small testing laboratory based in Perth, Western Australia. Overall, we acquired several small businesses, two based in Sydney, New South Wales, one based in Perth and one based in Melbourne, eventually making our service testing laboratory in Melbourne the leading non-Government genetic testing service provider in Australia. We now have extensive experience in providing DNA-based individuality testing for the resolution of disputed paternity, the determination of familial relationships for immigration purposes and for forensic analysis.

 

The most common type of DNA testing is paternity testing - where we determine the father of a given child.  In order to perform this test we take a sample from the mother, alleged father and child.  The test can also be performed without the mother’s sample but this makes the analysis somewhat more complex and the price for the test increases accordingly.

 

18



Table of Contents

 

Other types of tests we can offer include:

 

·                        Y chromosome testing - determines if two males come from the same paternal line, i.e. have a common father or grandfather.

 

·                        Mitochondrial DNA testing - determines if two people come from the same maternal line.

 

·                        Sibship testing - determines if people are full siblings, i.e. have the same mother and father.

 

·                        Maternity testing - determines the mother of a given child.

 

·                        DNA typing - reveals the DNA makeup of an individual.

 

·                        Grandparent analysis - determines the grandparents of a given child.  This is mainly used when the father of a child is deceased and a will is being contested.

 

·                        Antenatal DNA testing - determines the father of an as-yet unborn child.

 

·                        Semen analysis - determines if semen is present on, for example, an article of clothing.  If it is, we can DNA type this sample and compare it to a reference sample.

 

We issue reports for the Family Court in Australia and provide similar services internationally for the Department of Immigration and Citizenship (“DIAC”).  We are one of only two DNA testing laboratories in Australia recognized by DIAC to provide DNA tests for immigration purposes.

 

Over time, we have gained a reputation as a leading genetic testing laboratory, and progressively, we have started to receive specimens for testing from other countries, most of which are located in the Asia-Pacific region.  In addition, we received requests to perform tests outside of human paternity, and this has caused us to consider and now plan a significant expansion of our testing services.

 

Expansion of Testing Services Beyond Paternity Testing

 

(1) Plant Testing - in March 2002, we formed a joint venture with the Victorian State Government’s Department of Primary Industry, for the purpose of providing a high throughput genotyping service for plant testing - in order to help plant breeders identify the genes responsible for the detection of commercially relevant traits, such as resistance to disease, accelerated growth and the improvement of crop yields.  A new company, AgGenomics Pty. Ltd., was formed, with us as the majority shareholder and the State agency as the minority partner.  AgGenomics is located at the Victorian AgriBiosciences Centre at La Trobe University R&D Park in Melbourne, Victoria.

 

(2) Medical Testing - the strategic alliance with Myriad Genetics Inc. delivered to the Company exclusive rights in Australia and New Zealand to perform DNA testing for susceptibility to a range of cancers.  In April 2003, we established our cancer susceptibility testing facility.  In June 2003, this facility was granted provisional accreditation by the National Association of Testing Authorities, Australia (“NATA”).  This important area of testing continues to build momentum, with the addition of new equipment, new employees joining the Company and new technology becoming available exclusively to us, such that the Australian community now has access to some of the latest technologies available for genetic testing.

 

In November 2003, the Company joined the world-wide genetic testing network GENDIA as the sole reference laboratory for the network in Australia and New Zealand.  GENDIA consists of more than 50 laboratories from around the world, each contributing expertise in their respective disciplines to create a network capable of providing more than 2,000 different genetic tests.  This has provided the Company with the ability to offer comprehensive testing services to its customer base in the Asia-Pacific region as well as increasing our exposure to other markets.

 

In November 2004, the Company announced a strategic alliance with Australian biotechnology company Bionomics Limited for the commercialization of the diagnostic genetic test for the condition Severe Myoclonic Epilepsy in Infancy.  This test was the first to expand the Company’s human molecular diagnostics focus beyond cancer susceptibility testing.  In July 2006, we further cemented our position as Australia’s leading independent provider of complex genetic testing services with NATA granting further accreditation of our Melbourne laboratory to provide a wide range of complex genetic tests.  Genetic analysis for the predisposition and diagnosis of a wide range of disease states is increasingly being used by clinicians in standard medical practice. We committed to providing the gold standard in testing technology, with superior turn-around times and a substantially more cost efficient service.  Attainment of the further accreditation by NATA in the area of complex gene sequencing testing services has enabled numerous government funded genetics services to begin utilizing the Company’s testing service to improve patient care.

 

19



Table of Contents

 

For the financial year ended June 30, 2010, we generated revenue in the Medical division of $1.73 million, representing an increase of more than 20% over the previous financial year.  Having established an excellent laboratory service with significant excess capacity, the Company announced in July 2008 that a commercial decision had been made to enforce the rights granted to it under an exclusive license from Myriad to perform diagnostic testing of the BRCA1 and BRCA2 genes in Australia and New Zealand.  However, following the removal of five Directors from the Board at the Company’s Annual General Meeting on November 19, 2008, the new Board undertook a formal review of the Company’s decision to enforce its BRCA testing rights and subsequently resolved to immediately revert to its original decision to allow other laboratories in Australia to freely perform BRCA testing.

 

In October 2009, a new strategic direction was established to focus efforts in creating a portfolio of tests that would be aimed at assisting medical clinicians with cancer management.  This would comprise tests that were created by the Company and in-licensed from third parties which would then be marketed by Genetic Technologies in the Asia Pacific region.  In November 2009, distribution agreements were executed with Trimgen and Rosetta Genomics of the US to acquire distribution rights for their tests across Oceania.  In addition to the current test portfolio, GTG began introducing itself to the Oncology market via regular attendance at medical conferences and direct to market selling activities.  An additional agreement to acquire local distribution rights from Response Genetics of the U.S. was then executed by the Company in January 2010.

 

In December 2009, GTG took a four month option to investigate the purchase of various assets from Perlegen Sciences, Inc. of Mountain View, California which included the breast cancer non-familial risk assessment test, BREVAGen™.  Those assets were subsequently purchased in April 2010.  Work then began on validating the test in GTG’s Melbourne-based laboratory as well as initiating the process for obtaining CLIA certification which would enable the Company to undertake the testing of samples received from the U.S. market. By July 2010, a new U.S. subsidiary named Phenogen Sciences Inc. had been incorporated by the Company in Delaware to market and distribute the BREVAGen™ test across mainland USA. Since then, Phenogen Sciences has established an office in Charlotte, North Carolina and employed several key personnel, including a General Manager named Mr. Lewis Stuart.

 

The BREVAGen™ test combines a lifestyle risk assessment using the “Gail” score, with a personalized genetic risk assessment. The two parts give a “BREVAGen™” score for five year and lifetime risk assessment as well as being compared to clinical threshold levels for treatment established by the American Cancer Society and the American Society of Clinical Oncology.  We believe there are in the order of one million women a year in the USA who have a breast biopsy result that is not invasive cancer yet they may want to know their future risk of getting breast cancer.  BREVAGen™ is a prognostic tool to help clinicians better determine what sort of proactive treatment or surveillance strategy to employ with such patients.

 

(3) Animal Testing - in May 2003, we acquired the assets of Genetic Science Services to expand the range of tests we can offer to include relevant genetic testing in animals - for example, progeny testing in horses, dogs, deer, sexing in birds, and animal disease identification and susceptibility testing for a range of animals, including exotic and zoo animals.  This acquisition also allowed the Company to support research projects involving, for example, the Australian fur seal and various frogs and reptiles.

 

In addition to NATA accreditation for complex genetic analysis mentioned above, in 2006 GTG also received NATA accreditation for the provision of canine forensic analysis services.  We are the only laboratory in Australia to receive such accreditation.  This accreditation ensures that we will continue to be the laboratory of choice for all canine forensic analysis, especially where prosecutions are initiated for dog attacks.  In the state of Victoria alone, there are in excess of 7,000 dog incidents reported annually.  This accreditation, together with the recent announcement of a genetic test to determine the breed of dogs, places the Company in a strong position to provide genetic analysis services to local councils around Australia.

 

During 2008, the Company launched our Dog Attack Pack, a forensic tool enabling local government officers to collect samples from dog attacks and BITSA™, a breed identification test that uses DNA analysis to provide a history of a dog’s breed.

 

In July 2008, we acquired Frozen Puppies Dot Com Pty. Ltd., an Australian company specializing in canine reproductive services.  Since then, the Company has made excellent progress expanding its facilities into territories outside of Australia, developing strong relationships with breeders and associations in China, Japan, New Zealand and elsewhere.  Staff has been employed to manage the Company’s activities in these territories and purpose-built facilities have now been established on the outskirts of Beijing, China and in several States of Australia.

 

In September 2009, GTG again won a tender for being the exclusive provider of genetic services to Greyhounds Australasia for a period of two years.  At this time, the Company’s animals business was re-launched through a new website; www.animalnetwork.com.au which provides information on genetic tests, a database of breeder dog results supplied from GTG tests, services and the ability to order tests online.

 

20



Table of Contents

 

By late 2009, the new strategy for GTG of focusing on genetic health started to impact the way resources would be used in the animals business.  This change in strategic direction meant that many ad-hoc and small / infrequent volume animal tests were eliminated from the animal testing portfolio.  A decision to focus solely on canine genetic tests meant an increase in establishing relationship with new channel partners.  In the Veterinary market, Gribbles was appointed as the Company’s exclusive distribution partner for Australia and New Zealand.  In the animal welfare area, our relationship with Lort Smith Animal Hospital continued and additional relationships established with the Animal Welfare Leagues in New South Wales and South Australia and the New Zealand Kennel Club. Outside the main cities, distribution agreements were set up with ART in Rockhampton, Queensland.  From April to September 2010, GTG was invited to tender for the provision of canine genetic tests to the China Kennel Union. This is the largest canine club in China with current membership of 176,000 members.  GTG subsequently won a three year tender which will be serviced out of the GTG office in Beijing with tests to be conducted in the Company’s Melbourne laboratory.

 

With the increased emphasis and resourcing in the genetic business, a decision was taken during the 2010 financial year to move away from building the Frozen Puppies Dot Com business.  As a result, most of the existing centers have now been sold off to various parties who have a reputation for providing reproductive services.  GTG is, however, still able to work with those centers to provide its genetic testing services.

 

(4) Forensic Testing - recognizing the increasing use of DNA analysis in forensics and the demand this would place on existing government laboratories, in February 2004, the Company successfully gained forensics accreditation from the National Association of Testing Authorities, Australia (“NATA”). We were the first non-government laboratory in Australia to be awarded this accreditation.  Since then, we have developed a highly efficient and technologically advanced forensics laboratory.  This capability was substantially advanced by our recent non-coding licensing deal with Applera Corporation under which we secured equipment and supplies essential to conducting forensics analysis.  Together with these resources and our experience in DNA analysis, the Company is becoming a major provider of DNA analysis services to the forensics community.

 

In April 2006, we announced that we had been awarded a contract to supply the New South Wales (NSW) Police Force with DNA analysis services.  Under the contract, we provided services for an initial trial period of three months. Following this successful trial, we executed a three year contract with the NSW Police Force in January 2008 for DNA analysis services for their volume crime samples, such as burglary and motor vehicle theft.  This contract represented a major breakthrough for the Company and was the first time in Australia that any Police Force had awarded a long-term contract to outsource the testing of their crime samples.  The current contract with the NSW Police Force ends in January 2011. As of the date of this Annual Report, discussions are underway to explore initiating the first one year option and defining the type of work that would be involved.  The feedback regarding the contracted work to date has been wholly positive and the turnaround time targets stipulated in the current contract have been well exceeded.

 

We believe that a significant opportunity exists for the Company to assist other policing authorities to expeditiously process DNA samples and discussions have been held with two other State-based Police forces to investigate how GTG’s forensic capability could be utilized in their operations.  It is estimated that there is a substantial backlog of DNA samples currently waiting to be processed by these and other police departments throughout Australia. This work would be in addition to the processing of DNA samples collected on an ongoing basis from crime scenes.

 

(5) Athletic Performance Testing - the Company acquired the commercial rights from the University of Sydney for a genetic test, known as the ACTN3 Sports Gene Test™, which is capable of determining whether or not this gene is providing athletes with a genetic advantage for sprint-power performance.  In September 2005, we announced the official launch of this test in Japan with its Japanese distribution partner, Sportsstyle, to an audience of over 100 sports specialists, including the President of the Japan Federation of Health and Sports.  The launch of the ACTN3 SportsGene Test™ was widely reported in the Japanese press.  All commercial ACTN3 SportsGene Tests from Japan are analysed at our laboratory in Melbourne.  In conjunction with Sportsstyle, we have held meetings with influential sporting bodies looking to use the ACTN3 SportsGene Test™ as part of their training and assessment program.

 

On January 7, 2008, the Company appointed Colorado-based talent identification company EPIC Athletic Performance Inc. (“EPIC”) as a non-exclusive distributor of the ACTN3 SportsGene Test® product in the United States. Samples have been received through calendar 2009, but it is not known at this point whether there is an ongoing market for such a test.

 

During 2009, distribution agreements / amendments were established in Japan, Western Europe and Greece, with interest having also been received from South America and India.  The market for these tests is confined largely to specific professional sporting bodies and as such the volume for such a test is limited to those types of niches.

 

Distributors are being set in place in various parts of the world to sell the ACTN3 SportsGene Test™ .  More information regarding the market potential of this product will be known by the end of calendar 2010.

 

21



Table of Contents

 

(6) Reproductive Services — with the acquisition of Frozen Puppies Dot Com Pty. Ltd. in July 2008, the Company acquired a canine fertility clinic in Calga, New South Wales, Australia and established another clinic in Beijing, China. Further clinics were then established with the aim of combining both fertility services and DNA disease and trait tests to customers and breeders in both Australia and overseas.  During the 2010 financial year, the Company made the strategic decision to exit this market.  For details refer to the Animal Testing section above.

 

Our Patent Portfolio

 

The acquisition of GeneType AG gave our company ownership rights to a potentially significant portfolio of issued patents.  The major families of patents in the portfolio as of the date of this Annual Report include:

 

(a)           Intron Sequence Analysis;

 

(b)          Genomic Mapping;

 

(c)           Laboratory Techniques;

 

(d)          Perlegen;

 

(e)           BREVAGen ;

 

(f)             Ancestral Haplotypes;

 

(g)          Athletic Performance;

 

(h)          ImmunAid Project;

 

(i)              Nematode Project; and

 

(j)              RareCellect Project.

 

(a)           The Intron Sequence Analysis patents - allow for the detection of specific motifs within the genetic material in the non-coding regions of DNA which have been shown may be linked to certain alleles or haplotypes within the coding region of the gene.  In other words, whereas most geneticists previously looked at the genetic information located within the coding region alone, our inventions have provided a means of also looking at additional useful information which is located within the non-coding part of the gene, and which is now known to also be important in influencing gene function and, in particular, protein production.  The method is useful, for example, in the determination of tissue typing for transplantation in order to test for possible likely acceptance or rejection of bone marrow or tissue grafts.  The method is also useful in the detection of genetic changes or mutations in the non-coding region of certain genes associated with a higher incidence of certain genetic diseases, such as cystic fibrosis, susceptibility to breast cancer, multiple sclerosis, Alzheimer’s Disease, etc.  It is also now known that more than 100 human diseases are associated with genetic changes in the non-coding part of a particular gene and which are linked to the function of the coding part of that gene.  Similar applications also exist in animals and plants. Several important markers in livestock, for example, have been shown to be located in the non-coding part of the DNA and also linked to particular coding function - for example, marbling or tenderness.  It has also been shown that variations in the non-coding DNA of plants can influence their function, including the color of flowers and the timing of germination and growth.

 

(b)           The Genomic Mapping patents - describe methods for analyzing genetic material collected from various selected populations to identify and locate genes and markers of interest, by identifying highly polymorphic sites throughout the genome and particular haplotypes associated with such sites, all based on a reading of sequence information in both the coding and the non-coding portions of the genome.

 

(c)           The Laboratory Techniques patents - describe a method for identifying band positions in an electrophoretic separation by also including a control, which serves as an internal standard.

 

(d)           The Perlegen patents - describe the family of patents that were acquired from Perlegen Sciences, Inc. that provide methods for discovering genetic associations to disease and which build on and augment the Genomic Mapping patents.

 

(e)           The BREVAGen™ patents - describe a combination of method and product filings which describes a breast cancer prognostic test based on both genetic and clinical factors to deliver an improved understanding of an individual’s risk of contracting breast cancer.

 

(f)             The Ancestral Haplotypes patents - describe a method for determining ancestral haplotypes using haplospecific geometric elements within the major histocompatibility complex multi-gene cluster and methods of genetic analysis involving the amplification of complimentary duplicons.  These patents were acquired from the C.Y. O’Connor ERADE Village Foundation in Western Australia.

 

(g)          The Athletic Performance patents - describe a method that enables aspects of athletic performance to be predicted based on detection of various forms of the alpha actinin 3 (ACTN3) gene.  These patents were acquired from the University of Sydney in New South Wales.

 

22



Table of Contents

 

(h)          The ImmunAid Project patents - describe various methods aimed at improving the efficacy of cancer therapy and treatment of HIV-AIDS and form the basis of the ImmunAid project.

 

(i)             The Nematode Project patents - describe means to identify and to control a variety of species of parasites.  The patent applications describe the use of modern genetic technologies to identify celluar targets for two novel classes of chemicals which can be used to control the major parasitic worms of sheep and cattle. These nematodes are responsible for extensive economic losses to the sheep and cattle industries and are rapidly developing resistance to the existing chemicals.  The novel classes of chemical described in these patents offer a safe and highly effective alternative.

 

(j)             The RareCellect Project patents - the older patents describe a novel and safe method for the isolation and collection of fetal cells from the peripheral blood of a pregnant woman, utilizing various HLA or other markers plus flow cytometry - all without any invasive procedure that might endanger the mother or the child. Together with more recent patents, these form the basis of the intellectual property associated with the RareCellect project.

 

The many issued, allowed and pending patents claimed by GeneType AG, and which are now owned by our Company, distinguish us from competitors by giving us the legal right to claim ownership of proprietary methods and compositions for analysis of DNA using information contained within non-coding regions and for isolation of fetal cells.  The methods and compositions for analysis of DNA may be used to identify a particular form of a gene or to map the location of a disease-associated gene along a chromosome.

 

In total, we have 13 issued patents and 22 patent applications in the United States. Reflecting our international business strategy, we have also sought and been granted foreign patents by many other major industrialized nations, corresponding to each of the major patents already issued in the United States.

 

Generally, United States patents filed with the United States Patent Office prior to June 8, 1995 have a term of 17 years from the date of issuance, and 20 years from the application filing date or earlier claimed priority date in the case of patents issued from applications filed on or after June 8, 1995.  For applications filed after May 29, 2000, the term is 20 years from the date of filing.  A minimum term of 17 years is assured, provided the applicant causes no delays during prosecution.  Patents in most other countries have a term of 20 years from the date of filing the patent application.  Our issued United States patents began to expire in 2009.  We intend to continue to file patent applications as we develop new products, technologies and patentable enhancements.  Prosecution practices have been implemented to avoid any applicant delays that could compromise the 17-year minimum term. There can be no guarantee that such procedures will prevent the loss of a potential patent term.  This is particularly true in the short-term as the patent rules implementing the most recent patent term changes are largely new and untested.

 

Complex legal and factual determinations and evolving law make patent protection uncertain. As a result, we cannot be certain that patents will be issued from any of our pending patent applications or from applications licensed to us or that any issued patents will have sufficient breadth to offer meaningful protection.  In addition, our issued patents may be successfully challenged, invalidated, circumvented or rendered unenforceable so that our patent rights would not create an effective competitive barrier.  Moreover, the laws of some countries may not protect our proprietary rights to the same extent as do the United States patent laws.

 

In addition to patent protection, we rely on trade secret protection of our intellectual property. We attempt to protect our trade secrets by entering into confidentiality agreements with third parties, employees and consultants.  Our employees and consultants are required to sign agreements to assign to us their interests in discoveries, inventions, patents, trademarks and copyrights arising from their work for us.  They are also required to maintain the confidentiality of our intellectual property, and refrain from unfair competition with us during their employment and for a certain period of time after their employment with us, which includes solicitation of our employees and customers.  We cannot be certain these agreements will not be breached or invalidated.  In addition, third parties may independently discover or invent competing technologies or reverse engineer our trade secrets or other technologies.

 

In the future, we may become involved in lawsuits in which third parties file claims asserting that our technologies or products infringe on their intellectual property. We cannot predict whether third parties will assert such claims against us or against the licensors of technologies licensed to us, or our licensees, or whether those claims will hurt our business. We may be forced to defend against such claims, whether they are with or without merit or whether they are resolved in favor of or against our licensors or us and may face costly litigation and diversion of Management’s attention and resources.  As a result of such disputes, we may have to develop costly non-infringing technologies or enter into licensing agreements.  These agreements may oblige us to accept costly terms, which could seriously limit the ability to conduct our operations and affect adversely our financial condition.

 

23



Table of Contents

 

In addition, we may become involved in lawsuits in which third parties file claims asserting that one or more of our patents are invalid.  We cannot predict whether third parties will assert such claims against us or against the licensees of such patents, or whether those claims will have an adverse impact on our business.  We may be forced to defend against such claims, whether they   are with or without merit or whether they are resolved in favor of or against our licensees or us and may face costly litigation and diversion of Management’s attention.  During the period from February 2001 through March 31, 2002, we had in place a patent insurance policy, placed with GE Reinsurance Corporation through Dexta Corporation Limited, their managing general agents in Australia. Although the policy was not renewed on its expiry, since we had advised Dexta of 13 companies prior to March 31, 2002 as potential infringers, a significant portion of our expenses incurred to date relating to the prosecution of our claims have been covered by the policy.

 

Of those 13 so identified, we have secured licenses with six, relinquished our claims against four and commenced proceedings against Applera, Covance and Nuvello. The suits against Covance and Nuvello were subsequently settled.  On December 12, 2005, we announced the final settlement of our patent dispute with Applera Corporation, further to a settlement conference held in San Francisco, California.  The parties had executed a number of binding agreements, including a final Settlement Agreement plus license agreements and a supply agreement and, subsequently, they jointly applied to Northern California District Court requesting that all claims and counterclaims in the legal action be dismissed forthwith.  The total value of the consideration receivable by us is approximately $15 million, payable partly in cash and partly in kind, including agreements supplying the Company with certain Applera equipment, reagents and intellectual property rights.  Recognition of in-kind consideration as revenue is subject to us meeting certain revenue recognition criteria including, but not limited to, the measurement of fair value at the time of receipt.

 

Our Patents

 

Our current patent portfolio is described below.  “Numbers” refers to either provisional, application, publication or patent number.

 

 

 

Country / region

 

Numbers

 

Granted

 

Pending

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INTRON SEQUENCE ANALYSIS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Intron sequence analysis method for detection of adjacent and remote locus alleles as haplotypes

 

Australia

 

AU654111

 

·

 

 

Earliest priority August 25, 1989

 

 

 

AU672519

 

·

 

 

 

 

Austria

 

AT144797

 

·

 

 

 

 

Belgium

 

EP414469

 

·

 

 

 

 

Canada

 

CA2023888

 

·

 

 

 

 

Denmark

 

DK414469

 

·

 

 

 

 

Europe

 

EP414469

 

·

 

 

 

 

France

 

EP414469

 

·

 

 

 

 

Germany

 

DE69029018

 

·

 

 

 

 

 

 

DD299319

 

·

 

 

 

 

Great Britain

 

EP414469

 

·

 

 

 

 

Greece

 

GR3022410

 

·

 

 

 

 

Hong Kong

 

HK1008053

 

·

 

 

 

 

Israel

 

IL95467

 

·

 

 

 

 

Italy

 

EP414469

 

·

 

 

 

 

Japan

 

JP3206812

 

·

 

 

 

 

Luxembourg

 

EP414469

 

·

 

 

 

 

Netherlands

 

EP414469

 

·

 

 

 

 

New Zealand

 

NZ235051

 

·

 

 

 

 

Singapore

 

SG47747

 

·

 

 

 

 

South Africa

 

ZA9006765

 

·

 

 

 

 

Spain

 

ES2095859

 

·

 

 

 

 

Sweden

 

EP414469

 

·

 

 

 

 

Switzerland

 

EP414469

 

·

 

 

 

 

United States

 

US5192659

 

·

 

 

 

 

 

 

US5612179

 

·

 

 

 

 

 

 

US5789568

 

·

 

 

 

24



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Country / region

 

Numbers

 

Granted

 

Pending

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GENOMIC MAPPING

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Genomic mapping method by direct haplotyping using intron sequence analysis

 

Australia

 

AU647806

 

·

 

 

Earliest priority July 11, 1990

 

Austria

 

AT185377

 

·

 

 

 

 

Belgium

 

EP570371

 

·

 

 

 

 

Canada

 

CA2087042

 

·

 

 

 

 

Denmark

 

DK570371

 

·

 

 

 

 

Europe

 

EP570371

 

·

 

 

 

 

France

 

EP570371

 

·

 

 

 

 

Germany

 

DE69131691

 

·

 

 

 

 

Great Britain

 

EP570371

 

·

 

 

 

 

Ireland

 

IE912426

 

·

 

 

 

 

Israel

 

IL98793

 

·

 

 

 

 

Italy

 

EP570371

 

·

 

 

 

 

Japan

 

JP3409796

 

·

 

 

 

 

Luxembourg

 

EP570371

 

·

 

 

 

 

Netherlands

 

EP570371

 

·

 

 

 

 

New Zealand

 

NZ238926

 

·

 

 

 

 

South Africa

 

ZA9105422

 

·

 

 

 

 

Sweden

 

EP570371

 

·

 

 

 

 

Switzerland

 

EP570371

 

·

 

 

 

 

United States

 

US5851762

 

·

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PERLEGEN

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Methods for genetic analysis

 

United States

 

US7127355

 

·

 

 

Earliest priority March 5, 2004

 

Europe

 

EP05724834.6

 

 

 

·

 

 

Japan

 

JP2007502088

 

 

 

·

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Methods for genetic analysis

 

Australia

 

AU2008304485

 

 

 

·

Earliest priority September 27, 2007

 

Canada

 

CA2704152

 

 

 

·

 

 

Europe

 

EP2198381

 

 

 

·

 

 

United States

 

US12/236036

 

 

 

·

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Methods for genomic analysis

 

Australia

 

AU785425

 

·

 

 

Earliest priority March 30, 2001

 

Israel

 

IL148783

 

·

 

 

 

 

United States

 

US6969589

 

·

 

 

 

 

Canada

 

CA2380047

 

 

 

·

 

 

Europe

 

EP1246114

 

 

 

·

 

 

Israel

 

IL186298

 

 

 

·

 

 

United States

 

US12/795361

 

 

 

·

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Methods for identifying matched groups

 

United States

 

US7124033

 

·

 

 

Earliest priority April 30, 2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Genetic analysis systems and methods

 

Australia

 

AU2003202919

 

·

 

 

Earliest priority January 7, 2002

 

United States

 

US6897025

 

·

 

 

 

 

Canada

 

CA2472646

 

 

 

·

 

 

Europe

 

EP037020328

 

 

 

·

 

 

Japan

 

JP2003558032

 

 

 

·

 

 

 

 

JP2008195647

 

 

 

·

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Life sciences business systems and methods

 

United States

 

US6955883

 

·

 

 

Earliest priority March 26, 2003

 

 

 

US7427480

 

·

 

 

 

25



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Country / region

 

Numbers

 

Granted

 

Pending

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PERLEGEN (cont.)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pharmaceutical and diagnostic business systems and methods

 

United States

 

US7135286

 

·

 

 

Earliest priority March 26, 2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Haplotype structure of Chromosome 21 (LQTS)

 

United States

 

US7115726

 

·

 

 

Earliest priority March 30, 2001

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BREVAGen

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Markers for breast cancer

 

Australia

 

AU20066320559

 

 

 

·

Earliest priority November 29, 2006

 

Canada

 

CA2631621

 

 

 

·

 

 

China

 

CN20068005171.0

 

 

 

·

 

 

Europe

 

EP06838661.4

 

 

 

·

 

 

Hong Kong

 

HK09101235.4

 

 

 

·

 

 

Israel

 

IL191566

 

 

 

·

 

 

Japan

 

JP2008543446

 

 

 

·

 

 

Korea

 

KR1020087015808

 

 

 

·

 

 

United States

 

US12/370833

 

 

 

·

 

 

 

 

US12/370972

 

 

 

·

 

 

 

 

US12/370992

 

 

 

·

 

 

 

 

US12/890272

 

 

 

·

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Methods for breast cancer risk assessment

 

United States

 

US12/920815

 

 

 

·

Earliest priority June 1, 2009

 

World

 

PCT/AU2010/000675

 

 

 

·

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LABORATORY TECHNIQUES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Internal standards for electrophoretic separations

 

Austria

 

AT159589

 

·

 

 

Earliest priority July 11, 1990

 

Europe

 

EP466479

 

·

 

 

 

 

France

 

EP466479

 

·

 

 

 

 

Germany

 

DE69127999

 

·

 

 

 

 

Great Britain

 

EP466479

 

·

 

 

 

 

Japan

 

JP4232850

 

·

 

 

 

 

Sweden

 

EP466479

 

·

 

 

 

 

United States

 

US5096557

 

·

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ANCESTRAL HAPLOTYPES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Genetic analysis

 

Europe

 

EP660877

 

·

 

 

Earliest priority November 1, 1991

 

France

 

EP660877

 

·

 

 

 

 

Germany

 

DE69232726

 

·

 

 

 

 

Great Britain

 

EP660877

 

·

 

 

 

 

World

 

WO9309249

 

·

 

 

 

 

United States

 

US6383747

 

·

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Methods of genetic analysis involving the amplification of complementary duplicons

 

Australia

 

AU2006214800

 

 

 

·

Earliest priority February 16, 2005

 

Canada

 

CA2597947

 

 

 

·

 

 

Europe

 

EP1848819

 

 

 

·

 

 

United States

 

US2009150080

 

 

 

·

 

26



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Country / region

 

Numbers

 

Granted

 

Pending

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ATHLETIC PERFORMANCE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ACTN3 genotype screen for athletic performance

 

Australia

 

AU2003258390

 

·

 

 

Earliest priority September 16, 2002

 

India

 

IN216886

 

·

 

 

 

 

New Zealand

 

NZ538890

 

·

 

 

 

 

Russia

 

RU2388829

 

·

 

 

 

 

United States

 

US7615342

 

·

 

 

 

 

Canada

 

CA2499084

 

 

 

·

 

 

China

 

CN1732270

 

 

 

·

 

 

Europe

 

EP1546403

 

 

 

·

 

 

Japan

 

JP2005538710

 

 

 

·

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IMMUNAID PROJECT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A retroviral immunotherapy

 

Australia

 

AU2003200583

 

·

 

 

Earliest priority August 18, 2000

 

China

 

CN1469746

 

·

 

 

 

 

New Zealand

 

NZ524280

 

·

 

 

 

 

Europe

 

EP1311267

 

 

 

·

 

 

United States

 

US12/233369

 

 

 

·

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cancer therapy

 

Australia

 

AU2003203051

 

·

 

 

Earliest priority February 14, 2002

 

Europe

 

EP090075391

 

 

 

·

 

 

United States

 

US2005180971

 

 

 

·

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Methods of treating diseases

 

United States

 

US61/181508

 

 

 

·

Earliest priority May 27, 2009

 

World

 

PCT/AU2010/000649

 

 

 

·

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Strategy for retroviral immunotherapy

 

Singapore

 

SG105903

 

·

 

 

Earliest priority February 20, 2002

 

South Africa

 

ZA200407143

 

·

 

 

 

 

Europe

 

EP1482971

 

 

 

·

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Method of therapy

 

New Zealand

 

NZ546873

 

·

 

 

Earliest priority October 24, 2003

 

Singapore

 

SG121609

 

·

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

AU2004283322

 

 

 

·

 

 

Canada

 

CA2543490

 

 

 

·

 

 

Europe

 

EP1692516

 

 

 

·

 

 

Japan

 

JP2007509078

 

 

 

·

 

 

Mexico

 

PA/a/2006/004522

 

 

 

·

 

 

United States

 

US2007202119

 

 

 

·

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Therapeutic strategy for treating autoimmune and degenerative diseases 

 

Australia

 

AU2005282218

 

 

 

·

Earliest priority September 8, 2004

 

Canada

 

CA2579353

 

 

 

·

 

 

Europe

 

EP1805510

 

 

 

·

 

 

Japan

 

JP2007530544

 

 

 

·

 

 

United States

 

US11/574911

 

 

 

·

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NEMATODE PROJECT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Compounds, composition and methods for controlling invertebrate pests

 

South Africa

 

ZA2009/03306

 

·

 

 

Earliest priority November 15, 2006

 

Australia

 

AU2007321720

 

 

 

·

 

 

Canada

 

CA2670259

 

 

 

·

 

 

Europe

 

EP78155652

 

 

 

·

 

 

New Zealand

 

NZ576963

 

 

 

·

 

 

United States

 

US2010137294

 

 

 

·

 

27



Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Country / region

 

Numbers

 

Granted

 

Pending

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NEMATODE PROJECT (cont.)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Compositions and methods for control of invertebrate pests

 

Australia

 

AU2009906188

 

 

 

·

Earliest priority December 21, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

High resolution analysis of genetic variation within Cryptosporidium parvum

 

Australia

 

AU2003250619

 

·

 

 

Earliest priority August 21, 2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RARECELLECT ®  PROJECT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fetal cell recovery method

 

Australia

 

AU649027

 

·

 

 

Earliest priority March 27, 1990

 

Austria

 

AT194166

 

·

 

 

 

 

Belgium

 

EP521909

 

·

 

 

 

 

Canada

 

CA2059554

 

·

 

 

 

 

Denmark

 

DK521909

 

·

 

 

 

 

Europe

 

EP521909

 

·

 

 

 

 

France

 

EP521909

 

·

 

 

 

 

Germany

 

DE69132269

 

·

 

 

 

 

Great Britain

 

EP521909

 

·

 

 

 

 

Greece

 

GR3034487

 

·

 

 

 

 

Ireland

 

IE910996

 

·

 

 

 

 

Israel

 

IL97677

 

·

 

 

 

 

Italy

 

EP521909

 

·

 

 

 

 

Japan

 

JP2965699

 

·

 

 

 

 

Luxembourg

 

EP521909

 

·

 

 

 

 

Netherlands

 

EP521909

 

·

 

 

 

 

New Zealand

 

NZ237589

 

·

 

 

 

 

Singapore

 

SG79188

 

·

 

 

 

 

South Africa

 

ZA9102317

 

·

 

 

 

 

Spain

 

ES2149760

 

·

 

 

 

 

Sweden

 

EP521909

 

·

 

 

 

 

Switzerland

 

EP521909

 

·

 

 

 

 

United States

 

US5447842

 

·

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maternal antibodies as fetal cell markers to identify and enrich fetal cells from maternal blood

 

New Zealand

 

NZ537328

 

·

 

 

Earliest priority May 31, 2002

 

Singapore

 

SG108133

 

·

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

AU2003229397

 

·

 

 

 

 

Japan

 

JP2005528616

 

·

 

 

 

 

Canada

 

CA2492631

 

 

 

·

 

 

Europe

 

EP1532453

 

 

 

·

 

 

Hong Kong

 

HK1075699

 

 

 

·

 

 

United States

 

US10/516430

 

 

 

·

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Identification of fetal DNA and fetal cell markers in maternal plasma or serum

 

Australia

 

AU2004217872

 

 

 

·

Earliest priority March 5, 2003

 

United States

 

US10/547721

 

 

 

·

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Methods of enriching fetal cells

 

Europe

 

EP06721493

 

 

 

·

Earliest priority May 11, 2005

 

Japan

 

JP2008510361

 

 

 

·

 

 

Canada

 

CA2651367

 

 

 

·

 

 

United States

 

US11/914107

 

 

 

·

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Biological sampling device

 

World

 

PCT/AU2010/00071

 

 

 

·

Earliest priority January 27, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

28



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Country / region

 

Numbers

 

Granted

 

Pending

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RARECELLECT ®  PROJECT (cont.)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Epigenetic DNA enrichment

 

Australia

 

AU2009905023

 

 

 

·

Earliest priority October 14, 2009

 

United States

 

US61/251523

 

 

 

·

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cell processing and/or enrichment methods

 

Europe

 

EP097125694

 

 

 

·

Earliest priority February 18, 2008

 

United States

 

US12/918015

 

 

 

·

 

 

World

 

PCT/AU2009/000180

 

 

 

·

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Methods for obtaining fetal genetic material

 

World

 

PCT/AU2010/000438

 

 

 

·

Earliest priority April 21, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Methods of enriching and detecting fetal nucleic acids

 

United States

 

US61/289710

 

 

 

·

Earliest priority December 23, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Methods for obtaining samples for forensic analysis

 

United States

 

US61/323700

 

 

 

·

Earliest priority April 13, 2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Out-licensing our Non-coding Patents Globally

 

The Company is currently licensing its non-coding patents in the United States, Europe and elsewhere.

 

This strategy was initiated in late 2000, soon after GeneType AG and its patents were acquired by the Company.  The first step in the process was to secure patent insurance, which we achieved in early 2001.  This meant that if we were forced to take legal action against infringers, under that policy the cost would be largely covered by our underwriter.  This policy has since expired.

 

Thereafter, we progressively made contact with many companies in the United States and elsewhere, bringing the patents to their attention and indicating how they might benefit from a license to the Company’s non-coding patents.  In late 2002, we hired a manager to manage the Australian end of the licensing effort and to establish a central database of all prospective licensees, globally.

 

The plan initially was to grant a limited number of licenses focusing primarily on the up-front fee component, and then to progressively build recurring annuity or royalty component of subsequent licenses.  When we identified companies that seemed to be clearly infringing our patents, while also indicating they would not take a license, we put them on formal notice under our patent insurance policy.  Overall, the strategy has unfolded as planned.

 

Our Licenses and Commercial Collaborations

 

The following section describes our existing commercial and research licenses, our collaborations and our collaborators.  We announced our first license to the non-coding patents to the Australian livestock testing firm Genetic Solutions Pty. Ltd., in February 2002. Since then, we have formed a number of collaborations and granted many additional licenses.

 

Commercial Licenses and Collaborations:

 

Agriculture Victoria Services Pty. Ltd. :  In February 2002, our subsidiary GeneType Pty. Ltd. entered into  a joint venture agreement with Agriculture Victoria Services Pty. Ltd. (“AVS”) for the formation of the joint venture company AgGenomics Pty. Ltd., to operate a joint venture business in commercial plant genotyping and genomics services.  Under the terms of the joint venture agreement, we hold 50.1% of the shares of the joint venture company.  We have certain obligations under the joint venture agreement to loan money to the joint venture company, which is not expected to exceed $500,000 at any given time. AVS is not required to provide further funding to the joint venture company.  The agreement is terminable by a party in the event of a breach by the other party that is not timely cured or upon the occurrence of an “adverse event” to the company or to either shareholder.  Adverse events are insolvency type events or discontinuation of business.  In the event of termination the non-defaulting party can require liquidation of the company or purchase the other party’s interest, as it chooses.

 

Genetic Solutions License : In November 2001, we granted a license to Genetic Solutions Pty. Ltd. who paid us a non-refundable license fee in cash in return for a license to our non-coding analysis and mapping patents. The license can be terminated by either party upon any material breach of any term or condition by the other party which has not been timely cured after notice.  We may also terminate the agreement in the event of the bankruptcy of the licensee or discontinuation of their business.

 

29



Table of Contents

 

Sequenom License : In April 2002, we granted a license to bioinstrument maker Sequenom, Inc., who paid us a non-refundable license fee in cash and shares in return for a license to our non-coding analysis and mapping patents. The license can be terminated by either party upon any material breach of any term or condition by the other party which has not been timely cured after notice.  We may also terminate the agreement in the event of the bankruptcy of the licensee or discontinuation of their business.

 

Nanogen License :  In April 2002 we granted a license to Nanogen, Inc, of San Diego, USA, who specializes in the development of biochip applications in genetics diagnostics. Nanogen paid us a non-refundable license fee and unlisted warrants in return for a license limited to genetic research and human diagnostics.  Specifically, Nanogen receives no rights to the mapping patent nor any applications in animals or plants.  Since the date of the initial license, the warrants became “in the money” and we exercised them, acquiring Nanogen shares which we disposed of in market transactions generating further income.  The license can be terminated by either party upon any material breach of any term or condition of the agreement not timely cured.  We also can terminate the agreement in the event the licensee becomes involved in insolvency proceedings or if it discontinues its business for any reason.

 

Perlegen License :  In August 2002, we granted a license to US genome researcher, Perlegen Sciences, Inc., which paid a non-refundable combination of cash and securities for an exclusive license limited to a specialized field known as “high resolution whole genome analysis”.  Either party can terminate the license agreement upon any material breach of any term or condition by the other party that is not timely cured after notice. We also have the right to terminate the agreement in the event of insolvency of the licensee or if it discontinues its business for any reason.

 

Myriad Licenses :  In October 2002, we announced a licensing agreement with Myriad Genetics, Inc, under which we granted Myriad broad rights to utilize our non-coding patents, in return for which Myriad agreed to pay us a non-refundable license fee plus future fees on an annual basis in lieu of royalties, plus the rights to bring Myriad’s predictive tests to Australia and New Zealand.  These tests, which include genetic susceptibility tests for breast cancer, ovarian cancer, bowel cancer, melanoma and cardiac risk are now being offered by the Company in Australia and have resulted in the expansion of our existing genetic testing facilities in Melbourne.  The license can be terminated by either party upon material breach by the other party that is not cured within 30 days of notice.  We also may terminate if the licensee fails to make any payment required by the agreement.  Under the second of two agreements, we are granted a license to use Myriad’s diagnostic services in Australia and New Zealand in exchange for an annual fee. We are obligated to use reasonable efforts to commercialize the licensed diagnostic services in Australia and New Zealand.  Under the terms of this agreement, we have been granted an option in exchange for upfront payments and a continuing royalty, to expand the license in respect of full sequence testing, which has not been exercised.  The term of this agreement extends until 2012.  Either party can terminate the agreement upon a material breach not timely cured after notice.  In addition, Myriad can terminate if we fail to make any payment required under the agreement.

 

Pyrosequencing Licenses :  In March 2003, we announced a cross-licensing agreement with Pyrosequencing AB, of Sweden (now known as Biotage AB).  Pyrosequencing received a broad non-exclusive license to our non-coding DNA analysis and mapping patents but only when used in combination with Pyrosequencing’s “sequencing by synthesis” reagents.  In return, we received a non-refundable cash up front payment, plus royalties for the life of the non-coding patents, plus three state-of-the-art analytical instruments (Pyrosequencing systems), plus other IP rights and assays from Pyrosequencing. Either party can terminate the agreement upon material breach that is not timely cured by the other party after notice.  In addition, either party can terminate the agreement if the other party becomes involved in insolvency proceedings, or if the other party discontinues its business for any reason.

 

ARUP License :  In April 2003, we announced a license to Associated Regional & University Pathologists (ARUP) of Salt Lake City, Utah.  ARUP is a laboratory system owned by the University of Utah, and the first service provider actually performing human genetic testing to take a license from the Company.  The license was granted in return for a one-time non-refundable license issue fee. The license is terminable by a party upon material breach by the other party that is not timely cured after notice. In addition, we have the right to terminate if the licensee becomes involved in an insolvency or discontinues its business for any reason.  In May, 2003, we had also granted the University of Utah a separate research license to show our support for their leading genetic research program into the non-coding regions of many genomes.  This license is terminable upon material breach by the licensee not timely cured after notice.

 

Quest License :  In August 2003, we granted a license to our non-coding analysis patents to Quest Diagnostics Inc., based in New Jersey, USA.  The terms included a non-refundable signing fee plus ongoing annual payments in lieu of royalties from Quest for services provided by it in genetic laboratory testing in the United States, Canada and Mexico.  In addition, the license is terminable by one party in the event of a material breach by the other party not cured after notice. Either party may also terminate the license in the event of an insolvency event affecting the other party or the discontinuation of business by the other party.  Effective June 1, 2010, we amended the license which had been granted to Quest as part of a settlement with that company.  In return for agreeing to the amendment, Quest made a further payment to Genetic Technologies.

 

30



Table of Contents

 

TM Bioscience License :  In December 2003, we granted a license to our non-coding analysis and mapping patents to TM Bioscience Corporation of Toronto, Canada.  The terms provide for a signing fee plus ongoing annual payments as a non-refundable license fee and an annual royalty on licensed products. This was our first commercial license granted to a Canadian company.  TM Bioscience is a leading provider of diagnostic kits for human genetic testing, exported globally.  The agreement is terminable by a party upon material breach by the other party that is not timely cured, and may be terminated by us in the event of dissolution or sale of the business of the licensee.

 

LabCorp License :  In February 2004, we granted a license to our non-coding patents to Laboratory Corporation of America Holdings (known as “LabCorp”), a leading provider of human diagnostic services in the U.S. and Canada.  It also performs testing in Europe for other companies, including pharmaceutical companies, for regulatory compliance purposes.  The consideration received for the license, which covers both the non-coding analysis and mapping patents, included a non-refundable signing fee plus annual license annuity payments for the life of the patents, through 2015. LabCorp also withdrew a declaratory action in respect of our patents which had been initiated in New Jersey. The license is terminable by either party upon material breach by the other party that is not timely cured.  In addition, we are entitled to terminate the agreement in the event that the licensee intentionally and knowingly promotes the licensee’s reference testing to third party clinical laboratories for the purpose of circumventing the need for such laboratories to license our patents. The licensee is entitled to terminate the agreement at any time upon 30 days prior written notice (without prejudice to its accrued obligations thereunder) and we can terminate in the event of an insolvency event involving the licensee or discontinuation of its business.

 

Ovita License :  In June 2004, we entered into a license agreement with Ovita Limited of New Zealand, granting them a license to our non-coding patents to the extent required in order to commercialize genetic marker tests and pedigree tests and to conduct research and development activities for new applications of our technology in connection with testing of sheep and cattle.  The agreement included the payment of an initial non-refundable research license fee, a non-refundable commercial license fee and a royalty on licensed products made using our patents, payable calculated on gross sales. The license is terminable by a party for material breach that is not cured by the other party, by licensee upon 30 days’ written notice to us and by either party in the event of discontinuation of its business, an insolvency event or failure to pay amounts due and owing to the other.

 

Genzyme License :  Effective as of September 17, 2004, we granted a license to our non-coding patents to Genzyme Corporation, based in Cambridge, Massachusetts, in order for the licensee to perform preclinical and human research and human genetic testing. The grant of the license was in exchange for a non-refundable license issue fee consisting of a cash component and an in-kind component.  The in-kind component consisted of a license agreement in respect of patents owned by Johns Hopkins University and licensed by the licensee.  In addition, Genzyme is obligated to pay to us license annuity fees in lieu of a royalty for each year of the term.  Either party can terminate the agreement upon material breach not timely cured, in the event of insolvency of the licensee, or by the licensee at any time upon 30 days written notice to us.

 

MetaMorphix Agreements :  In September 2004, we executed two agreements with MetaMorphix, Inc., based in Maryland and specializing in the genetics and genomics of certain animal species, particularly cattle and dogs.  Under the first such agreement, we granted a license to use our non-coding patents in order to commercialize applications of diagnostic assays for use in the livestock, aquaculture and companion animal industries.  The licensee is obligated to pay us annually increasing license annuity fees in lieu of a royalty, as well as a non-refundable license issue fee.  Either party can terminate the agreement upon a material breach not timely cured, or by us upon the licensee’s discontinuation of its business for any reason. Under the second license, to which MMI Genomics, Inc. (a subsidiary of MetaMorphix) is also a party, we were granted a license to the licensor’s patents and associated know-how in order to perform internal DNA-based diagnostic assays for use in our cattle and canine identity and parentage verification services.  We have subsequently paid the licensor a non-refundable license fee. The licensor’s obligations include ongoing support for the license and know-how.  The agreement is terminable by either party upon material default by the other party that is not timely cured, or by the licensor in the event we discontinue our cattle and canine identity and parentage verification genotyping services business for any reason.  The license to our non-coding patents that was previously granted to MetaMorphix was terminated in October 2009 as a result of a material unremedied breach by that company.

 

ViaLactia License :  In September 2003, we reached agreement with ViaLactia Biosciences (NZ) Limited of Auckland, New Zealand regarding the terms of a research and commercial license to the Company’s non-coding patents.  ViaLactia is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Fonterra, New Zealand’s largest dairy cooperative.  The license was formally concluded in December 2003.  The purpose of the license is to permit ViaLactia to conduct internal research activities and development of applications of our technology in the dairy industry, including new applications concerning dairy cattle, pasture grasses, mice as models for dairy cattle and yeast and bacteria as applied to the dairy industry.  The license is terminable by either party upon material default of the other party that is not timely cured, without other penalty.

 

31



Table of Contents

 

C.Y. O’Connor ERADE Village Foundation :  In October 2003, we announced that we had signed heads of agreement to establish a broad strategic alliance with the C.Y. O’Connor ERADE Village Foundation, a leader in biotechnology innovation based in Perth, Western Australia.  Definitive documentation was concluded in June 2004.  Under the terms of the agreement, we acquired all of the Foundation’s patents and other intellectual property in the fields of genetics and genomics, including the Foundation’s issued U.S. patent 6383747 and foreign equivalents. This extensive package of intellectual property has created additional opportunities for us in support of licensing and service testing.  As part of the arrangement, the Foundation acquired a license to our non-coding patents for a fee, such that the net purchase price for us was settled by the issuance of a total of 16,666,667 of our Ordinary Shares to the Foundation based on a market value of $0.39 per share.  The transaction closed in June 2004.  Under the arrangement, we support the ongoing genetics and genomics programs of the Foundation.  Initially, five projects were selected for priority attention and we will provide $4.5 million to the Foundation, spread over five years, to help fund such research and development of new intellectual property.  On July 7, 2004, the Company supplied a letter of credit for $450,000 for the term of the agreement.  Under the agreements, we are the primary commercialization vehicle for all new inventions, patents, intellectual property and business opportunities arising at the Foundation in the field of genetics or genomics.  We are also obligated to pay royalties to the Foundation on gross revenue derived from  the Foundation IP.  We may terminate the license following any breach of the license by the licensee, either party can terminate following a material breach that is not timely cured or following an insolvency event of the other party.  On June 15, 2009, being the fifth anniversary of the Effective Dates of the various underlying agreements between the Company and the Foundation, the agreements terminated.  As a result, the letter of credit for $450,000 which had been supplied by the Company was withdrawn.

 

Bionomics Licenses : Effective November 5, 2004, we entered into two agreements with Bionomics Limited, a public company based in Adelaide, South Australia.  Under the first such agreement, we granted a non-exclusive, royalty-free license to Bionomics to use our non-coding patents in order to (i) perform research and development activities relating to and arising from the identification of genetic factors that may influence epilepsy and (ii) commercialize the results of those research and development activities including, without limitation, epilepsy diagnostic assays.  Bionomics paid us a non-refundable license fee on signing. Either party can terminate the agreement upon a material breach not timely cured.  Under the second agreement with Bionomics, we were granted a license to use certain intellectual property rights, including patent rights and associated know-how, relating to epilepsy gene discoveries and epilepsy diagnostic assays subject to minimum annual royalties.  We paid Bionomics a non-refundable license fee.  The agreement is terminable by either party upon material default by the other party that is not timely cured.

 

Australian Genome Research Facility License :  Effective December 31, 2004, we granted a license to the non-coding patents to Australian Genome Research Facility Ltd. (“AGRF”) pursuant to which AGRF can use the patents on a non-exclusive basis for the purpose of performing genotyping services.  The license requires an advance non-refundable license fee and an annual non-refundable annuity for the term of the license in lieu of a royalty, which continues until sooner terminated or the licensee no longer utilizes the patent. The agreement is terminable by mutual agreement, or by us in the event of a breach of a term or condition by the licensee or if it is subject to an insolvency event.

 

New Zealand Licenses :  Effective June 30, 2005, we entered into a license agreement with four commercial parties in New Zealand: AgResearch Limited, The Horticulture and Food Research Institute of New Zealand Limited, New Zealand Forest Research Limited and Livestock Improvement Corporation Limited.  Under the terms of the agreement, the parties were granted licenses to our non-coding patents in consideration for which they paid us a non-refundable license issue fee.

 

Applera Licenses :  Effective December 8, 2005, we entered into various agreements with Applera Corporation of Norwalk, Connecticut as part of a settlement of a patent dispute.  The binding agreements include a final Settlement Agreement plus license agreements and a supply agreement.  The total consideration receivable by us was paid partly in cash and partly in kind - including agreements supplying the Company with certain Applera equipment, reagents and intellectual property rights.  Recognition of in-kind consideration as revenue is subject to us meeting certain revenue recognition criteria including, but not limited to, the measurement of fair value at the time of receipt.

 

Optigen Licenses :  Effective May 23, 2006, we executed an agreement with Optigen, LLC of Ithaca, New York.  Under the agreement, Genetic Technologies granted Optigen a non-exclusive license to our non-coding patents for applications in dogs, and Optigen granted the Company the exclusive right to offer and perform the complete range of Optigen genetic tests for diseases in dogs in the Asia-Pacific region.  The addition of the Optigen tests substantially expanded the range of genetic tests offered by us to the canine industry in our region.  The license granted by us to Optigen provides Optigen with access to our non-coding technology, covering all relevant genetic tests and research activities conducted by Optigen, in dogs.

 

Bovigen License :  Effective June 1, 2006, we granted a license to the non-coding patents to Bovigen, LLC of Harahan, Louisiana.  Under the agreement, Bovigen will use the Company’s non-coding technology to build its business of offering genetic tests to the American livestock industry to determine the presence or absence of certain desirable traits in individual cattle.  The rights that we licensed to Bovigen were granted non-exclusively, and are limited to applications in cattle in the USA, Canada and South America.  In consideration for granting the license, Bovigen paid us an up-front signing fee and will pay ongoing royalties on the future sales by Bovigen for the life of the non-coding patents.

 

32



Table of Contents

 

Innogenetics Licenses :  Effective June 30, 2006, we granted a license to the Company’s non-coding patents to Innogenetics NV of Ghent, Belgium.  Innogenetics is a significant supplier of genetic testing kits in Europe and is listed on the Belgium and German stock exchanges.  In consideration for granting the license, Innogenetics paid us an up-front signing fee and will pay ongoing annuities for the life of the non-coding patents.  The agreement is terminable by mutual agreement, or by us in the event of a breach of a term or condition by the licensee or if it is subject to an insolvency event.  Effective November 8, 2010, we granted a second license to the Company’s non-coding patents to Innogenetics as part of a settlement of a dispute which, this time, covers its work in molecular diagnostics products.

 

Genosense License :  Effective December 1, 2006, we granted a license to the Company’s non-coding patents to Genosense Diagnostics GmbH, a leading anti-aging and preventive genetic diagnostics company based in Vienna, Austria.  In consideration for granting the license, Genosense paid us an up-front signing fee and will pay ongoing annuities for the life of the non-coding patents.  The agreement is terminable by mutual agreement, or by us in the event of a breach of a term or condition by the licensee or if it is subject to an insolvency event.

 

Sciona License :  Effective February 16, 2007, we granted a license to the Company’s non-coding patents to Sciona, Inc. based in Boulder, Colorado.  This license runs for nine years and is the first step in a progressive co-operation between us and Sciona in relation to the emerging lifestyle and life-extension markets.  We received a signing fee plus annual payments from Sciona, increasing with time.  We were also granted the right to market the Sciona range of products in the Asia-Pacific region, and to perform the relevant genetic tests at our laboratory in Melbourne.  Sciona is a leading provider of personalised genetic tests which focus primarily on lifestyle and nutritional adjustments to enhance health and longevity.  The agreement is terminable by mutual agreement, or by us in the event of a breach of a term or condition by the licensee or if it is subject to an insolvency event.  During 2009, Sciona was placed into receivership.

 

Monsanto Licenses :  Effective June 20, 2007, we granted a license to the Company’s non-coding patents to Monsanto Company, based in St. Louis, Missouri. As part of the license, which covers Monsanto’s work in plants, Monsanto made an up-front cash payment which, under the terms of the license, cannot be disclosed.  Effective August 22, 2007, we granted a second license to the Company’s non-coding patents to Monsanto which, this time, covers its work in swine.  In respect of this second license, Monsanto paid us a further up-front payment. Effective July 30, 2010, we granted a third license to the Company’s non-coding patents to Monsanto which, this time, covers its work in cattle.  In respect of this third license, Monsanto paid us a further up-front payment.

 

Thermo Fisher Scientific License : Effective June 29, 2007, we granted a license to the Company’s non-coding patents to Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc., based in Waltham, Massachusetts.  Thermo Fisher is the parent company of Athena Diagnostics, Inc, a genetic testing laboratory based in Worcester, Massachusetts, with whom we had been in discussions for some time.  As part of the license, Thermo Fisher made an up-front cash payment which, under the terms of the license, cannot be disclosed.

 

Syngenta License :  Effective September 28, 2007, we granted a license to the Company’s non-coding patents to Syngenta Crop Protection AG, based in Basel, Switzerland. Syngenta is a large plant and seed company, active in more than 90 countries, with more than 19,000 employees. As part of the license, Syngenta made an up-front cash payment which, under the terms of the license, cannot be disclosed.

 

BioSearch License :  Effective September 30, 2007, we granted a license to the Company’s non-coding patents to BioSearch Technologies Inc., based in Novato, California. As part of the license, pursuant to which BioSearch is permitted to distribute certain DNA structures, known as oligos or probes, to end users worldwide for research purposes only, BioSearch made an up-front cash payment which, under the terms of the license, cannot be disclosed.

 

Kimball License :  Effective November 16, 2007, we granted a license to the Company’s non-coding patents to Kimball Genetics Inc., based in Denver, Colorado. As part of the license, Kimball made an up-front cash payment which, under the terms of the license, cannot be disclosed.

 

Prometheus License :  Effective December 23, 2007, we granted a license to the Company’s non-coding patents to Prometheus Laboratories Inc., based in San Diego, California.  As part of the license, Prometheus made an up-front cash payment which, under the terms of the license, cannot be disclosed.

 

33



Table of Contents

 

GE Settlement and License : Effective January 14, 2008, we executed a Settlement and License Agreement with General Electric Company (and indirectly its subsidiary GE Healthcare Bio-Sciences Corp.), based in Piscataway, New Jersey.  GE Healthcare is a unit of General Electric Company that employs more than 46,000 people and which, in 2006, generated revenues of USD 17 billion from serving healthcare professionals and their patients in more than 100 countries around the world.  The agreement between the Company and GE Healthcare involves a settlement of all disputes between the parties and the granting of a license to GTG’s non-coding patents.  As part of the agreement, GE Healthcare made an up-front cash payment which, under the terms of the agreement, cannot be disclosed.

 

GeneDx License :  Effective October 1, 2008, we granted a license to the Company’s non-coding patents to GeneDx, a subsidiary of Bio Reference Laboratories Inc., based in Gaithersburg, Maryland.  The license granted permits GeneDx to perform PTEN testing until the patent expires in March 2010.  As part of the license, GeneDx made an up-front cash payment which, under the terms of the agreement, cannot be disclosed.

 

Millennium License :  Effective October 22, 2008, we granted a license to the Company’s non-coding patents to Millennium Pharmaceuticals Inc., based in Cambridge, Massachusetts.  As part of the license, Millennium made an up-front cash payment which, under the terms of the agreement, cannot be disclosed.

 

TIB MOLBIOL License :  Effective December 8, 2008, we granted a license to the Company’s non-coding patents to TIB MOLBIOL Syntheselabor GmbH, based in Berlin, Germany. As part of the license, TIB MOLBIOL made an up-front cash payment which, under the terms of the agreement, cannot be disclosed.

 

Gen-Probe License :  Effective April 29, 2010, we granted a license to the Company’s non-coding patents as part of a settlement agreement to Gen-Probe Inc., based in San Diego, California.  As part of the license, Gen-Probe made an up-front cash payment which, under the terms of the agreement, cannot be disclosed.

 

EraGen License :  Effective April 30, 2010, we granted a license to the Company’s non-coding patents as part of a settlement agreement to EraGen Biosciences Inc., based in Madison, Wisconsin.  As part of the license, EraGen made an up-front cash payment which, under the terms of the agreement, cannot be disclosed.

 

Molecular Pathology License :  Effective June 18, 2010, we granted a license to the Company’s non-coding patents as part of a settlement agreement to Molecular Pathology Laboratory Network Inc., based in Maryville, Tennessee.  As part of the license, Molecular Pathology made an up-front cash payment which, under the terms of the agreement, cannot be disclosed.

 

Beckman Coulter / Clinical Data License :  Effective August 24, 2010, we granted a license to the Company’s non-coding patents as part of a settlement agreement to Beckman Coulter Inc. and Clinical Data Inc., based in Brea, California and Newton, Massachusetts, respectively.  As part of the license, both parties made an up-front cash payment which, under the terms of the agreement, cannot be disclosed.

 

Interleukin License :  Effective October 1, 2010, we granted a license to the Company’s non-coding patents as part of a settlement agreement to Interleukin Genetics Inc., based in Waltham, Massachusetts.  As part of the license, Interleukin made an up-front cash payment and is due to make one further cash payment in 2011 both of which, under the terms of the agreement, cannot be disclosed.

 

Laboratoires Réunis License :  Effective October 20, 2010, we granted a license to the Company’s non-coding patents as part of a settlement agreement to Laboratoires Réunis, based in Junglinster, Luxembourg.  As part of the license, Laboratoires Réunis made an up-front cash payment together with a number of subsequent instalment payments which, under the terms of the agreement, cannot be disclosed.

 

Pioneer Hi-Bred License :  Effective November 29, 2010, we granted a license to the Company’s non-coding patents as part of a settlement agreement to Pioneer Hi-Bred International Inc., a DuPont corporation based in Johnston, Iowa. As part of the license, Pioneer made an up-front cash payment which, under the terms of the agreement, cannot be disclosed.

 

34



Table of Contents

 

Research Licenses and Collaborations

 

University of Melbourne collaboration :  On January 22, 2003, we entered into a collaborative research agreement with the University of Melbourne, Australia, concerning the so-called “ARC Linkage Project”: toward novel approaches for the control of parasitic nematodes via genomics/phenomics.  This agreement sets forth the terms of the collaboration between GeneType Pty. Ltd. and the university for research under an Australian government Research Council Linkage Project.  Under the terms of this agreement, GeneType Pty. Ltd. is obligated to use its best efforts to provide additional funds for the project to make up the projected shortfall as contemplated by the original proposal, over a term of three years.

 

University of Utah License :  On April 30, 2003, we granted a research license to the University of Utah, in Salt Lake City, Utah.  This is a royalty-free license to permit the University to conduct research in exchange for a nominal fee.

 

Horticulture Australia Limited collaboration :  On June 18, 2003, AgGenomics Pty. Ltd., a subsidiary of the Company, entered into a three-year Collaborative Research Agreement with Horticulture Australia Limited (HAL) to try and identify a genetic trait for day/night neutrality in strawberries which, if found, could lead to an extension of the cultivation season and consequently higher production.  The research program, costing approximately $2.1 million, is funded by HAL as to 45% and AgGenomics as to 55%.  Any and all intellectual property generated from the project will be owned in the same proportions.  This initial agreement was concluded in June 2006, following which it was agreed that it be extended for a period of a further three years at a total cost of $2.1 million, to be funded 42.03% by HAL and 57.97% by AgGenomics.  Once again, any and all intellectual property generated from the project will be owned in the same proportions.  In 2010, work will commence to investigate the possible commercial application of the research.

 

University of Sydney License :  In July 2003, we granted a research license to the University of Sydney, in Australia.  We subsequently entered into a further agreement (dated September 4, 2003) with the University of Sydney pursuant to which we received the exclusive right to commercialize a new and potentially significant genetic invention made by a professor in the Neurogenetics Research Unit and the University’s Faculty of Medicine. This Australian invention is intended to permit an improved understanding of the genetic factors underlying superior athletic and sports performance, based on the presence or absence of the ACTN3 gene.  Under the terms of this agreement, we made an upfront payment, agreed to pay a royalty on net sales of the invention by us and a fee on first grant of a patent for the invention or any patent rights in any country and a further payment of part of any consideration of whatever kind received by us under a license of the assigned intellectual property.

 

King’s College License :  In December 2003, we granted a license to our non-coding patents to King’s College, London, in the United Kingdom.  Under the terms of the license, King’s College will be able to apply the non-coding patents to its internal research programs.  The license is terminable by either party upon any material breach not timely cured, without penalty.  King’s College is considered a leader in the field of researching the genetic basis of various psychiatric and psychological disorders, including schizophrenia, anxiety / depression and certain attention deficit disorders.  Future commercial applications arising from research at King’s College would require an additional commercial license from us.  In March 2004, we initiated a joint research project in the United Kingdom to explore the functionality of certain non-coding DNA elements, initially with special focus on the genetics of breast cancer susceptibility and the genetics of certain neuro-psychiatric conditions, such as schizophrenia.  The project was funded by us for a further period of six months, in an amount of GBP53,000 that was paid in two instalments. In May 2005, we extended the project for the period from June 1, 2005 to December 31, 2005 and agreed to fund the costs incurred by King’s College during that period up to a maximum amount of GBP51,360.  In February, 2006, the Company agreed to further extend its research agreement with King’s College for the period from February 1, 2006 to August 31, 2006 and agreed to fund the costs incurred by King’s College during that period up to a maximum amount of GBP63,700.  This project has now been terminated.

 

University of Technology License :  Effective December 23, 2003, we granted a research license to the University of Technology, Sydney, to permit the University to conduct internal research activities to research, identify, map and develop tests for genetic markers and genes of interest.  Either party has the right to terminate the agreement upon the occurrence of a material breach that is not timely cured, without other penalty.

 

Colorado State University License :  Effective May 14, 2004, we granted a research license to the Colorado State University.  This is a royalty-free license to permit the University to conduct research in exchange for a nominal fee.

 

Texas A&M University License :  Effective February 7, 2007, we granted a research license to Merlogen LLC, a company associated with Texas A&M University.  As part of the license, we received a nominal fee and received rights to use certain technologies in the field of animal genetics.

 

In addition to the above agreements, we continue to negotiate licensing terms to grant licenses to our non-coding patents to many companies, large and small, and also to government and private institutes, in many countries.  To facilitate these negotiations, we have established a database of all prospective licensees, who we believe would benefit from a license to our non-coding patents.

 

35



Table of Contents

 

Given the large number of potential licensees, the Company decided to expand its licensing program during 2006 by applying additional resources in this area.  As a result, the licensing team at the Company’s headquarters in Melbourne, Australia was expanded by the appointment of additional staff to accelerate the preparation of dossiers on potential licensees whilst, internationally, independent licensing contractors were engaged to represent the Company “on the ground”, in our major markets.

 

In an effort to further stimulate the Company’s licensing program, the Company announced on February 16, 2010 that it had filed a patent infringement suit in respect of its non-coding DNA technologies against nine parties in the U.S. District Court, Western District of Wisconsin.  The case is being prosecuted by the Company’s Colorado-based law firm Sheridan Ross PC and Genetic Technologies has put in place arrangements pursuant to which it believes that the patent infringement suit should not have a material adverse impact on its finances.  Since filing the suit, non-coding licenses have been granted by the Company to Gen-Probe Inc., Molecular Pathology Laboratory Network Inc., Monsanto Company, Beckman Coulter Inc. / Clinical Data Inc., Interleukin Genetics Inc. and Pioneer Hi-Bred International Inc. as part of settlements that have been reached with those parties.  Further, settlement discussions with the remaining three parties, together with other parties who are not involved with the suit the majority of which are located in Europe, have also commenced and are progressing.

 

Our Support for Three Significant Research Projects

 

Genetic Technologies currently supports three major research programs, details of which have been provided below.  Some projects have arisen from new inventions made by the Company while some have been made by others who have approached the Company seeking collaboration and support for their activities.

 

By its very nature, research is unpredictable and involves a considerable element of risk. Such risks may relate to scientific concepts, the implementation of the science, the protection of any inventions made and the success or otherwise in persuading others to respect the intellectual property acquired or created by the Company.

 

Specifically, patents filed may not issue or may later be challenged by others.  Even if patents issue, the methods described may, with time, be superseded by alternative methods which may prove to be commercially more attractive.  Even if patents issue and the methods developed are successfully reduced to practice and can be shown to be commercially relevant, there is still no assurance that other parties will respect the patents or will take licenses to use the intellectual property.  In such circumstances, it is possible that legal action will be necessary to enforce the Company’s rights.  Such action, in turn, raises a new series of risks including potentially significant legal costs and uncertain outcomes.

 

To the extent that delays are encountered in concluding the research projects, additional costs may be incurred.  Further, the projected revenues from the projects may also be deferred, potentially impacting on the Company’s liquidity.  In such cases, the Company may seek to partner with outside parties, who will contribute to the costs of research in return for an interest in the project, or the Company may seek to raise additional working capital from the Market.  In a worst case scenario, if the Company’s research projects do not achieve their scientific objectives, the projects may well be closed down with no valuable intellectual property having been created.

 

(1) RareCellect TM  Project

 

In March 2001, the Company began to develop and commercialize patents held by GeneType AG, a subsidiary of Genetic Technologies, relating to the recovery of fetal cells circulating in the peripheral blood of a pregnant woman.  These patents, with an earliest priority date of March 27, 1990, have been granted or allowed in most countries where filed, including the United States, United Kingdom, France, Germany, Australia and Japan.

 

It has long been generally recognized that a simple, universally applicable, non-invasive means of obtaining fetal cells for prenatal diagnosis would represent a major advance over existing practice and would be widely adopted throughout the developed world.  As part of the RareCellect TM   project, the Company has designed and tested a proprietary sampling device that can safely and reliably collect fetal material from the cervix, and has combined this with a proprietary processing technology that selectively delivers either cellular material or DNA from the fetus which is suitable for analysis to identify genetic disorders using currently available diagnostic technologies.

 

From its inception, the RareCellect TM  project was focused on the recovery and isolation of fetal cells from peripheral blood samples of pregnant women.  However, the project subsequently abandoned this approach in favour of focusing solely on the recovery and isolation of fetal DNA from cervical mucus samples.

 

The Company is now actively pursuing out-licensing/co-development partnering options for the RareCellect™ Project.

 

36



Table of Contents

 

Background and unmet need

 

Genetic disorders account for a significant health burden across the world, with over 330,000 children born with congenital malformations annually in the US, Europe and Japan.  In addition, between 20% and 30% of post-natal deaths are due to such congenital malformations.  In the developed world, it is increasingly common for women to have babies later in life (25% of these births are born to women over 35 years of age), and this can significantly increase the risk of genetic disorders in their offspring.

 

Current pre-natal testing involves non-invasive screening and invasive diagnostic testing.  Screening uses ultrasound of the fetus and maternal serum testing and can be performed from 11 to 13 weeks of pregnancy.  Although safe, these tests are not reliable, with a detection rate of 80% (20% of abnormalities are not detected), and a false positive rate of 5% (women with healthy babies being subjected to unnecessary invasive testing).

 

Diagnostic testing requires the removal of fetal material using chorionic villus sampling (from 11 to 14 weeks) or amniocentesis (from 15 to 20 weeks).  Each of these surgical procedures involves the insertion of a needle into the uterus to obtain cellular material from the fetus which can then be tested for abnormalities using a variety of tests.  Although accurate, these tests are invasive and carry a significant risk to both the fetus and the mother.  Miscarriage rates, which can be as high as 5%, are dependent on the skill of the operator and the gestation age.  Furthermore, testing is limited to high-risk patients including women over the age of 35 and results may take as long as two weeks to obtain.

 

The Company now believes that there is a clear unmet need in pre-natal testing for risk-free (for both mother and fetus) chromosomal/genetic testing for the fetus at as early as eight weeks gestation.

 

The RareCellect™ solution

 

The Company has developed a proprietary sampling device using materials and design features which will ensure safe, non-traumatic sampling of the optimal region of the cervix to yield fetal cellular material. The current design, which has been used by a number of healthcare professionals to sample fetal material from more than 400 women, is protected by a US provisional patent.

 

The Company has also identified issues relating to the processing of fetal material that limit its utility for subsequent testing, including contamination from maternal cells, sperm cells and other DNA. Genetic Technologies has developed processing methods, which are also covered by provisional patents, that can deliver fetal cells or DNA in a form suitable for testing using any of the currently approved diagnostic methodologies.

 

Commercial opportunity

 

The Company believes that RareCellect™ offers a unique opportunity to successfully penetrate the $2 billion global pre-natal testing market, with the potential for market launch within three to five years. By offering a safe sampling and processing methodology that provides sufficient fetal material for subsequent analysis, it has the potential to displace currently available maternal screening tests and to avoid the need for most of the current invasive diagnostic procedures.

 

A comprehensive memorandum detailing technical aspects of the technology and the commercial potential of the project has been compiled as has a virtual data room containing a full data package on the project..  As detailed above,  a number of international parties who operate in the RareCellect™ space have now been identified with a view to partnering the project by way of out-license or co-development arrangement on reasonable commercial terms.

 

Markets and competition :  There are some four million pregnancies per year in the United States alone.  It is already the case that some form of antenatal screening is provided for most pregnancies in developed countries.  The trend towards increasing numbers of women becoming pregnant later in life is resulting in an increasing risk of chromosomal aberrations in these pregnancies.  Given the expense, inconvenience and inaccuracy of current screening strategies, and the risks associated with subsequent invasive diagnostic procedures, it seems probable that a reliable, accurate, non-invasive, and relatively inexpensive diagnostic test would be rapidly adopted and applied in all pregnancies early in the pregnancy which would substantially increase the current markets.  This conclusion has, of course, been reached by a number of other parties.  There are currently several competing groups actively pursuing different methods for the isolation of fetal DNA from maternal blood.

 

Government regulation :  The provision of clinical testing services and in vitro diagnostic medical devices is subject to extensive regulatory requirements in most developed countries. In the United States, the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS) regulates all laboratory testing (except research) performed on humans in the United States through the Clinical Laboratory Improvement Amendments (CLIA).   The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) regulates clinical trials and medical devices.  In Australia, the regulation of clinical trials and medical devices is performed by the Therapeutic Goods Administration (TGA). Accreditation of laboratories offering pathology services is granted by the Health Insurance Commission, based on a report of assessment by the National Association of Testing Authorities, Australia (NATA).  In addition, in the State of Victoria, where the Company has its headquarters, accreditation may also be obtained from the Pathology Services Accreditation Board, again subject to favorable assessment by NATA.

 

37



Table of Contents

 

(2) ImmunAid Project

 

ImmunAid Pty. Ltd. was established in March 2001 to develop and exploit the ImmunAid technology.  Genetic Technologies currently owns 70.5% of ImmunAid with the balance of shares owned by private investors including the inventors of the ImmunAid technology.

 

The ImmunAid technology describes a method of leveraging a patient’s immune system to potentially improve the efficacy of treatments for cancer, autoimmune and infectious diseases.  The method builds on a discovery that the human immune system oscillates under chronic disease load.  This oscillation has been observed across a range of cancer types and other chronic disease conditions (HIV, MS) and can be elucidated by serial measurements of acute phase inflammatory markers such as C-reactive protein (CRP) and other cytokines and antigen markers.  The central hypothesis underlying ImmunAid is that timing the administration of treatment to a prescribed point on patient’s immune oscillation will increase the efficacy of the treatment.

 

Targeting the immune system

 

The research undertaken as part of the ImmunAid project has discovered a phenomenon of the immune cycle which shows that the immune system switches itself “on and off” in a continuous and repetitive cycle in patients with chronic diseases such as cancer and HIV.

 

A critical insight made by the inventor behind the ImmunAid research is that the timing of the administration of chemotherapy may determine a patient’s response.

 

In cancer, the “off” switch is controlled by a group of cells called T-Regulatory cells which can be manipulated by the accurate and skilful timing of chemotherapy.  Once unleashed, the immune system is then free to attack the cancer. In the relatively-rare 7% of cases where chemotherapy is completely effective and cancer is eliminated, the ImmunAid researchers believe that chemotherapy may actually be having a greater effect on the immune system than on the cancer.  This is a major paradigm shift in the fields of cancer treatment and immunology.

 

At the recent American Society of Clinical Oncology conference held in Orlando, Florida, investigators at the Mayo Clinic in Rochester, Minnesota reported the results of a pilot trial they conducted entitled “Possible therapeutic reversal of immune suppression in patients with metastatic melanoma by timed delivery of temozolomide chemotherapy”.  This pilot study, co-designed by the ImmunAid team, used ImmunAid’s concept for timed intervention with chemotherapy.  It has since provided sufficient preliminary supportive human data to warrant a larger definitive study.

 

Commercial opportunity

 

With encouraging technical results having now been obtained from various clinical studies, including that undertaken at the Mayo Clinic, Genetic Technologies has decided to invite expressions of interest from third parties capable of participating to expedite the development and potential commercialization of the ImmunAid technology.  A number of potential commercialization partners have since been identified and contacted.  Recently, the Company has engaged a recognized international Contract Research Organization to assist it in scoping definitive trials and paths to market for ImmunAid.

 

(3) Nematode Project (formerly reported as the Pathogens Program)

 

In March 2001, GTG entered into a Collaborative Research Agreement (“CRA”) with the University of Melbourne (Department of Veterinary Science) to conduct applied research on methods for the diagnosis and control of parasitic diseases in animals and humans.  Two scientists were employed via the University and work commenced in mid-2001 under the direction of Associate Professor Robin Gasser.  Prof. Gasser is the author of more than 120 papers in international peer-reviewed journals, mainly in classical and molecular parasitology.

 

A substantial portion of the costs associated with this project are paid for by interested third parties, including relevant industry bodies such as Meat and Livestock Australia (“MLA”) and the Australian Research Council (“ARC”).  A summary of the project’s development costs, outcomes and further plans is summarized below:

 

Project 1 (undertaken between April 2001 and March 2003) - Cryptosporidium parvum

 

Total estimated costs paid by the Company: $400,000

 

Gasser et al developed a new, DNA-based test to identify and sub-type Cryptosporidium species and sub-species. Independent validation of sensitivity and specificity was conducted by Robin Gasser and Rachel Chalmers (PHLS Cryptosporidium Reference Unit, Swansea, UK) post our funding. Collectively, the Company and Gasser have transferred the test from gels to capillary instruments.  Following a review of potential markets, GTG decided to terminate the project.

 

38



Table of Contents

 

Project 2 - Novel methods for the control of the major worm parasites of sheep and cattle including Haemonchus contortus, Trichostrongylus vitrinus and Ostertagia ostertagi.

 

The project’s objective is to discover and develop novel compounds for the control of nematodes (principally Haemonchus contortus - the barber’s pole worm) in sheep. Parasites that affect livestock are a major cause of disease globally and the financial losses they cause are substantial.  Infestation of sheep and cattle with parasites is estimated to cost Australian producers approximately $1 billion annually.  To make matters worse, these parasites have grown resistant to the drugs that are commonly used to treat them.  Left unattended, parasitic worms infest the gut of livestock, reducing their growth and leading to lower productivity and quality of wool.  Farmers typically control parasitic worms by drenching, but the efficacy of current treatments is becoming progressively less due to the development of resistance.  This trend is likely to get worse, so there is a major global drive to develop novel means to control parasites.

 

This project is a collection of collaborative research projects involving Genetic Technologies Limited and:

 

·                   Professor Robin Gasser’s group in the Department of Veterinary Science, University of Melbourne;

 

·                   Associate Professor Adam McClusky’s group in the Department of Chemistry, University of Newcastle;

 

·                   Meat and Livestock Australia (“MLA”).

 

Professor Gasser’s group is working on target identification by investigating the genome of parasites, target validation, assay development and compound screening.  Professor McClusky’s group is working on synthesis of compounds directed against the targets identified by Professor Gasser’s group.

 

Funding is provided by two ARC Linkage grants supplemented by direct and in-kind contributions from the Company and MLA. The Company’s total cash commitment under ARC Linkage Project LP0667795 is $250,000 per year for three years ended June 30, 2009.  The Company has a further commitment under ARC Linkage Project LP0882285 of $90,000 per year for the three years ending December 2010.  Project IP ownership is split between the Company (as to 75%) and MLA (as to 25%).

 

During 2008, it became apparent that the methods previously used to screen compounds synthesized by the University of Newcastle were flawed.  Consequently, an industry standard larvae development assay (LDA) was designed and implemented by the University of Melbourne.  All compounds previously synthesized either have been or are planned to be re-screened with the LDA.  Initial results from the re-screening have identified two lead compounds exhibiting highly promising nematocidal performance.

 

During 2009, the Company’s collaboration with the researchers at the Universities of Melbourne and Newcastle to discover new classes of chemicals for the treatment of nematodes (worms) in livestock continued. The project was supported by a grant from Meat & Livestock Australia who actively participated in the project.

 

In the first phase of the project, genetic techniques were used to identify proteins essential for the survival of the nematodes.  Several such targets were prioritized and their DNA sequences have been compared with that of humans and sheep. The logic behind this approach is that the protein targets in the parasites that have the least similarity with man or the host will be safer and less environmentally dangerous.

 

Several compounds have now been successfully synthesized as part of the project and a number of major livestock pharmaceutical companies active in the field of animal health, and several smaller companies with an interest in animal parasitology have been approached to determine their interest in this project.  The discussions are continuing.

 

(4) Sponsored Research Agreement with C.Y. O’Connor

 

In June 2004, we entered into a series of agreements with the C.Y. O’Connor ERADE Village Foundation, incorporating the Immunogenetics Research Foundation and the Institute of Molecular Genetics and Immunology (“CYO” and the “Foundation”) under which (i) we acquired CYO’s entire patent estate in the field of genetics and genomics, known collectively as the “Genomic Matching Technique” (“GMT”) (ii) we granted a license to CYO to utilize our non-coding patents, and (iii) we agreed to provide research funding to the Foundation for a period of five years ending June 2009 to develop novel, high-value genetic tests for commercialization by GTG.

 

The program was formed upon the acquisition by the Company of all the genetics and genomics intellectual property generated by the Foundation, which showed promise in a number of important areas, including improved tissue typing and transplantation techniques in human bone marrow transplantation, plus an extensive range of new opportunities in the field of human genetics and animal genetics, including cattle, horses, dogs and fish.  The Company has certain rights to any and all intellectual property generated by the Foundation as part of the agreement between the parties.

 

39



Table of Contents

 

It is becoming increasingly apparent that the traditional genetic tests which have been developed to diagnose individuals susceptible to diseases, or identify plants or animals that have desirable characteristics, provide limited information. As such, the Company is working closely with the Foundation to develop a novel approach designed to overcome these shortcomings.  The GMT developed by CYO, is an effective, yet relatively simple, method for identifying genetic differences between individuals.  A large number of GMT clusters have now been identified which are being associated with genes that may be implicated with diseases.

 

One such potential disease association has been discovered with Age-related Macular Degeneration (“AMD”), an inflammatory disease of the eye which often results in blindness in the aged.  A proportion of patients diagnosed with the milder form of the disease develop to the more-advanced form which results in blindness.  GMT may be used to effectively identify those susceptible to disease progression, enabling early intervention with therapy.  This approach can potentially delay the onset of the disease, or reduce its severity.  A study was undertaken during 2006/07 by the Company into the utility of the application of GMT to AMD.  Upon completion of this study, the Company decided to terminate its support of this project.

 

In the area of tissue and marrow transplantation, CYO and independent laboratories have shown that transplant recipients who were matched to donors using the traditional immune markers and by GMT had a substantially increased chance of long term survival compared with patients matched for the immune markers alone. This data demonstrates that the GMT is revealing information about the haplotype of the individuals as it applies to transplantation that is over and above that provided by traditional immunological typing.  This principle can be extended to a range of similar disorders.

 

CYO is currently in the process of investigating various applications of the GMT technology as they relate to immune-related diseases, including autoimmune diseases.  These include the early identification of people who are susceptible to disorders such as Type I diabetes, multiple sclerosis, lupus and rheumatoid arthritis, thereby increasing their lifespan and quality of life by delaying the onset of disease, reducing the severity of disease or potentially eliminating the disease altogether.  Research is also being undertaken by CYO investigating whether this principle can be extended to diseases outside the immune system, including diseases and desirable traits of plants and animals.  The tests are rapid, inexpensive, can be performed on standard equipment and provide more information than regular genetic tests.

 

Impairment of patents

 

During the 2007 financial year, in conjunction with work performed by an independent valuation expert, an impairment charge of $1,150,000 was calculated by Management and recorded against the carrying value of the patents that were originally acquired from the Foundation. The recoverable amount of the patents was based on value-in-use calculations.  The estimated risk adjusted cashflows were discounted by the risk free rate of 6.5%.  The 2007 financial year was the first year in which an indicator of impairment had arisen, requiring an assessment of the recoverable amount of the patents.

 

During the 2008 financial year, following a detailed scientific review of the work that had been undertaken in respect of one of the applications of the underlying technology, a second impairment charge was made.  This charge resulted from a lack of progress with the research related to the commercialisation of certain applications of the technology covered by the patents and it was subsequently decided to terminate that aspect of the program. Whilst work continues in respect of the use of the technology in relation to other related areas, the lack of progress made as at balance date in relation to GMT and AMD gave rise to an impairment charge of $2,378,000 during the year ended June 30, 2008.

 

Given that the Company’s previous attempts to commercialize the technology associated with the patents had not delivered the anticipated revenues, the Company believed that it was appropriate to base its assessment of the carrying value of the underlying patents as at June 30, 2008 around a further product based on the technology which had already been successfully completed and from the sale of which revenues had already been generated.  Accordingly, the carrying value of the underlying patents as at June 30, 2008 had been based on the anticipated net cash flows that the Company believed would be generated from the future sales of this product.

 

The cashflow forecasts associated with the impairment assessment of the patents have been projected to 2012, being the first year in which the respective patents will expire, using the Company’s estimated weighted average cost of capital and conservative projections of anticipated sales volumes over the next three years.  Further, given the competitive advantage afforded to the Company in respect of this product, a termination value has also been included to reflect that sales of the product are expected to continue beyond the date of the patent expiry.  The forecasts and associated recoverable amount has been determined by Management taking into account the sales that have been generated to date and the considerable interest arising from pre-launch market analysis.  Based on the sales of the products achieved during the year ended June 30, 2009 and the continued amortization of the patents, no further impairment charges were raised during that year in respect of the underlying patents.

 

On June 15, 2009, contract research undertaken at CYO in Perth, Western Australia ceased, following the expiry of the Sponsored Research Agreement between the Company and CYO.  Investigations into opportunities for the possible commercialization of the technology developed as part of that research continue.

 

40



Table of Contents

 

Competition

 

Licensing

 

Our licensing business principally covers two families of “non-coding” patents.  As we are the sole owners of these patents there is, by definition, no direct competition in this activity.  However, to some degree, there are alternate technologies in the market place which can be used to perform genetic analysis and genomic mapping and so in this regard we do face indirect competition and a potential risk of technological obsolescence. A risk of patent invalidation always exists with the possibility of the discovery of previously unknown prior art as well as patent re-examination.

 

During the year ended June 30, 2009, we successfully prevailed in legal proceedings with respect to a Nullity Action in the German Patent Court regarding the equivalent to US Patent No. 5,612,179 and we have responded to questions raised by the US Patents and Trademarks Office in relation to a Request for Re-examination of seven of the thirty six claims contained in US Patent No. 5,612,179.  Apart from these risks, the inevitable expiry of our non-coding family of patents in 2010 and 2015 remains, at which time our ability to generate future license revenues from these particular patents may be restricted.  It is anticipated that, over time, however, licensing of additional patents filed by the Company in other areas of genetics and our other research projects may replace revenues currently generated from the licensing of these non-coding patents.

 

On May 10, 2010, we announced that we had received formal notification from the United States Patent and Trademarks Office (“USPTO”) that the USPTO had upheld, without amendment, all of the claims which formed the basis of the re-examination action of the Company’s core 5,612,179 non-coding deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) patent (as detailed in our ASX announcement dated June 30, 2009).

 

Genetic testing - paternity

 

The size of the Australian DNA paternity testing market can only be estimated, as the tests fall outside of the Australian public health (Medicare) regime and hence no central records are kept.  Our best estimate is that the total size of the market is about 5,000 to 6,000 tests per year which, if correct, would give the Company approximately a 50 percent total market share.  There are presently a number of other laboratories that offer these tests in Australia, all of which are NATA accredited.

 

Sonic and Healthscope are the two largest pathology companies in Australia.  Throughout Australia, Healthscope refers exclusively to DNALabs.  In Victoria, New South Wales and Western Australia, Sonic refer exclusively to their own laboratories.  The Australian market for paternity testing is now saturated and, since the entry of two of the three major pathology companies in the later part of 2003, our ability to generate growing revenues from this market has reduced. At present, our market share appears to have stabilized.

 

Other competitors in this marketplace include: DNAlabs (a wholly-owned subsidiary of Sydney IVF), Sonic Health Care (a division of Sonic, the second largest pathology provider in Australia), Healthscope - formerly Gribbles (the third largest pathology provider in Australia), Victorian Institute of Forensic Medicine (this is the Coroner’s laboratory in Victoria), John Tonge Centre (this is the Coroner’s laboratory in Queensland), Medvet Science (owned by the South Australian State Government), DNA Solutions (which sells its services over the internet) and DNA-Bioscience.

 

Genetic testing - diagnostics

 

As the sole licensee in Australia and New Zealand for the genetic test for the predisposition for familial breast cancer, we do not have any commercial competitors in this area but Healthscope also supply genetic tests to the healthcare market.  In the public arena, tests are provided by the pathology departments of certain public hospitals.  They are not true competitors in that the numbers of such tests that can be performed is restricted due to limited Government funding, but they do constitute the majority of tests conducted in this field. State Health Departments fund tests for the public sector based on various criteria and skewed to the most at risk profiles.

 

Genetic testing - forensics

 

Forensic DNA testing is defined to include DNA tests, the results of which can be relied upon as evidence in a court of law.  To meet the strict standards of court evidence, forensic testing can only be conducted through NATA accredited laboratories that have been approved for such work.  We are the first non-government owned, NATA accredited forensics laboratory in Australia.  At the moment, virtually all forensic testing is conducted through state government owned laboratories.  These laboratories have substantial backlogs and do not generally undertake private DNA forensic tests.  As such, we are one of a few accredited laboratory currently providing forensic testing services to the public.  To resolve the backlog problem, various state governments have already suggested that they plan to investigate the possibility of outsourcing the testing of forensic samples to the private sector.  In January 2008, the Company announced that it had been awarded a three year contract to supply New South Wales Police with DNA analysis services.

 

41



Table of Contents

 

Genetic testing - animals

 

GTG offers a DNA testing service across a number of animal species, particularly with respect to establishing an animal’s pedigree and parentage.  This test is common across animal species and is not proprietary.  Accordingly, any laboratory that can provide a DNA parentage / pedigree test is able to enter this market.

 

GTG has also developed a large portfolio of genetic tests for the canine area.  Currently, GTG is the only provider of canine DNA services for the growing pedigree dog market in China.  Tests are also sold by the Company in various parts of Asia including Japan and the Philippines.

 

Some major pathology companies in Australia already have vet pathology businesses and almost all have expertise in human DNA profiling.  We anticipate that they may enter the animal testing market in the medium term.  Currently, the major canine pathology company in Australia has a relationship with GTG whereby it sends all of its canine genetic testing to GTG.

 

Genetic testing - plants

 

There are no material levels of commercial DNA service tests conducted in Australia for plants, other than commissioned research conducted by public authorities (such as universities and CSIRO) or by commercial organizations that internally conduct DNA tests as part of the ordinary course of their operations.  In recognition of this, we established AgGenomics Pty. Ltd., a joint venture between Genetic Technologies and the Victorian State Government.  The joint venture is controlled by Genetic Technologies (owning 50.1%).  The commercial goal of AgGenomics is to offer the following services to plant breeders and researchers:

 

·                        High throughput extraction of plasmid DNA and genomic DNA;

 

·                        High throughput DNA sequencing;

 

·                        High throughput genotyping; and

 

·                        SNP discovery and analysis.

 

AgGenomics has focused on the commercial species of greatest value to the Australian economy and also species where the most substantial funding has been invested, including wheat, barley, canola, cotton, vegetable brassicas (e.g. cabbage, cauliflower, brussel sprouts and broccoli) and wine grapes.  To date, AgGenomics has completed a number of commercial projects on behalf of some of these industries.

 

In Australia, we have two major competitors.  The first is Southern Cross University, which specializes in tropical fruits and rice but, as they are highly specialized and do not match AgGenomics’ testing capacity, they are not seen as a major threat.  The second, South Australian Research & Development Institute (SARDI), is seen as our major threat as in the next few years there is a reasonable expectation that they will have the capacity to match AgGenomics.

 

Whilst we have few domestic competitors, our major commercial threat comes from offshore laboratories based in the United States, England and Korea which have a higher throughput than AgGenomics and enjoy greater economies of scale, thereby reducing their costs.  To date, a few large Australian plant sequencing contracts have been lost offshore in cases where the client simply requires the return of the genetic data and does not require our expertise in its interpretation.

 

Genetic testing - athletic performance

 

The Company has been granted patents in India, Japan, Australia and New Zealand over genotyping of the ACTN3 gene for athletic performance.  Patents are pending in the United States, Europe, China, Canada, Russia and South Korea. Recently, ACTN3 has been offered by the United States based lifestyle genetics company 23andMe Inc., as part of its overall product involving the analysis of more than 500,000 genetic variations.  While the ACTN3 SportsGene Test™ provides an indication of an individual’s predisposition to sports/power sport performance as opposed to endurance sport performance, there are a range of other tests, genetic and non genetic that may also indicate a predisposition to particular sporting performance.  None of these, however, specifically relate to a genetic test on the ACTN3 gene which, scientifically, has shown a very high correlation to sports performance.

 

GTG has distribution agreements in place for Europe, parts of Asia and the USA where tests are collected and processed in the GTG laboratory, where as the arrangement for Japan to via a Japanese based laboratory.

 

42



Table of Contents

 

Research

 

RareCellect Project

 

Whilst a number of companies around the world are active in the area of prenatal testing, there are currently no commercially available products that compete directly with the RareCellect™ cervical sampling technology.

 

ImmunAid Project

 

Although a number of major research groups around the world are working on immune-based therapeutics for cancer, apart from the joint ImmunAid / Mayo Clinic abstract presented at the American Society of Clinical Oncology (ASCO) 2009 and the Mayo Clinic abstract presented in 2010, there are no commercially-available products relating to the immune cycle and timed therapeutic intervention for the treatment of cancer.  However, there is momentum building in this field, and public funding programs are readily accessible by independent academic groups which would facilitate large clinical trials and uptake into practice if improvement in clinical outcomes by the use of the immune cycle to time therapy is adequately validated.

 

Nematode Project

 

Several groups are known to be developing novel anthelmintic compounds for application to commercial ruminants such as sheep. These groups include Novartis, Schering-Plough, Eli Lilly, Bayer, Merck and Pfizer.  The status of these development programs is currently unknown to the Company.

 

Environmental Regulations

 

The Company’s operations are subject to environmental regulations under Australian State legislation.  In particular, the Company is subject to the requirements of the Environment Protection Act 1993.  A license has been obtained under this Act to produce listed waste.

 

As of June 30, 2008, the Company held a 14.66% direct equity interest in the North Laverton Joint Venture with Regis Resources Limited (“Regis”) that had been equity accounted to a nil balance. The Joint Venture had continuing expenditure requirements as prescribed by the Western Australian Mines Department in respect of its prospecting and exploration licenses and mining leases owned by the joint venture.  As of June 30, 2008, the Company had recorded a provision for $94,987 in respect of its share of the estimated rehabilitation costs associated with the North Laverton project.  The amount of the provision was based on calculations provided to the Company by Regis as project manager.

 

On August 27, 2008, the Company sold its entire interest in the Joint Venture and, as part of the sale, it was fully indemnified by Regis against any future rehabilitation liabilities which may arise from the exploration activities of the Joint Venture undertaken up until the date of sale.  This indemnification subsequently enabled the Company, during the year ended June 30, 2009, to fully reverse the provision of $94,987 in respect of such liabilities which had been recorded in the Company’s balance sheet as of June 30, 2008.

 

Item 4.C                           Corporate Structure

 

The diagram below shows the corporate structure of the Genetic Technologies group as of the date of this Annual Report:

 

 

Notes:              Phenogen Sciences Inc. was incorporated by the Company in the State of Delaware on June 28, 2010.

 

Genetic Technologies is the holding company of the group and is listed on the Australian Securities Exchange, under the code GTG and, via its ADRs, on the NASDAQ Capital Market, under the ticker symbol GENE.

 

43



Table of Contents

 

Item 4.D                           Property, Plant and Equipment

 

As of the date of this Report, the Company has executed four leases in respect of premises occupied by the Group.

 

Fitzroy, Victoria

 

Genetic Technologies Limited rents the offices and laboratory premises which are located at 60-66 Hanover Street, Fitzroy, Victoria, Australia (an inner suburb of Melbourne) from Crude Pty. Ltd.  The lease is due to expire on September 30, 2013.  The current annual rental charge is approximately $286,000.  Genetic Technologies Limited does not have an option to purchase the leased premises at the expiry of the lease period.

 

Charlotte, North Carolina

 

Phenogen Sciences Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Genetic Technologies Limited, rents office premises which are located at 9115 Harris Corners Parkway, Suite 320, Charlotte, North Carolina, USA from HC 9115 LLC.  The lease is due to expire on October 31, 2012.  The current annual rental charge is approximately USD 31,740.  Phenogen Sciences Inc. does not have an option to purchase the leased premises at the expiry of the lease period.

 

Beijing, China

 

Genetic Technologies (Beijing) Limited, another wholly-owned subsidiary, rents office premises which are located in Beijing, China. The lease expires on February 28, 2011.  The monthly rental cost is approximately $370.  Any extension of the lease at the end of the lease period will require the agreement of both parties.  Genetic Technologies (Beijing) Limited does not have an option to purchase the leased premises at the expiry of the lease period.

 

Devon Meadows, Victoria

 

Genetic Technologies Limited rents veterinary premises which are located at 2330 South Gippsland Highway, Devon Meadows, Victoria, Australia (a south eastern suburb of Melbourne).  The lease, which expires on June 30, 2011, covers premises that are owned by Robert Watts and Ming Chen.  The annual rental cost is $29,640.  Any extension of the lease at the end of the lease period will require the agreement of both parties.  Genetic Technologies Limited does not have an option to purchase the leased premises at the expiry of the lease period.

 

Item 5.                                    Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

 

You should read the following discussion and analysis in conjunction with Item 3.A “Selected Financial Data” and our financial statements, the notes to the financial statements and other financial information appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report.  In addition to historical information, the following discussion and other parts of this Annual Report contain forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates, intentions, expectations and beliefs.  Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements.  See the “Risk Factors” section of Item 3 and other forward-looking statements in this Annual Report for a discussion of some, but not all, factors that could cause or contribute to such differences.

 

Item 5.A                           Operating Results

 

Overview

 

Our Formation

 

GeneType AG was incorporated in Zug, Switzerland on February 13, 1989 to exploit the commercialization of the hypothesis that the non-coding region of the human HLA gene complex of chromosome 6 is a valuable and highly ordered reservoir of useful genetic information, largely overlooked by the rest of the world.

 

Genetic Technologies Limited was incorporated on January 5, 1987 as Concord Mining NL in Western Australia. On August 13, 1991, we changed our name to Consolidated Victorian Gold Mines NL to better reflect the operations of the Company at the time.  On December 2, 1991, we again changed our name to Consolidated Victorian Mines NL. On March 5, 1995, we again changed our name to Duketon Goldfields NL.  On October 15, 1995, we changed our status from a “No Liability” company to a company limited by shares and the name became Duketon Goldfields Limited. On August 29, 2000, we changed our name to Genetic Technologies Limited, which is the current name of the Company.

 

44



Table of Contents

 

On August 29, 2000, Duketon Goldfields Limited received shareholder approval to change its activities from a mining company to a biotechnology and genetics company on the acquisition of all the issued capital of GeneType AG of Switzerland. Following the acquisition of GeneType AG, the new combination has been engaged in the researching, developing and commercialization of genetic concepts primarily related to our intron sequence patents and genomic mapping patents.  We are also the largest accredited paternity testing laboratory in Australia which GeneType has been operating since 1990.  Over the past seven years, the Company has granted licenses to its patents and expects to derive revenue from further licensing of its patents.  Prior to the merger with GeneType AG, the mining exploration activities had ceased and were being progressively disposed of by August 2000.  The company was basically an investment shell and following the completion of the merger the old shareholders of GeneType AG were in control of the company which formed the basis for treating the acquisition of GeneType AG as a reverse acquisition.

 

Development Stage Enterprise

 

Until 2002, we were a development stage enterprise.  We had been developing our technology that resulted in the granting of seven families of patents in the USA which we have now actively started to commercialize and enforce.  Since inception up to June 30, 2010, we have incurred $68,374,028 in accumulated operating losses.  Our losses have resulted principally from costs incurred in research and development and from general and administrative costs associated with our operations. Refer to the Consolidated Statements of Operations in our attached financial statements.

 

The research and development costs incurred prior to August 2000 were funded by shareholders of GeneType AG.  On completion of the merger of Duketon Goldfields Limited and GeneType AG in August 2000, to form Genetic Technologies Limited, existing funds of approximately $6 million within Genetic Technologies Limited were applied towards research and development and general and administrative expenses associated with our operations.  The Company also sold its investment in Cytomation Inc. of Fort Collins, Colorado in November 2001 for approximately $6 million.  The funds realized from this sale were applied towards research and development and general and administrative expenses associated with our operations.  The Company has completed several placements of shares, including one in August 2003, and there have been other amounts raised from the exercise of unlisted options. We have primarily depended on these sources of funds to meet our financing needs.  However, we now license our non-coding technology and provide a series of genetic tests, both of which generate revenue to fund our expenses.

 

The extent to which we continue to incur losses will, amongst other things, depend on the quantum of license fees received from the licensing of our patents, the amount of annuities and royalties we receive from past licenses, the success we have with respect to the commercialization of our research projects, the rate at which our new tests are taken up by our customers and generally the number of genetic tests we conduct.  We may not be able to license our technology successfully or ever achieve or sustain profitability.

 

Where We Derive our Revenues

 

Our major source of revenues up to June 30, 2002 were grants received from the Australian Government under the START Program licensing, fees from licensing the non-coding patents, DNA paternity testing services income in Australia and interest income from our cash on deposit and other cash equivalents.

 

Since commencing our licensing program during the year ended June 30, 2002, the Company has been successful in securing licenses for its technology from a total of 47 commercial licensees and 6 research licensees (see Item 4A for a complete list).  We have also received proceeds from the disposal of some of our remaining non-core mining assets which were held for resale in Australia and Canada during the year ended June 30, 2003 and from the sales of various shares in other companies which we formerly held.  None of this income is recurring.

 

Fiscal Year

 

As an Australian company, our fiscal, or financial, year ends on June 30 each year.  We produce audited consolidated accounts at the end of June each year and provide reviewed six-monthly accounts at the end of December each year, both of which are prepared under Australian Accounting Standards as issued by the Australian Accounting Standards Board and International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In respect of the year ended June 30, 2010, the Group has assessed all new accounting standards mandatory for adoption during the current year, noting no new standards which would have a material affect on the disclosure in these financial statements.  There has been no affect on the profit and loss or the financial position of the Group.

 

45



Table of Contents

 

Certain new accounting standards and interpretations have been published that are not mandatory for June 30, 2010 reporting periods.  The Group’s and the parent entity’s assessment of the impact of these new standards and interpretations is set out below.

 

·              IFRS 2009-8 Amendments to International Accounting Standards — Group Cash-Settled Share-Based Payment Transactions [IFRS 2] (effective for all accounting periods commencing on or after January 1, 2010)

 

The amendments made by the IASC to IFRS 2 confirm that an entity receiving goods or services in a group share-based payment arrangement must recognize an expense for those goods or services regardless of which entity in the group settles the transaction or whether the transaction is settled in shares or cash.  They also clarify how the group share-based payment arrangement should be measured, that is, whether it is measured as an equity- or a cash-settled transaction. The Group will apply these amendments retrospectively for the financial reporting period commencing on July 1, 2010.  There will be no impact on the Group’s or the parent entity’s financial statements.

 

·              IFRS 2009-10 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards — Classification of Rights Issues [IAS 32] (effective for all accounting periods commencing on or after February 1, 2010)

 

In October 2009, the IASC issued an amendment to IAS 32 Financial Instruments: Presentation which addresses the accounting for rights issues that are denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of the issuer.  Provided certain conditions are met, such rights issues are now classified as equity regardless of the currency in which the exercise price is denominated. Previously, these issues had to be accounted for as derivative liabilities.  The amendment must be applied retrospectively in accordance with IAS 8 Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors.  The Group will apply the amended standard from July 1, 2010.  As the Group has not made any such rights issues, the amendment will not have any effect on the Group’s or the parent entity’s financial statements.

 

·              IFRS 7 Financial Instruments and IFRS 2009-11 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards arising from IFRS 7 (effective from January 1, 2013)

 

IFRS 7 Financial Instruments addresses the classification and measurement of financial assets and is likely to affect the group’s accounting for its financial assets.  The standard is not applicable until January 1, 2013 but is available for early adoption.  The Group is yet to assess its full impact.  However, initial indications are that it may affect the Group’s accounting for its available-for-sale financial assets, since IFRS 7 only permits the recognition of fair value gains and losses in other comprehensive income if they relate to equity investments that are not held for trading.  Fair value gains and losses on available-for-sale debt investments, for example, will therefore have to be recognized directly in profit or loss.  In the current reporting period, the Group recognized no such gains or losses in other comprehensive income (2009: $170,000).  The Group has not yet decided when to adopt 1FRS 7.

 

·              Revised IAS 24 Related Party Disclosures and IFRS 2009-12 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards (effective from January 1, 2011)

 

In December 2009, the IASC issued a revised IAS 24 Related Party Disclosures.  It is effective for accounting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2011 and must be applied retrospectively.  The amendment removes the requirement for government-related entities to disclose details of all transactions with the government and other government-related entities and clarifies and simplifies the definition of a related party.  The group will apply the amended standard from July 1, 2011.  When the amendments are applied, the Group and the parent entity will need to disclose any transactions between its subsidiaries and its associates.  However, it has yet to put systems into place to capture the necessary information.  It is therefore not possible to disclose the financial impact, if any, of the amendment on the related party disclosures.

 

·              IFRIC Interpretation 19 Extinguishing financial liabilities with equity instruments and IFRS 2009-13 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards arising from Interpretation 19 (effective from July 1, 2010)

 

IFRIC Interpretation 19 clarifies the accounting when an entity renegotiates the terms of its debt with the result that the liability is extinguished by the debtor issuing its own equity instruments to the creditor (debt for equity swap).  It requires a gain or loss to be recognized in profit or loss which is measured as the difference between the carrying amount of the financial liability and the fair value of the equity instruments issued.  The Group will apply the interpretation from July 1, 2010. It is not expected to have any impact on the Group’s or the parent entity’s financial statements since it is only retrospectively applied from the beginning of the earliest period presented (July 1, 2009) and the group has not entered into any debt for equity swaps since that date.

 

These are the only changes which are expected to be of relevance to the Group.

 

46



Table of Contents

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

(a)               Basis of consolidation

 

The consolidated financial statements comprise the financial statements of Genetic Technologies Limited and its subsidiaries (collectively the “Group”). The financial statements of subsidiaries are prepared for the same reporting period as the parent, using consistent accounting policies.  Adjustments are made to bring into line any dissimilar accounting policies that may exist. All intercompany balances and transactions, including unrealized profits arising from intra-group transactions, have been eliminated in full.  Unrealized losses are eliminated unless costs cannot be recovered.

 

Subsidiaries are consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group and cease to be consolidated from the date on which control is transferred out of the Group.  Where there is loss of control of a subsidiary, the consolidated financial statements include the results for the part of the reporting period during which Genetic Technologies Limited has control.  Minority interests represent the interests not held by the Group in Gtech International Resources Limited, ImmunAid Pty. Ltd. and AgGenomics Pty. Ltd.

 

(b)               Foreign currency translation

 

Both the functional and presentation currency of Genetic Technologies Limited and its Australian subsidiaries is the Australian dollar (AUD).  Transactions in foreign currencies are initially recorded in the functional currency at the exchange rates ruling at the date of the transaction.  Monetary assets and liabilities which are denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at the rate of exchange ruling at the balance sheet date.  All differences are taken to the statement of comprehensive income.

 

Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rate ruling at the date of the initial transaction.  Non-monetary items measured at fair value in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates ruling at the date when the fair value was determined.

 

The functional currencies of the Company’s five overseas subsidiaries are as follows:

 

Gtech International Resources Limited — Canadian dollars (CAD)

Genetic Technologies (Beijing) Limited — Chinese yuan (CNY)

GeneType AG — Swiss francs (CHF)

GeneType Corporation — United States dollars (USD)

Phenogen Sciences Inc. — United States dollars (USD)

 

As at the reporting date, the assets and liabilities of these overseas subsidiaries are translated into the presentation currency of Genetic Technologies Limited at the rate of exchange ruling at the balance sheet date and the statement of comprehensive income are translated at the weighted average exchange rates for the period. The exchange differences arising on the retranslation are taken directly to a separate component of equity.  On disposal of a foreign entity, the deferred cumulative amount recognized in equity relating to that particular foreign operation is recognized in the statement of comprehensive income.

 

(c)               Fair value estimation

 

The fair value of financial instruments that are not traded in an active market (for example, non-listed equity securities classified as available-for-sale investments) is determined using valuation techniques, including the last price at which shares were issued to third parties, where amounts are reliably measured.  The Group uses various methods and makes assumptions that are based on market conditions existing at each balance date.  Information including quoted market prices and details of recent capital raisings is used to determine fair value for these remaining financial instruments.  Available-for-sale investments are measured at approximate market value, in cases where fair value cannot be reliably determined.

 

The carrying values less impairment provisions of trade receivables are assumed to approximate their fair values due to their short-term nature.

 

(d)               Segment reporting

 

An operating segment is a component of the Group:

 

·              that engages in business activities from which it may earn revenues and incur expenses (including revenues and expenses relating to transactions with other components of the Group);

 

·              whose operating results are regularly reviewed by the Group’s chief operating decision maker to make decisions about resources to be allocated to the segment and assess its performance; and

 

·              for which discrete financial information is available.

 

47



Table of Contents

 

The Group has adopted IFRS 8: Operating Segments from July 1, 2008.  The new standard requires a “management approach” under which segment information is presented on the same basis as that used for internal reporting purposes.  This did not result in a change in the number of reportable segments presented.  In addition, the segments are reported in a manner that is consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision maker.  There has been no other impact on the measurement of the Company’s assets and liabilities.

 

(e)               Earnings per share

 

Basic EPS is calculated as the net loss attributable to members divided by the weighted average number of ordinary shares.

 

(f)                 Parent entity financial information

 

The financial information for the parent entity, Genetic Technologies Limited, has been prepared on the same basis as the consolidated financial statements, except as set out below:

 

Investments in, and loans to, subsidiaries

 

Investments in subsidiaries are accounted for at cost in the financial statements of Genetic Technologies Limited.  Loans to subsidiaries are written down to their recoverable value as at balance date.

 

Financial guarantees

 

As at balance date, the parent entity had agreed to fund by way of loan all of the operating expenses of ImmunAid Pty. Ltd. (a subsidiary) up to, and including, December 31, 2010 and that it would not seek repayment of the loan during that period.

 

(g)              Revenue recognition

 

Revenues are recognized to the extent that it is probable that the economic benefits will flow to the entity and the revenues can be reliably measured.  Revenues are recognized at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable net of the amounts of Goods and Services Tax (GST). The following specific recognition criteria must also be met before revenue is recognized:

 

License fees received

 

License fee income is recorded on the execution of a binding agreement where the Group has no future obligations, income is fixed and determinable, and collection is reasonably assured.  Consistent with the various license agreements, the Group does not grant refunds to its customers.

 

Rendering of services

 

Revenues from the rendering of services are recognized when the services are provided and the fee for the services provided is recoverable.  Service arrangements are of short duration (in most cases less than three months).

 

Royalties and annuities received

 

The Company licenses the use of its patented genetic technologies.  Royalties and annuities arising from these licenses are recognized when earned in accordance with the substance of the agreement, in cases where no future performance is required by the Company and collection is reasonably assured.

 

Interest received

 

Revenue is recognized as the interest accrues using the effective interest method.  Interest charged on loans to related parties is charged on commercial and arm’s-length terms and conditions.

 

Research and development grants received

 

The Company receives non-refundable non-Government grants that assist it to fund specific research and development projects.  These grants generally provide for the reimbursement of approved costs incurred as defined in the various agreements.

 

(h)              Share-based payment transactions

 

The Group provides benefits to Group employees in the form of share-based payment transactions, whereby employees render services and receive rights over shares (“equity-settled transactions”).  There is currently an Employee Option Plan in place to provide these benefits to executives and employees and the cost of these transactions is measured by reference to the fair value at the date they are granted.

 

The fair value of options granted is determined by Cape Leveque Securities Pty. Ltd., an independent valuer, using a Black-Scholes option pricing model.  Cape Leveque Securities Pty. Ltd. has consented to having its name included in this Report.

 

48



Table of Contents

 

In valuing equity-settled transactions, no account is taken of any non-market performance conditions.  The cost of equity-settled transactions is recognized, together with a corresponding increase in equity, over the period in which the relevant vesting conditions are fulfilled, ending on the date that the relevant employees become fully entitled to the award (“vesting date”).

 

The cumulative expense recognized for equity-settled transactions at each reporting date until vesting date reflects (i) the extent to which the vesting period has expired; and (ii) the number of awards that, in the opinion of the Directors of the Group, will ultimately vest.  This opinion is formed based on the best information available at balance date.

 

No expense is recognized for any awards that do not ultimately vest.  Where the terms of an equity-settled award are modified, as a minimum an expense is recognized as if the terms had not been modified.  In addition, an expense is recognized for any increase in the value of the transaction as a result of the modification, as measured at the date of modification.  Where appropriate, the dilutive effect of outstanding options is reflected as additional share dilution in the computation of diluted earnings per share.

 

The Company’s policy is to treat the share options of terminated employees as forfeitures.

 

(i)                 Finance costs

 

Finance costs are recognized as an expense when incurred.

 

(j)                 Income tax

 

The income tax expense or revenue for the period is the tax payable on the current period’s taxable income based on the national income tax rate for each jurisdiction adjusted by changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities attributable to temporary differences and unused tax losses.

 

Deferred income tax is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the consolidated financial statements.  However, the deferred income tax is not accounted for if it arises from initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction other than a business combination that, at the time of the transaction, affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss.  Deferred income tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or substantially enacted by the balance sheet date and are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset is realised or the deferred income tax liability is settled.  Deferred tax assets are recognised for deductible temporary differences and unused tax losses only if it is probable that future taxable amounts will be available to utilize those temporary differences and losses.

 

Deferred tax liabilities and assets are not recognised for temporary differences between the carrying amount and tax bases of investments in controlled entities where the parent entity is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences and it is probable that the differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets and liabilities and when the deferred tax balances relate to the same taxation authority. Current tax assets and tax liabilities are offset where the entity has a legally enforceable right to offset and intends either to settle on a net basis, or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.  Current and deferred tax balances attributable to amounts recognised directly in equity are also recognised directly in equity.

 

Current and deferred tax is recognized in profit or loss, except to the extent that it relates to items recognized in other comprehensive income or directly in equity.  In this case, the tax is also recognized in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, respectively.

 

Tax consolidation legislation

 

Genetic Technologies Limited and its wholly-owned Australian-resident subsidiaries have implemented the tax consolidation legislation. The head entity, Genetic Technologies Limited, and the subsidiaries in the tax consolidated group account for their own current and deferred tax amounts.  These tax amounts are measured as if each entity in the tax consolidated group continues to be a stand alone taxpayer in its own right.

 

In addition to its own current and deferred tax amounts, Genetic Technologies Limited also recognises the current tax liabilities (or assets) and the deferred tax assets arising from unused tax losses and unused tax credits assumed from subsidiaries in the tax consolidated group.

 

Assets or liabilities arising under tax funding agreements with the tax consolidated entities are recognised as amounts receivable from or payable to other entities in the Group.  Details about the tax funding agreement are disclosed in Note 7 of the Financial Statements.  Any difference between the amounts assumed and amounts receivable or payable under the tax funding agreements are recognised as a contribution to (or distribution from) wholly-owned tax subsidiaries.

 

49



Table of Contents

 

(k)             Withholding tax

 

The Group generates revenues from the granting of licenses to parties resident in overseas countries.  Such revenues may be subject to the deduction of local withholding tax.  In certain cases, these revenues are paid to the Group without appropriate withholding tax having been deducted.  Accordingly, the Group recognizes a provision in respect of the Directors’ best estimate of the amounts which may be payable.

 

(l)                 Other taxes

 

Revenues, expenses and assets are recognized net of the amount of Goods and Services Tax (GST) except where the GST incurred on a purchase of goods and services is not recoverable from the taxation authority, in which case the GST is recognized as part of the cost of acquisition of the asset or as part of the expense item as applicable; and receivables and payables are stated with the amount of GST included.  The net amount of GST recoverable from, or payable to, the taxation authority is included as part of receivables or payables in the balance sheet.

 

Cash flows are included in the cash flow statement on a gross basis and the GST component of cash flows arising from investing and financing activities, which is recoverable from, or payable to, the taxation authority are classified as operating cash flows.

 

(m)           Cash and cash equivalents

 

Cash and short-term deposits in the balance sheet comprise cash at bank and in hand and short-term deposits with an original maturity of three months or less.  For the purposes of the cash flow statement, cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and cash equivalents as defined above.  Cash at bank earns interest at floating rates based on daily bank deposit rates.  Short-term deposits are made for varying periods of between one day and three months, depending on the immediate cash requirements of the Group, and earn interest at the respective short-term deposit rates.

 

(n)              Trade and other receivables

 

Trade receivables, which are non-interest bearing and generally have terms of between 30 to 90 days, are recognized and carried at original invoice amount less an allowance for any uncollectible amounts.  An allowance for doubtful debts is made when there is objective evidence that a receivable is impaired.  Such evidence includes an assessment of the debtor’s ability and willingness to pay the amount due.  The amount of the allowance/impairment loss is measured as the difference between the carrying amount of the trade receivables and the estimated future cash flows expected to be received from the relevant debtors.  Details regarding interest rate and credit risk of current receivables are disclosed in Note 35 of the Financial Statements.

 

(o)               Inventories

 

Inventories principally comprise laboratory and other supplies and are valued at the lower of cost and net realizable value.  Inventory costs are recognized as the purchase price of items from suppliers plus freight inwards and any applicable landing charges.  Costs are assigned on the basis of weighted average costs.

 

(p)               Restricted security deposits

 

Restricted security deposits include cash deposits held as security for the performance of certain contractual obligations.

 

(q)               Investments and other financial assets

 

All investments are initially recognized at cost, being the fair value of the consideration given plus directly attributable transaction costs.  After initial recognition, investments in subsidiaries are carried at cost, less any impairment disclosed in the separate financial statements of Genetic Technologies Limited.  Other investments, which are classified as available-for-sale, are measured at fair value if this can reliably be determined or at cost where fair value cannot be reliably determined. Gains or losses on available-for-sale investments are recognized as a separate component of equity until the investment is sold, or otherwise disposed of, or until the investment is determined to be impaired, at which time the cumulative gain or loss previously reported in equity is included in the statement of comprehensive income.

 

Available-for-sale investments

 

Available-for-sale investments consist of investments in ordinary shares which have no fixed maturity date or coupon rate.  After initial recognition, available-for-sale securities are measured at fair value with gains or losses being recognized as a separate component of equity until such time as the investment is either derecognized or is determined to be impaired, at which time the cumulative gain or loss previously recognized in equity is recognized in profit or loss.  The fair values of investments that are actively traded in organized financial markets are determined by reference to the quoted market bid prices applicable as at the close of business on the balance sheet date.

 

50



Table of Contents

 

The fair value of unlisted available-for-sale investments has been estimated using valuation techniques based on assumptions that are not supported by observable market prices or rates. Management believes the estimated fair values (where reliably measured) resulting from the valuation techniques and recorded in the balance sheet are reasonable and the most appropriate at the balance sheet date.  Any related changes in fair values are directly recorded in equity.  Available-for-sale investments are measured at cost, where fair value cannot be reliably determined.

 

(r)               Property, plant and equipment

 

Plant and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and any impairment in value.  Depreciation is calculated on either a straight-line or diminishing value basis over the estimated useful life of the respective asset as follows:

 

Laboratory / veterinary equipment — 3 to 5 years

Computer equipment — 2 to 5 years

Office equipment — 2 to 5 years

Equipment under hire purchase — 3 years

Leasehold improvements — lease term, being between 4 and 10 years

 

Costs relating to day-to-day servicing of any item of property, plant and equipment, which may include the cost of small parts, are recognized in profit or loss as incurred.  The cost of replacing larger parts of some items of property, plant and equipment are capitalized when incurred and depreciated over the period until their next scheduled replacement.

 

(s)               Intangible assets

 

Patents

 

Patents held by the Group are used in the licensing, testing and research areas and are carried at cost and amortized on a straight-line basis over their useful lives, being from 5 to 10 years.  External costs incurred in filing and protecting patent applications, for which no future benefit is reasonably assured, are expensed as incurred.

 

Research and development costs

 

Costs relating to research and development activities are expensed as incurred.  An intangible asset arising from development expenditure on an internal project is recognized only when the Group can demonstrate the technical feasibility of completing the intangible asset so that it will be available for use or sale, its intention to complete and its ability to use or sell the asset, how the asset will generate future economic benefits, the availability of resources to complete the development and the ability to measure reliably the expenditure attributable to the intangible asset during its development. To date, all development costs have been expensed as incurred as their recoverability cannot be regarded as assured.

 

(t)                 Goodwill

 

Goodwill on acquisition is initially measured at cost, being the excess of the cost of the business combination over the acquirer’s interest in the net fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities.  Following its initial recognition, goodwill is measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses.  Goodwill is not amortized.

 

Goodwill is reviewed for impairment at each reporting date, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired.  Impairment is determined by assessing the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to which the goodwill relates.  Where the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit is less than the carrying amount, an impairment loss is recognized.

 

Where goodwill forms part of a cash-generating unit and part of the operation within that unit is disposed of, the goodwill associated with the operation disposed of is included in the carrying amount of the operation when determining the gain or loss on disposal of the operation.  Goodwill disposed of in this circumstance is measured on the basis of the relative values of the operation disposed of and the portion of the cash-generating unit retained.

 

For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business combination is, from the acquisition date, allocated to each of the Group’s cash-generating units, or groups of cash-generating units, that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination, irrespective of whether other assets or liabilities of the Group are assigned to those units or groups of units.  Each unit or group of units to which the goodwill is so allocated represents the lowest level within the Group at which the goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes and is not larger than an operating segment in accordance with IFRS 8 (AASB 8) Operating Segments .

 

51


 


Table of Contents

 

(u)              Impairment of assets (other than goodwill)

 

The Group assesses at each reporting date whether there is an indication that an asset may be impaired. If any such indication exists, the Group makes an estimate of the asset’s recoverable amount.  An asset’s recoverable amount is the higher of its fair value less costs to sell and its value in use and is determined for an individual asset, unless the asset does not generate cash inflows that are largely independent of those from other assets or groups of assets.  In such cases, the asset is tested for impairment as part of the cash-generating unit to which it belongs.  When the carrying amount of an asset or cash-generating unit exceeds its recoverable amount, the asset or cash-generating unit is considered impaired and is written down to its recoverable amount.

 

In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset.  Impairment losses relating to operations are recognized in those expense categories consistent with the function of the impaired asset unless the asset is carried at its revalued amount (in which case the impairment loss is treated as a revaluation decrease in the same manner as the associated impairment expense).

 

An assessment is made at each reporting date as to whether there is any indication that previously recognized impairment losses may no longer exist or may have decreased.  If such indication exists, the recoverable amount is estimated. A previously recognized impairment loss is reversed only if there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the asset’s recoverable amount since the last impairment loss was recognized. If so, the carrying amount of the asset is increased to its recoverable amount.  The increased amount cannot exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation, had no impairment loss been recognized for the asset in prior years.  Such reversal is recognized in profit or loss unless it reverses a decrement previously charged to equity, in which case the reversal is treated as a revaluation increase. After such a reversal, the depreciation charge is adjusted in future periods to allocate the asset’s revised carrying amount, less any residual value, on a systematic basis over its remaining useful life.

 

(v)                Trade and other payables

 

Trade payables and other payables are carried at amortized cost and represent future liabilities for goods and services provided to the Group prior to the end of the financial year that are unpaid and arise when the Group becomes obliged to make future payments in respect of the purchase of these goods and services.  Trade payables and other payables generally have terms of between 30 and 60 days.

 

(w)             Leases and hire purchase agreements

 

Finance leases and hire purchase agreements, which transfer to the Group substantially all the risks and benefits incidental to ownership of the financed item, are capitalized at the inception of the lease at the fair value of the leased property or, if lower, at the present value of the minimum lease payments.

 

Lease and hire purchase payments are apportioned between finance charges and a reduction of the associated liability so as to achieve a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability.  Finance charges are recognized as an expense in profit or loss.  Capitalized leased assets and assets under hire purchase are depreciated over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the asset or the term of the agreement.  Leases where the lessor retains substantially all the risks and benefits of ownership of the asset are classified as operating leases.  Operating lease payments are recognized as an expense in the statement of comprehensive income on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

 

(x)               Deferred revenue

 

License revenues and annuities

 

License revenues received in respect of future accounting periods are deferred until the Company has fulfilled its obligations under the terms of the agreement. Annuity payments due under the respective license agreemenmts are recognized upon receipt.  In cases where revenue has been deferred because the Company has future performance obligations, revenue is recognised as the Company’s performance obligations are satisfied.

 

Where a licence agreement provides for the payment of regular annuities to the Company and the licensee has the right to terminate the agreement prior to the payment of those annuities with no penalty, the Company does not recognise revenue until such time as the associated cash payments are received, as it is not considered probable that the benefits of the transaction will flow to the Company until cash collection is made.  Where such annuities are paid in advance, the revenue is allocated on a pro-rata basis with the balance being reflected in the balance sheet as a deferred revenue liability.

 

52



Table of Contents

 

Genetic testing and reproductive services revenues

 

The Company operates facilities which provide genetic testing and reproductive services.  The Company recognises revenue from the provision of these services when the services have been completed.  Fees received in advance of the testing process or reproductive service are deferred until such time as the Company completes its performance obligations.

 

Grant revenues

 

Grants are recognized when there is reasonable assurance that the grant will be received and all attaching conditions will be complied with.  When the grant relates to an expense item, it is recognized as income over the periods necessary to match the grant on a systematic basis to the costs that it is intended to compensate.  When the grant relates to an asset, the fair value is credited to a deferred income account and is released to the statement of comprehensive income over the expected useful life of the relevant asset by equal annual instalments.

 

(y)               Provisions

 

Provisions are recognized when the Group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, it is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation.  Where the Group expects some or all of a provision to be reimbursed, the reimbursement is recognized as a separate asset but only when the reimbursement is virtually certain.  The expense relating to any provision is presented in the statement of comprehensive income net of any reimbursement.

 

If the effect of the time value of money is material, provisions are determined by discounting the expected future cash flows at a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and, where appropriate, the risks specific to the liability.  Where discounting is used, the increase in the provision due to the passage of time is recognized as a finance cost.

 

(z)               Employee benefits

 

Provision is made for employee benefits accumulated as a result of employees rendering services up to the reporting date.  These benefits include wages and salaries, annual leave and long service leave. Liabilities arising in respect of wages and salaries, annual leave and any other employee benefits expected to be settled within twelve months of the reporting date are measured at their nominal amounts based on remuneration rates which are expected to be paid when the liability is settled.  All other employee benefit liabilities are measured at the present value of the estimated future cash outflow to be made in respect of services provided by employees up to the reporting date using the projected unit credit method.  Any unused sick leave is forfeited and not accumulated at year end.  Expenses for non-accumulating sick leave are recognized when the leave is taken during the year and are measured at rates paid or payable.

 

In determining the present value of future cash outflows, the market yield as at the reporting date on national government bonds, which have terms to maturity approximating the terms of the related liability, are used.  Employee benefits expenses and revenues arising in respect of wages and salaries, non-monetary benefits, annual leave, long service leave and other leave benefits and other types of employee benefits are recognized against profits on a net basis in their respective categories.

 

(aa)         Contributed equity

 

Issued and paid up capital is recognized at the fair value of the consideration received by the Company. Any transaction costs arising on the issue of ordinary shares are recognized directly in equity as a deduction, net of tax, of the share proceeds received.  The Company has a share-based payment option plan under which options to subscribe for the Company’s shares have been granted to certain executives and other employees (refer Note 28 of the Financial Statements).

 

(ab)         Reclassifications

 

Certain reclassifications have been made in the financial statements to ensure that prior year comparatives conform to current year presentations.

 

(ac)         Business combinations

 

The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for all business combinations, including business combinations involving entities or businesses under common control, regardless of whether equity instruments or other assets are acquired.  The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary comprises the fair values of the assets transferred, the liabilities incurred and the equity interests issued by the Group.  The consideration transferred also includes the fair value of any contingent consideration arrangement and the fair value of any pre-existing equity interest in the subsidiary.  Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred.  Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are, with limited exceptions, measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date.  On an acquisition-by-acquisition basis, the Group recognizes any non-controlling interest in the acquiree either at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the acquiree’s net identifiable assets.

 

53



Table of Contents

 

The excess of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the acquisition-date fair value of any previous equity interest in the acquiree over the fair value of the Group’s share of the net identifiable assets acquired is recorded as goodwill.  If those amounts are less than the fair value of the net identifiable assets of the subsidiary acquired and the measurement of all amounts has been reviewed, the difference is recognized directly in profit or loss as a bargain purchase. Where settlement of any part of cash consideration is deferred, the amounts payable in the future are discounted to their present value as at the date of exchange. The discount rate used is the entity’s incremental borrowing rate, being the rate at which a similar borrowing could be obtained from an independent financier under comparable terms and conditions.

 

Change in accounting policy

 

A revised AASB 3: Business Combinations became operative on July 1, 2009.  While the revised standard continues to apply the acquisition method to business combinations, there have been some significant changes.

 

All purchase consideration is now recorded at fair value at the acquisition date.  Contingent payments classified as debt are subsequently remeasured through profit or loss.  Under the Group’s previous policy, contingent payments were only recognized when the payments were probable and could be measured reliably and were accounted for as an adjustment to the cost of acquisition.

 

Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred.  Previously, they were recognized as part of the cost of acquisition and therefore included in goodwill.

 

Comparison of the year ended June 30, 2010 to the year ended June 30, 2009

 

Revenues from operations

 

Our revenues from operations (which include fees from the sale of genetic testing and reproductive services) increased by 8%, or $423,469, on the 2009 financial year. The business of reproductive services, which forms the basis of the business owned by Frozen Puppies Dot Com Pty. Ltd., contributed $107,227 to this increase.  Breast cancer testing (up $355,343), canine disease testing (up $55,346) and forensic testing (up $90,899) also contributed significantly to the increase.  Our recently-introduced Ancestry test contributed $34,435 to revenue growth. Looking forward, we envisage encouraging growth in the volume of tests conducted in future following the scheduled launch of the Company’s new BREVAGen™ breast cancer test in the U.S. market early in the 2011 calendar year.  The income we earned from paternity testing fell by $76,564 from the 2009 financial year.  Revenues from operations principally form part of the Australian geographic segment.

 

Licensing revenues

 

The total revenues generated from our licensing activities for the 2010 financial year were $3,739,747 which represented a decrease of 31% on the result from the previous year of $5,391,714.  However, following the filing by the Company of a patent infringement suit in the U.S. against nine separate parties in February 2010, the number of new licenses granted has increased significantly.  Since that date, new licenses were granted to EraGen Biosciences Inc., Gen-Probe Inc., Laboratories Réunis, Molecular Pathology Laboratory Network Inc. and Quest Diagnostics Inc. prior to the end of the 2010 financial year. Subsequent to year end, further licenses have been granted by the Company as part of settlements reached with several parties named in the infringement suit which have generated total gross fees for the Company of approximately $5.7 million.

 

As with the 2009 financial year, we continued to receive income from the Applera settlement totaling $611,421, in the form of equipment and reagent credits, representing a decrease of $1,435,786 on the previous year.  This reduction is due to the fact that the balance of the equipment credits due under the agreement were drawn down in full during the 2009 financial year.  Included in the total licensing revenues is royalty and annuity income of $1,681,444, which has remained stable during the 2010 year.  Licensing revenues form part of the Australian geographic segment.

 

Grant income

 

Grant income decreased by $338,724 to Nil in the financial year.  The previous year included an additional milestone payment from Horticulture Australia Ltd. that became payable on the successful conclusion of the research and development project which the grant income was being used to fund.  Grant income forms part of the Australian geographic segment.

 

Interest income

 

Interest income decreased by $378,163, or 64%, over the 2009 financial year.  This is mainly due to the decrease in cash and cash equivalent balances which fell by 58% over the same period.  The prime interest rate, as set by the Reserve Bank of Australia (Australia’s Central Bank), rose from 3.00% per annum to 4.50% per annum during this period.

 

54



Table of Contents

 

Employee benefits expenses

 

Pleasingly, the total employee benefits expenses for 2010 financial year decreased by $493,944 or 8%.  Apart from increases due to general inflation, this decrease was attributable to a reduction (66%) in the amount of termination benefits paid out in 2009 ($345,000) as compared with $118,529 in the 2010 financial year and to a significant fall in the Group’s consultancy fees which decreased by $109,864 (14%).

 

Impairment losses and other write-downs

 

Overall, impairment losses increased by $1,468,508, or 462%, from the preceding 2009 financial year.  During the 2010 financial year, the Company recognized an impairment loss on goodwill of $1,264,603.  The impairment charge, which related to the Company’s reproductive services business, arose following a decision by the Company to strategically realign the business and to focus on the provision of animal genetic tests, rather than the services that were acquired as part of the acquisition of the Frozen Puppies Dot Com business during the 2009 financial year.  Plant and equipment ($115,413) and inventories ($6,232) were also impaired due to the decision to exit this business.  In addition, $377,648 worth of plant and equipment which was acquired from Applera was impaired due to a decision to exchange surplus laboratory equipment with an Australian-based subsidiary of Applera.

 

Genetic testing expenses

 

Genetic testing expenses decreased by $390,790, or 52%, during the 2010 financial year.  In the prior year, the Group paid the final net installment of $149,458 under the HAL project.  The balance of the decrease was due to a change in accounting policy in regard to the disclosure of cost of sales for the reproductive services area of the business.

 

Contract research and trial expenses

 

During the 2009 financial year, the final payment was made to the C.Y. O’Connor ERADE Village Foundation following the termination of the agreements on June 15, 2009.  The expenditure was therefore significantly reduced in the 2010 financial year from $1,209,260 to only $90,000.  The $90,000 relates to the agreement with the University of Newcastle which is scheduled to terminate on December 31, 2010.

 

Royalties, license fees and commissions paid

 

Royalties, license fees and commissions paid increased by $44,634, or 13%, during the 2010 financial year.  The expense primarily relates to the payment of commissions to licensing contractors in respect of new licenses granted by the Company during the year. The amount of revenue generated from the granting of new licenses decreased over the year, but the commissions increased due to the inclusion of amounts now payable to Sheridan Ross PC, the Denver-based law firm that is managing the Company’s “assertion program” and its U.S. patent infringement suit, as mentioned above.

 

Legal and patent fees

 

Legal and patent fees decreased by $129,148, or 9%, during the 2010 financial year.  This decrease was due to non-recurring legal fees associated with the acquisition of Frozen Puppies Dot Com Pty. Ltd. and the enforcement of the Company’s rights to conduct testing of the BRCA1 and BRCA2 genes which were incurred during the prior year.

 

Administration expenses

 

Administration expenses decreased by $325,676 or 25%, during the 2010 financial year due principally to lower audit and accounting fees and the fact that two years’ worth of audit fees in respect of the Company’s U.S. reporting obligations fell into the 2009 financial year.

 

Marketing and promotion expenses

 

Marketing and promotion expenses increased by $67,904, or 25%, during the 2010 financial year.  This increase was due to the advertising incurred by the Medical area of the business and the launch of the Ancestry tests.

 

Comparison of the year ended June 30, 2009 to the year ended June 30, 2008

 

Revenues from operations

 

Our revenues from operations (which includes fees from the sale of genetic testing and reproductive services) increased by 37%, or $1,463,397, on the 2008 financial year. The new business of reproductive services, which forms the basis of the business owned by Frozen Puppies Dot Com Pty. Ltd., contributed $782,803 to this increase.  Breast cancer testing (up $265,670), and canine disease testing and profiling (up $104,672) also contributed significantly to the increase. However, we see promising increases in the volume of tests conducted in future periods as the number of facilities from which the Company will sell its tests grows in the 2010 financial year from two to six.  We expect this progress to continue as additional marketing initiatives continue to be introduced.  The income we earned from paternity and forensic testing remained stable during the 2009 financial year.  Revenues from operations principally form part of the Australian geographic segment.

 

55



Table of Contents

 

Licensing revenues

 

Our total licensing revenue generated for the 2009 financial year was $5,391,714, a decrease of 50% on the result from the previous year of $10,730,743.  The three new licenses granted were to GeneDX (Bio Reference Laboratories Inc.), Millennium Pharmaceuticals Inc., and TIB MOLBIOL Syntheselabor GmbH.   As with the 2008 financial year, we continued to receive income from the Applera settlement totaling $2,047,207, in the form of equipment and reagent credits, representing an increase of $990,072 on the previous year.  Included in the total license revenues is royalty and annuity income of $1,697,848, which increased by $784,815, or 86%, during 2009 as we did not receive a major payment during the previous year. Licensing revenues form part of the Australian geographic segment.

 

Grant income

 

Grant income increased by $159,726, or 89% in the financial year.  It included an additional milestone payment from Horticulture Australia Ltd. that became payable on the successful conclusion of the research and development project which the grant income was being used to fund. Grant income forms part of the Australian geographic segment.

 

Interest income

 

Interest income decreased by $330,705, or 36%, over the 2008 financial year.  This is mainly due to the decrease in cash and cash equivalent balances by 39% over the same period and a significant fall in deposit interest rates as a result of the Global Financial Crisis.  As an example, the prime interest rate, as set by the Reserve Bank of Australia (Australia’s Central Bank) fell from 7.25% to 3.00% during this period.

 

Employee benefits expenses

 

Total employee benefits expenses for 2009 financial year decreased by $129,417 or 2%. Apart from increases due to general inflation, this decrease was attributable to a change in accounting policy whereby $1,042,397 of employee-related expenses attributable to the testing department were transferred, for the first time, into the labor component of cost of sales.  This decrease was partially offset by increases in salaries and wages amounting to $446,038 as a result of additional staff being employed to operate the new veterinary facilities acquired as part of the integration of Frozen Puppies Dot Com Pty. Ltd.  The decrease was also partly attributable to a significant fall in the Group’s share based payments expense which resulted from the forfeiture of a large number of options following the departure of several senior Management personnel during the 2009 financial year.

 

Impairment losses and other write-downs

 

Overall, impairment losses decreased by $2,059,975, or 87%, from the preceding 2008 financial year.  During the 2009 financial year, the Company recognized an impairment loss of $245,959 in respect of the carrying value of the Company’s investment in certain unlisted shares.  The balance of the reduction related to bad debts either written off or provided for. Importantly, unlike during the two preceding financial years, there were no impairment charges raised in respect of the Group’s extensive patent portfolio.

 

Genetic testing expenses

 

Genetic testing expenses decreased by $851,390, or 53%, during the 2009 financial year.  This fall was due mostly to the change in accounting policy in relation to the disclosure of cost of sales, as described above.  Reagents previously expensed directly at the time of purchase are now capitalized and then expensed as part of cost of sales after the test has been completed.

 

Contract research and trial expenses

 

Contract research and trial expenses incurred during the 2009 financial year of $1,209,260 remained in line with the previous year ($1,267,748) as the Company’s various research and development projects continued.  During the 2009 financial year, the final payment was made to the C.Y. O’Connor ERADE Village Foundation following the termination of the agreements on June 15, 2009.

 

Royalties, license fees and commissions paid

 

Royalties, license fees and commissions paid decreased by $534,836, or 60%, during the 2009 financial year.  The expense primarily relates to the payment of commissions to licensing contractors in respect of new licenses granted by the Company during the year.  As the amount of revenue generated from the granting of new licenses decreased over the year, so too, has the related expense.

 

Legal and patent fees

 

Legal and patent fees increased by $512,539, or 59%, during the 2009 financial year.  This increase was due to fees associated with the acquisition of Frozen Puppies Dot Com Pty. Ltd., the enforcement of the Company’s rights to conduct testing of the BRCA1 and BRCA2 genes, the lodging of new patent applications around the world and a general expansion of the Company’s businesses.

 

56



Table of Contents

 

Administration expenses

 

Administration expenses increased by $465,456 or 55%, during the 2009 financial year due principally to higher audit and accounting fees.  This increase was, in turn, due to the fact that two year’s worth of audit fees in respect of the Company’s US reporting obligations fell into the 2009 financial year.

 

Marketing and promotion expenses

 

Marketing and promotion expenses increased by $51,082, or 23%, during the 2009 financial year.  This increase was due to the advertising incurred by the new reproductive services area of the business and the launch of a new range of DNA tests under the BITSA brand.

 

Item 5.B                           Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Summary

 

Our overall cash position depends on numerous factors, including the success of licensing our non-coding patents, the numbers of genetic tests processed by our laboratory, completion of our product research and development activities, ability to commercialize our products, market acceptance of our products and services and how we choose to commercially exploit our technology .  We expect to devote additional capital resources to the expansion of our licensing program on a worldwide basis, continue our research and development programs with a view to commercializing our technology in our target markets, hire and train additional staff, and acquire or make investments in businesses that are complementary to our existing business.  Each of these activities will inevitably involve the outflow of cash reserves.

 

During the years ended June 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008, we have incurred comprehensive losses of $9,530,428, $7,695,596 and $5,493,423, respectively.  We anticipate incurring additional one-off establishment costs during the next twelve months as we launch the Company’s BREVAGen™ breast cancer test in the U.S. market and elsewhere and broaden the range of products we offer and increase the number of the markets in which they are sold and commercialize our three principle research and development projects.  The extent to which we will incur losses in future years depends largely on the success of the licensing of our non-coding technologies and the expansion of our genetic testing business.

 

Since inception, our operations have been financed primarily from capital contributions by our stockholders, proceeds from our licensing activities and revenues from operations, grants, and interest earned on the Company’s cash and cash equivalents.

 

During the year ended June 30, 2010, the Company incurred net cash out flows from operations of $4,302,880, $4,923,491 whilst during the year ended June 30, 2008, the Company generated positive cash flows from operations of $422,770.  We believe that our cash and cash equivalents of approximately $3.3 million as of June 30, 2010 will, together with revenues generated from the granting of new licenses to the Company’s non-coding technology, provide us with sufficient capital to fund a base level of operations for the next eighteen months as from that date.  During this period, we expect to be able to continue to adequately fund our research and development activities, licensing program, product development and commercialization efforts and other operations.  Further, as the Company’s operations continue to expand, we anticipate that the revenues generated should assist the Company to once again achieve a cash positive result from operations.

 

Our net cash provided by / (used in) operating activities was $(4,302,880), $(4,923,491) and $422,770 for the years ended June 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.  Importantly, the Company generated positive net cash flows from operations for the first time in 2007 and again in 2008.  Cash used in operating activities for each period consisted primarily of losses incurred in operations reduced by depreciation and amortization expenses, exchange movements and unrealized profits and losses relating to investments.  In approximate order of magnitude, cash outflows typically consist of staff-related costs, service testing expenses, general and administrative expenses, research and development costs and legal/patent fees.

 

Our net cash (used in) investing activities was $(1,039,483), $(353,191) and $(47,399) for the years ended June 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.  Typically, cash used in investing activities related to the acquisition of laboratory equipment and, during the 2009 financial year, costs associated with the acquisition of Frozen Puppies Dot Com Pty. Ltd. in July 2008. During the 2005 financial year, the establishment of the equipment finance facility described below reduced cash outflows for that year.  In addition, the agreement reached with Applera Corporation in December 2005 has provided us with significant credits for laboratory equipment and reagents produced by that company.  As of June 30, 2010, the balance of credits due under the various agreements with Applera Corporation was $2,177,362.

 

Our net cash provided by / (used in) financing activities was $786,243, $(192,591) and $(528,899) for the years ended June 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.  In respect of the year ended June 30, 2010, the Company generated net cash flows of $1,011,650 from the issue of 27,940,530 ordinary shares. In all three years, outflows from financing activities included the repayment of hire purchase principal in respect of various items of laboratory equipment.

 

57



Table of Contents

 

Apart from the purchase of laboratory equipment of $144,796 in 2010, $213,300 in 2009 and $118,010 in 2008 and the costs associated with the acquisition of Frozen Puppies Dot Com Pty. Ltd. In 2008, we had no material capital expenditures for the years ended June 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008, other than the costs associated with the purchase of assets from Perlegen Sciences, Inc. in 2010.

 

On January 14, 2005, the Company executed a Master Asset Finance Agreement with National Australia Bank Limited in respect of a $2.5 million asset hire purchase facility (the “Facility”).  As of June 30, 2010, the Company had an outstanding liability in respect of the acquisition of laboratory equipment and associated maintenance contracts under the Facility amounting to $382,640.  The use of this Facility enables the Company to better match the cost of the equipment with the future revenues to be generated from it in a cost-effective manner and minimizes the outflow of valuable cash.  Also, as of June 30, 2010, the Group had breached one of the covenants of the Facility which governs the hire purchase agreements.  Subsequent to balance date, National Australia Bank Limited provided the Group with a letter waiving its right to take any further action in respect of the breach.  As a result of the breach, however, all liabilities in respect of the hire purchase agreements as of June 30, 2010 have been classified as current liabilities in the balance sheet.

 

Future Cash Needs

 

We expect that operating expenses and, to a lesser extent, capital expenditures will be a material use of our cash resources in future.  As of June 30, 2010, we had cash and cash equivalents totaling approximately $3.3 million.  We believe that this amount, together with revenues generated from the granting of new licenses to the Company’s non-coding technology, will provide us with working capital that is sufficient for our anticipated needs for the next eighteen months as from that date.  We do not have any lines of credit apart from the equipment finance facility with National Australia Bank Limited and a nominal credit card facility with Westpac Banking Corporation (via its St. George Bank division) which, as of June 30, 2010, had available credit of $147,000.  We anticipate generating additional cash in future years from our licensing activities and the continued expansion of our operational businesses.

 

Operating Leases

 

We are obligated under various operating leases for periods expiring through 2014.  Payments under non-cancelable operating lease arrangements for office premises, laboratory and veterinary facilities expire on various dates through to September 30, 2013, resulting in the lease commitments over that period which are stated in the table below.

 

The following is a schedule of future minimum lease payments for operating leases that had initial or remaining non-cancellable lease terms in excess of one year as of June 30, 2010:

 

Year ending June 30,

 

 

 

2011

 

$

459,193

 

2012

 

325,723

 

2013

 

335,820

 

2014

 

61,560

 

 

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

 

$

1,182,296

 

 

Rent expense and associated body corporate expenses totaling $579,806, $529,234 and $501,239 for the years ended June 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, were paid to Bankberg Pty. Ltd., a company associated with former Director, Dr. Mervyn Jacobson, in respect of the Company’s office and laboratory expenses in Fitzroy, Victoria, Australia.

 

The following is a schedule of future minimum hire purchase payments for equipment finance that had initial or remaining non-cancelable lease terms in excess of one year as of June 30, 2010:

 

Minimum hire purchase payments

 

 

 

Year ending 2011

 

$

259,597

 

Year ending 2012

 

113,968

 

Year ending 2013

 

38,986

 

 

 

 

 

Total minimum hire purchase payments

 

$

412,551

 

Less: future finance charges

 

(29,911

)

 

 

 

 

Aggregate hire purchase expenditure contracted for as at reporting date

 

$

382,640

 

 

 

 

 

Aggregate expenditure commitments comprise:

 

 

 

Current liability

 

$

382,640

 

Non-current liability

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total expenditure commitments

 

$

382,640

 

 

58



Table of Contents

 

Item 5.C                           Research and Development, Patents and Licenses, etc.

 

Our principal business is biotechnology, with the emphasis on genomics and genetics, the licensing of the non-coding patents, reduction to practice of our fetal cell patents and expansion of the related service testing business.

 

The following table details historic R&D expenditure by project. All projects are described at Item 4.B above.

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RareCellect

 

$

553,768

 

$

709,725

 

$

775,662

 

ImmunAid

 

287,470

 

331,155

 

278,175

 

Nematode project

 

126,664

 

365,705

 

359,184

 

Research at C.Y. O’Connor (notes 1 and 2)

 

72,148

 

933,641

 

4,038,061

 

Other general R&D

 

536,453

 

674,549

 

218,007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total R&D expense

 

$

1,576,503

 

$

3,014,775

 

$

5,669,089

 

Other expenditure

 

17,749,250

 

17,025,178

 

15,666,967

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total expenditure

 

$

19,325,753

 

$

20,039,953

 

$

21,336,056

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

R&D as a % of total expenditure

 

8

%

15

%

27

%

 


Notes:              1.  The figure for 2008 of $4,038,061 includes an impairment loss of $2,378,000.

 

2.  Research by the C.Y. O’Connor ERADE Village Foundation was terminated during the 2009 financial year.

 

Due to the nature of the Company’s business, it is important that any intellectual property in the form of new discoveries be protected.  The table described in Item 4.B hereinabove provides the status of all patent applications the Company has filed.

 

Item 5.D                           Trend Information

 

The Direction of Genetic Research

 

Following upon the original non-coding inventions made by GeneType AG and the publication and dissemination of this work in the early 1990’s, research groups world-wide increasingly have sought to investigate and, if possible, establish non-coding associations in a great number of diseases which were hitherto unexplained.

 

In 2002, Nature Publishing Group produced a summary of some 284 separate research projects which sought to establish non-coding associations in relation to either the cause or the outcome of many human diseases.  Within that group, more than 100 human conditions have since been shown to be linked to non-coding genetic variations.  In 1999, an international collaboration, known as the “SNP Consortium” was established to identify all single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs) of relevance to a complete understanding of human genetics.  More recently, the international “HapMap” project was launched to identify relevant human haplotypes.

 

All of these projects depend significantly on the basic inventions owned by our Company. It remains our corporate objective to encourage all such research which we expect will, in time, lead to a great number of new commercial licensing opportunities for Genetic Technologies. Such opportunities are also not limited to human applications, given the recent expansion of interest in the genetics of animals, plants and lower forms of life, including parasites and many organisms that contribute to either disease or to recuperative environmental systems of our planet.  Such research is likely to expand significantly in the coming years.  Our ability to secure licensing agreements from these areas of research as they develop into commercial operations will determine the level of revenue in the future.

 

The Direction of Genetic Testing

 

Further to the completed first phase of the Human Genome Project in mid-2001, and then the Mouse Genome Project in December 2002, there is now a greatly improved general understanding of gene structure, gene function and gene expression.  This is likely to lead to new genetic tests and new genetic treatments - perhaps even tailored to an individual’s unique genetic code.  DNA testing for forensic purposes has already been shown to be extremely reliable in matters of criminal justice, disputed paternity and family relationships. Genetic testing will also be increasingly relied upon to assist with disease diagnosis, and also in the improved assessment disease risk factors.  In addition, genetic testing will be applied more and more to help identify specific animal and plant traits that are either desirable or undesirable, in order to help breeders better select their future seed stock.  We believe the demand for an expansion of genetic testing will continue to grow in the coming years.

 

59


 


Table of Contents

 

Item 5E .                         Off-balance sheet arrangements

 

Apart from our settlement arrangements with Applera Corporation, pursuant to which we are entitled to draw down certain items of equipment and reagents, we have no off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have current or future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources that are material to investors.

 

Item 5F .                          Information about Contractual Obligations

 

The table below shows the contractual obligations and commercial commitments as of June 30, 2010:

 

 

 

0-1 year

 

>1-<3 years

 

>3-<5 years

 

>5 years

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Minimum research and development payments

 

$

126,083

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating lease commitments

 

$

459,193

 

$

661,543

 

$

61,560

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hire purchase commitments

 

$

237,210

 

$

145,430

 

$

 

$

 

 

The Company’s purchase obligations are in respect of its subcontracted research and development activities and equipment purchases.

 

Item 6.                                  Directors, Senior Management and Employees

 

Item 6.A                         Directors and Senior Management

 

The Directors of the Company as of the date of this Annual Report are:

 

Sidney C. Hack , CPA (Non-Executive Chairman)

 

In office from July 1, 2009 up to the date of this Report

 

Mr. Hack, 72, was appointed to the Board on November 19, 2008 and was appointed as its Chairman on November 24, 2009.  He also serves as Chairman of both the Company’s Audit Committee and its Corporate Governance Committee.  He is a Certified Practising Accountant and Registered Company Auditor and retired in 2006 after serving 30 years as a senior partner of Hack Anderson & Thomas, Chartered Accountants.  Mr. Hack has extensive experience in large company audits, financial planning and taxation and has served on various other Boards during his career.

 

Tommaso Bonvino , FAICD (Non-Executive)

 

In office from November 25, 2009 up to the date of this Report

 

Mr. Bonvino, 49, was appointed to the Board on November 25, 2009 and also serves as a member of the Company’s Corporate Governance Committee.  He has over 27 years experience in consumer marketing and product development and has managed companies for various Italian, Spanish and French firms, distributing and marketing goods throughout South-East Asia.  He has established strong bilateral trade relationships between Australian and European companies in the technology and consumer goods sectors. Mr. Bonvino is also currently a non-executive Director of the Melbourne Recital Centre, a Fellow of the Australian Institute of Company Directors and was the former Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer of IM Medical Ltd., an ASX-listed company committed to the use of innovative technology to promote health and well being.

 

Dr. Malcolm R. Brandon , BScAgr, PhD (Non-Executive)

 

In office from October 5, 2009 up to the date of this Report

 

Dr. Brandon, 63, was appointed to the Board on October 5, 2009 and also serves as a member of the Company’s Audit Committee. He has spent his career in the biotech and life sciences sector where he has over 35 years experience in commercially focused research and development and in building successful companies which have commercialized a wide range of technologies.  As the founding director of the Centre for Animal Biotechnology, a research arm within the University of Melbourne Veterinary Science School , he was responsible for fund raising and the development of many agricultural technologies and products.  Dr. Brandon was a co-founder and Director of Stem Cell Sciences Ltd. and Smart Drug Systems Inc. and is the Chairman of genetics and artificial animal breeding company Clone International which uses cloning technologies to breed elite cattle, sheep and horses and to preserve the genetics of elite animals.

 

60



Table of Contents

 

Huw D. Jones , BEng (Hons), MBA (Non-Executive)

 

In office from July 1, 2009 up to the date of this Report

 

Mr. Jones, 47, was appointed to the Board on November 19, 2008.  He also serves as a member of the Company’s Audit Committee and its Corporate Governance Committee and is currently Executive Director and Chief Executive Officer of Aeris Environmental Ltd., an ASX-listed environmental services company focused on the removal of biological contamination in food cold storage, air-conditioning and commercial water systems.  Prior to joining Aeris, he was Managing Director of Datex-Ohmeda Australasia (now part of GE Healthcare).

 

During the 2010 financial year, Mr. Fred Bart also served as a Director of the Company until his resignation on November 24, 2009.

 

Senior Management

 

We have a professional team of qualified and experienced research and development scientists and technicians.  The Company currently has 54 full-time-equivalent employees, of which seven have PhD qualifications.  The members of Senior Management, and a brief summary of their relevant experience, is as follows:

 

Dr. Paul D.R. MacLeman , BVSc, MBA, Grad Dip Tech Mgt, Grad Cert Eng, FAICD (Chief Executive Officer)

 

Dr. MacLeman, 44, was appointed as Chief Executive Officer on May 4, 2009.  He is a registered veterinary surgeon and holds additional qualifications including an MBA (MGSM), Grad Dip Tech Mgt, Grad Cert Eng and is a member of the AICD.  He is the current Chairman of the Ausbiotech Agricultural, Environmental and Industrial Advisory Committee and was most recently Chief Executive Officer of Hatchtech Pty. Limited where he led the company from research through to international Phase II human clinical trials.  Dr. MacLeman was responsible for opening up animal health and agricultural opportunities, climaxing in an agreement with one of the top three global chemicals companies.  Prior to this, he was Chief Operating Officer of Imugene Ltd. and Vice President at Agenix Ltd.  Dr. MacLeman has also previously founded life sciences start-ups and worked in investment banking focusing on the analysis and financing of technology companies.

 

Thomas G. Howitt , BCom, CA, FTIA, ACIS, AICPA (Company Secretary and Chief Financial Officer)

 

Mr. Howitt, 46, was appointed as the group’s first full-time Chief Financial Officer on June 1, 2004 and as its Company Secretary on June 30, 2005. During his 20-plus year career, he has served as CFO and Company Secretary for a number of companies, listed on both the ASX and several foreign stock exchanges.  His wide experience covers all facets of financial management and control across a variety of industries, including resources and technology (domestic and international), having been instrumental in the successful development, patenting and subsequent commercialisation of several innovative technologies.  He has played key roles in the raising of bank debt and equity capital and the management of complex due diligence programs and has worked as a senior Taxation Consultant for Ernst & Young and in the investment banking industry. He also serves as President of the Company’s Canadian-listed subsidiary, Gtech International Resources Limited.

 

Alison J. Mew , MSc Hons (Chief Operating Officer)

 

Ms. Mew, 52, was appointed as the Group’s Chief Operating Officer on August 31, 2009.  Prior to joining the Group, she had extensive experience in the bio-pharmaceutical industry in operations management roles - both in Australia and overseas.  Her most recent corporate experience was 13 years with CSL Ltd., in senior executive positions across the Animal Health, Biosciences and Pharmaceutical Divisions - managing vaccines, diagnostics and other biologicals manufacture.  Just prior to joining Genetic Technologies Limited, Ms. Mew spent three years providing consulting services in both operational and strategic management areas to both local and international organizations.

 

Dr. David J. Sparling BVSc Hons, LLB (Hons), Grad Dip Corp Governance (Vice President Legal and Corporate Development)

 

Dr. Sparling, 38, was appointed as the Group’s first Vice President Legal and Corporate Development on October 26, 2009.  He is an experienced corporate development executive who has been appointed to drive M&A, expansion and strategy development.  Dr. Sparling’s expertise includes: senior executive management, intellectual property maintenance and defence, licensing, corporate governance, corporate finance and strategic planning.  His experience extends to both pharmaceutical and diagnostic applications; in both human and animal health.  Prior to joining the Group, Dr. Sparling was chief operating officer for Solbec Pharmaceuticals Ltd., a publicly listed bio-pharmaceutical company based in Perth, Western Australia.  Dr. Sparling is also currently a director of Solbec Pharmaceuticals. Prior to this, he was Commercial Counsel for Agenix Limited, a listed biotechnology company in Queensland.

 

61



Table of Contents

 

Gregory J. McPherson BA, BBus (Vice President Sales and Marketing)

 

Mr. McPherson, 46, was appointed as the Group’s first Vice President Sales and Marketing on July 20, 2009.  He brings over 20 years experience in developing both retail and consumer businesses in Australia and the Asian region, including the development of new retail formats and multi-media campaigns for chains such as Mitre 10, Spotlight and Symbion Health.  There, his expertise in multi-site customer operations translated strategy into broad line management accountability.  Overseas assignments in Asia for Whirlpool Corporation included setting up Joint Ventures in China and India and Pan-Asian supplier negotiations.  Whilst working in Australia, he assisted in the development of manufacturer/wholesalers such as Electrolux, Whirlpool and Brivis/Carrier, where he implemented advanced measurement and process improvement techniques directly increasing profitability and shareholder value.

 

Ivan Jasenko , BAppSc (Hons) (Quality and Regulatory Manager)

 

Mr. Jasenko, 45, was appointed as the Group’s first Quality and Regulatory Manager on August 16, 2010. He has over ten years local and international Biopharmaceutical experience in both human and animal health in Quality and Regulatory roles, particularly with FDA and TGA compliance ranging from the manufacture of vaccines and IVD’s to proteins and cell culture.  He was appointed to obtain and maintain compliance certification with relevant U.S. and European regulatory authorities for the Group’s products.  Most recently, he held senior leadership roles with Intervet-Schering Plough and prior to that ICPBio, a publicly listed New Zealand protein biologics manufacturer recently acquired by MP Biomedicals.  He is well versed in Asia Pacific, U.S. and European regulatory requirements and GMP/GLP, ISO9001/ISO15189/ISO13485 and 21CFR820 Quality System requirements.

 

Lewis J. Stuart , BA (General Manager — Phenogen Sciences Inc.)

 

Mr. Stuart, 51, was appointed as General Manager — Phenogen Sciences Inc. on June 16, 2010.  He brings more than 28 years of health sector sales and marketing experience across multiple therapeutic categories including women’s health, infectious disease and endocrinology.  Mr. Stuart most recently served as Senior Vice President, Commercial Operations at cardiovascular drug developer CV Therapeutics (“CVT”), where he led the launch of Ranexa™ and played a significant role in growing CVT’s market cap from $300 million to its $1.5 billion acquisition by Gilead.  In this role, Mr. Stuart had responsibility for sales, marketing, medical affairs, managed care and investor relations.  Prior to CVT, Mr. Stuart held senior sales and marketing positions within the biotechnology sector, including six years as Vice President, Sales at Agouron Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Pfizer company.  Earlier in Mr. Stuart’s career, he directed the sales teams for several cardiovascular products at Bristol Myers Squibb, Inc. and has also held senior sales and marketing positions with Solvay Pharmaceuticals, Centocor and Upjohn.

 

62



Table of Contents

 

Item 6.B                         Compensation

 

Details of the nature and amount of each major element of the compensation of each director of the Company and each of the named officers of the Company and its subsidiaries, for services in all capacities during the financial year ended June 30, 2010 are listed below.  All figures are stated in Australian dollars (AUD).

 

Name and title of

 

 

 

Short-term

 

 

 

Post-employment

 

Long-term

 

Share-based

 

 

 

Directors

 

Year

 

Salary/fees

 

Other

 

Superannuation

 

Long service leave

 

Options

 

Totals

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sidney C. Hack (note 1)

 

2010

 

16,474

 

 

51,077

 

 

 

67,551

 

Non-Executive Chairman

 

2009

 

 

 

33,583

 

 

 

33,583

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tommaso Bonvino (note 2)

 

2010

 

29,935

 

 

2,694

 

 

 

32,629

 

Non-Executive Director

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dr. Malcolm R. Brandon (note 3)

 

2010

 

37,115

 

 

3,340

 

 

 

40,455

 

Non-Executive Director

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Huw D. Jones

 

2010

 

50,000

 

 

4,500

 

 

 

54,500

 

Non-Executive Director

 

2009

 

30,810

 

 

2,773

 

 

 

33,583

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fred Bart (note 4)

 

2010

 

28,134

 

 

2,532

 

 

 

30,666

 

Ex. Non-Executive Chairman

 

2009

 

62,324

 

 

5,609

 

 

 

67,933

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Henry Bosch AO (note 5)

 

2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ex. Non-Executive Chairman

 

2009

 

57,981

 

 

 

 

 

57,981

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

David Carruthers (note 5)

 

2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ex. Non-Executive Director

 

2009

 

19,327

 

 

1,739

 

 

 

21,066

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

John S. Dawkins AO (note 5)

 

2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ex. Non-Executive Director

 

2009

 

19,327

 

 

1,739

 

 

 

21,066

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dr. Mervyn Jacobson (note 6)

 

2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ex. Non-Executive Director

 

2009

 

22,724

 

 

 

 

 

22,724

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dr. Leanne Rowe AM (note 5)

 

2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ex. Non-Executive Director

 

2009

 

 

 

21,066

 

 

 

21,066

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sub-totals for Directors

 

2010

 

161,658

 

 

64,143

 

 

 

225,801

 

 

 

2009

 

212,493

 

 

66,509

 

 

 

279,002

 

 

63



Table of Contents

 

Name and title of

 

 

 

Short-term

 

 

 

Post-employment

 

Long-term

 

Share-based

 

 

 

Executives

 

Year

 

Salary/fees

 

Other

 

Superannuation

 

Long service leave

 

Options

 

Totals

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dr. Paul D.R. MacLeman (note 7)

 

2010

 

224,653

 

45,000

 

24,268

 

186

 

 

294,107

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

2009

 

35,821

 

 

3,224

 

 

 

39,045

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thomas G. Howitt

 

2010

 

214,000

 

 

19,260

 

5,754

 

28,257

 

267,271

 

Chief Financial Officer and Company Secretary

 

2009

 

214,000

 

55,000

 

24,210

 

7,863

 

28,083

 

329,156

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Alison J. Mew (note 8)

 

2010

 

133,948

 

 

12,055

 

78

 

 

146,081

 

Chief Operating Officer

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gregory J. McPherson (note 9)

 

2010

 

162,371

 

 

14,613

 

93

 

 

177,077

 

VP Sales and Marketing

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dr. David J. Sparling (note 10)

 

2010

 

115,846

 

 

10,426

 

76

 

 

126,348

 

VP Legal and Corp. Develop.

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

M. Luisa Ashdown (note 11)

 

2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ex. Int. Chief Operating Officer

 

2009

 

141,440

 

5,000

 

13,180

 

4,628

 

5,880

 

170,128

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Michael B. Ohanessian (note 12)

 

2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ex. Chief Executive Officer

 

2009

 

183,616

 

345,000

 

39,466

 

(356

)

(68,175

)

499,551

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ross Barrow (note 13)

 

2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ex. Chief Operating Officer

 

2009

 

115,821

 

 

11,337

 

 

 

127,158

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sub-totals for Executives

 

2010

 

850,818

 

45,000

 

80,622

 

6,187

 

28,257

 

1,010,884

 

 

 

2009

 

690,698

 

405,000

 

91,417

 

12,135

 

(34,212

)

1,165,038

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total remuneration of Key Management Personnel

 

2010

 

1,012,476

 

45,000

 

144,765

 

6,187

 

28,257

 

1,236,685

 

 

 

2009

 

903,191

 

405,000

 

157,926

 

12,135

 

(34,212

)

1,444,040

 

 

Note:         The Company and the Group had five Executives, as defined, during the year ended June 30, 2010.

 

The column above entitled “Other” of $45,000 (2009: $405,000) comprises termination benefits of nil (2009: $345,000) and bonuses of $45,000 (2009: $60,000) (refer notes below).

 

The details of those Executives nominated as Key Management Personnel under section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001 have been disclosed in this Report.  No other employees of the Company meet the definition of “Key Management Personnel” as defined in IAS 24 / (AASB 124) Related Party Disclosures , or “senior manager” as defined in the Corporations Act 2001 .

 


Notes:

 

1.                   Mr. Hack was appointed as Chairman of the Company on November 24, 2009.  He was already serving as a Director.

 

2.                   Mr. Bonvino was appointed as a Director of the Company on November 25, 2009.

 

3.                   Dr. Brandon was appointed as a Director of the Company on October 5, 2009.

 

4.                   Mr. Bart resigned as Chairman of the Company on November 24, 2009.

 

5.                   Messrs. Bosch, Carruthers, Dawkins and Dr. Rowe were removed as Directors of the Company on November 19, 2008.

 

6.                   Dr. Jacobson resigned as a Director of the Company on December 12, 2008.

 

7.                   During the year ended June 30, 2010, Dr. MacLeman received an STI payment of $45,000 in respect of the anniversary of his commencement of employment.

 

8.                   Ms. Mew was appointed as Chief Operating Officer of the Company on August 31, 2009.

 

9.                   Mr. McPherson was appointed as VP Sales and Marketing of the Company on July 20, 2009.

 

10.            Dr. Sparling was appointed as VP Legal and Corporate Development of the Company on October 26, 2009.

 

11.            Ms. Ashdown was appointed as Interim Chief Operating Officer of the Company on January 7, 2009.  She was not classified as part of Key Management Personnel during the year ended June 30, 2010.  During the year ended June 30, 2009, Ms. Ashdown received a payment of $5,000 in recognition of her acting as Interim Chief Operating Officer during that year.

 

64



Table of Contents

 

12.            Mr. Ohanessian was removed as a Director and as Chief Executive Officer of the Company on November 19, 2008.  During the year ended June 30, 2009, Mr. Ohanessian received $345,000 in respect of a termination benefit and $30,000 in respect of a motor vehicle allowance.  The share-based payments credit attributable to Mr. Ohanessian during the year ended June 30, 2009 arose from the forfeiture of his options following his removal as Chief Executive Officer of the Company on November 19, 2008.

 

13.            Mr. Barrow resigned as the Company’s Chief Operating Officer on December 31, 2008.

 

Executive officers are those officers who were involved during the year in the strategic direction, general management or control of the business at a company or operating division level.  The remuneration paid to Executives is set with reference to prevailing market levels and comprises a fixed salary, various short term incentives (which are linked to agreed key performance indicators), and an option component.  Options are granted to Executives in line with their respective levels of experience and responsibility.

 

Options

 

We introduced a Staff Share Plan on November 30, 2001.  On November 19, 2008, the shareholders of the Company approved the introduction of a new Employee Option Plan.  Collectively, these Plans establish the eligibility of our employees and those of any subsidiaries, and of consultants and independent contractors to a participating company who are declared by the Board to be eligible, to participate.  Broadly speaking, the respective Plans permits us, at the discretion of the Board, to issue traditional options (with an exercise price).  The Plans conform with the IFSA Executive Share and Option Scheme Guidelines and, where participation is to be made available to staff who reside outside Australia, there may have to be modifications to the terms of grant to meet or better comply with local laws or practice.

 

As of the date of this Annual Report, there are six executives and seven employees who have been granted options under the Plans.  Options issued under the Plan carry no rights to dividends and no voting rights.

 

Options issued under the Plans during the following financial years are as follows:

 

Year ended June 30, 2008 :

 

Grant date

 

Expiry date

 

Number granted

 

Exercise price

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

September 24, 2007

 

September 24, 2012

 

3,650,602

 

$

0.17

 

October 23, 2007

 

October 23, 2012

 

3,500,000

 

$

0.22

 

June 30, 2008

 

June 30, 2013

 

1,000,000

 

$

0.13

 

 

 

Total

 

8,150,602

 

 

 

 

On September 24, 2007, we issued 3,650,602 options under the Plan to Michael Ohanessian, our former Chief Executive Officer.  These options, which were subsequently forfeited during the year ended June 30, 2009, were exercisable at $0.17.  On October 23, 2007, we issued 3,500,000 new options under the Plans to a number of employees.  These options are exercisable at $0.22 and expire on October 23, 2012. The remaining 1,000,000 options were issued to Ross Barrow, our former Chief Operating Officer.  These options, which were also subsequently forfeited during the year ended June 30, 2009, were exercisable at $0.13.  A total of 2,900,000 options were forfeited during the year ended June 30, 2008 and a further 6,052,500 options that had been issued under the Plans were cancelled.

 

Year ended June 30, 2009 :

 

There were no options granted during the year ended June 30, 2009.

 

A total of 5,700,602 of the options issued under the Plan were forfeited during the year ended June 30, 2009 and a further 1,075,000 options were cancelled.

 

Year ended June 30, 2010 :

 

There were no options granted during the year ended June 30, 2010.

 

A total of 600,000 of the options issued under the Plans were forfeited during the year ended June 30, 2010 and a further 500,000 options were cancelled.

 

On July 8, 2010, a total of 12,000,000 options over ordinary shares in the Company were granted, at no cost, to members of the Company’s Senior Executive Team. Each option, which entitles the holder to acquire one ordinary share at a cost of $0.045, will expire on May 8, 2015, unless exercised before that date.  The options vest in three equal tranches after 12 months, 24 months and 36 months from the date of grant, respectively.

 

65



Table of Contents

 

As of the date of this Annual Report, there was a total of 14,350,000 options outstanding.

 

On August 2, 2001, the Company announced that it had entered into an agreement with GTH Capital of New York to pursue its listing on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotations (“NASDAQ”).  This agreement was assigned by GTH Capital to GMCG, LLC, the successor of GTH Capital, on April 1, 2002.  In accordance with the agreement, Genetic Technologies issued 150,000 shares to GTH Capital on October 10, 2001 and agreed to issue 900,000 options at an exercise price of $0.70 to GTH Capital within three years, subject to it meeting certain performance criteria.  On January 14, 2002, GTH were entitled to receive 540,000 of the options.  During the year ended June 30, 2004, GMCG, LLC became entitled to a further 60,000 options.  We have now issued to GMCG, LLC the 600,000 options that have met specific performance criteria.  Subsequent to June 30, 2005, the parties agreed not to proceed with the issue of the 300,000 remaining options, notwithstanding the successful listing of the Company’s Level II ADR’s on NASDAQ on September 2, 2005, as certain performance criteria were not met by GMCG, LLC.  The 600,000 options granted to GMCG, LLC lapsed on September 7, 2007.

 

On May 22, 2001, Gtech International Resources Limited, a controlled entity issued 130,000 directors options to Dr. Mervyn Jacobson at an exercise price of CAD0.38 which vested immediately.  These options lapsed unexercised on May 22, 2006.  On February 3, 2005, Fred Bart and Ian Dennis exercised a total of 158,500 options in Gtech International at an exercise price of CAD0.20 each.  On August 26, 2005, 100,000 options in Gtech International were granted to each of Tom Howitt and Elizabeth Sy, both Directors of Gtech, at an exercise price of CAD0.45 each.

 

On September 4, 2003, as part of the placement of 13,333,333 shares at $0.75, we issued the subscriber with 6,666,667 options exercisable at $1.00 on or before September 30, 2005.  These options subsequently lapsed on September 30, 2005.

 

Options granted under the Plans carry no rights to dividends and no voting rights.  In accordance with the terms of the Plans, options granted prior to June 2007 generally vest on the basis of 25% per annum and can be exercised at any time after vesting to the date of their expiry.  The options generally have an expiry date of six years from the date of grant.  Options granted after July 2007, generally vest on the basis of 100% after three years from the date of grant and can be exercised at any time after vesting to the date of their expiry.  These later options generally have an expiry date of five years from the date of grant.

 

During the years ended June 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008, the Company recorded a share-based payments (credit)/expense in respect of the options granted of $5,866, $(43,497) and $164,533, respectively.

 

The following is additional information relating to the options granted under the respective Plans as of June 30, 2010:

 

 

 

Options outstanding

 

Options exercisable

 

Range of
exercise
prices

 

Number of
options

 

Weighted
average exercise
price

 

Remaining weighted
average contractual
life (years)

 

Number of
options

 

Weighted average
exercise price

 

$0.21 - $0.30

 

1,900,000

 

$

0.22

 

2.32

 

1,425,000

 

$

0.22

 

$0.31 - $0.40

 

150,000

 

$

0.40

 

1.92

 

150,000

 

$

0.40

 

$0.41 - $0.50

 

1,000,000

 

$

0.47

 

0.31

 

1,000,000

 

$

0.47

 

$0.51 - $0.60

 

250,000

 

$

0.53

 

0.47

 

250,000

 

$

0.53

 

 

 

3,300,000

 

$

0.33

 

1.55

 

2,825,000

 

$

0.34

 

 

The following is additional information relating to the options granted under the respective Plans as of June 30, 2009:

 

 

 

Options outstanding

 

Options exercisable

 

Range of
exercise
prices

 

Number of
options

 

Weighted
average exercise
price

 

Remaining weighted
average contractual
life (years)

 

Number of
options

 

Weighted average
exercise price

 

$0.21 - $0.30

 

2,400,000

 

$

0.22

 

3.32

 

 

N/A

 

$0.31 - $0.40

 

150,000

 

$

0.40

 

2.92

 

112,500

 

$

0.40

 

$0.41 - $0.50

 

1,400,000

 

$

0.47

 

1.31

 

1,312,500

 

$

0.47

 

$0.51 - $0.60

 

450,000

 

$

0.54

 

1.47

 

387,500

 

$

0.55

 

 

 

4,400,000

 

$

0.34

 

2.48

 

1,812,500

 

$

0.48

 

 

66


 


Table of Contents

 

The following is additional information relating to the options granted under the respective Plans as of June 30, 2008:

 

 

 

Options outstanding

 

Options exercisable

 

Range of
exercise
prices

 

Number of
options

 

Weighted
average exercise
price

 

Remaining weighted
average contractual
life (years)

 

Number of
options

 

Weighted average
exercise price

 

$0.11 - $0.20

 

4,650,602

 

$

0.16

 

4.62

 

 

N/A

 

$0.21 - $0.30

 

2,800,000

 

$

0.22

 

4.32

 

 

N/A

 

$0.31 - $0.40

 

625,000

 

$

0.39

 

3.07

 

400,000

 

$

0.39

 

$0.41 - $0.50

 

2,650,000

 

$

0.46

 

1.94

 

2,112,500

 

$

0.46

 

$0.51 - $0.60

 

450,000

 

$

0.54

 

0.47

 

325,000

 

$

0.53

 

 

 

11,175,602

 

$

0.27

 

3.73

 

2,837,500

 

$

0.46

 

 

The fair value for the options issued to employees was estimated at the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions for June 30:

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

Risk Free Interest Rate

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

5.99% to 6.50%

Expected Dividend Yield

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

Historic and Expected Volatility

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

75%

Option Exercise Prices

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

$0.17 to $0.22

Weighted Average Exercise Price

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

$0.19

Expected Lives

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

3 to 5 years

 

No options were granted during the years ended June 30, 2010 and June 30, 2009.

 

Indemnification and Insurance with Respect to Directors

 

We are obligated pursuant to an indemnity agreement, to indemnify the current Directors and executive officers and former Directors against all liabilities to third parties that may arise from their position as Directors or officers of the Company and our controlled entities, except where to do so would be prohibited by law.

 

In addition, we currently carry insurance in respect of Directors’ and officers’ liabilities for current and former Directors, Company Secretary and executive officers or employees.

 

Item 6.C         Board Practices

 

The Board of Directors

 

Under our C onstitution, our Board of Directors is required to comprise at least three Directors.  As of the date of this Annual Report, our Board comprised four Directors.

 

The role of the Board includes:

 

(a)                   Reviewing and making recommendations in remuneration packages and policies applicable to directors, senior executives and consultants.

 

(b)                  Nomination of external auditors and reviewing the adequacy of external audit arrangements.

 

(c)                   Establishing the overall internal control framework over financial reporting, quality and integrity of personnel and investment appraisal.  In establishing an appropriate framework, the board recognized that no cost effective internal control systems will preclude all errors and irregularities.

 

(d)                  Establishing and maintaining appropriate ethical standards in dealings with business associates, suppliers, advisers and regulators, competitors, the community and other employees.

 

(e)                   Identifying areas of significant business risk and implementing corrective action as soon as practicable after a risk is identified.

 

(f)                     Nominating of audit and nomination and remuneration committee members.

 

67



Table of Contents

 

The Board meets to discuss business regularly throughout the year, with additional meetings being held when circumstances warrant.  Included in the table below are details of the meetings of the Board and the committees of the Board that were held during the 2010 financial year.

 

 

 

 

 

Sub-committees of the Board

 

 

 

Directors’ meetings

 

Audit

 

Corporate Governance

 

Name of Director

 

Eligible

 

Attended

 

Eligible

 

Attended

 

Eligible

 

Attended

 

Sidney C. Hack

 

16

 

16

 

3

 

3

 

1

 

1

 

Tommaso Bonvino (note 1)

 

10

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

Dr. Malcolm R. Brandon (note 2)

 

13

 

13

 

1

 

1

 

 

 

Huw D. Jones

 

16

 

16

 

3

 

3

 

1

 

1

 

Fred Bart (note 3)

 

5

 

5

 

2

 

2

 

 

 

 


Notes:

 

1.           Mr. Bonvino was appointed as a Director of the Company on November 25, 2009.

2.           Dr. Brandon was appointed as a Director of the Company on October 5, 2009.

3.           Mr. Bart resigned as a Director of the Company on November 24, 2009.

4.           In accordance with the Charter, the auditor attended two meetings of the Audit Committee at the request of the Committee.

 

Committees of the Board

 

The Board has established an Audit Committee which operates under a specific Charter approved by the Board. It is the Board’s responsibility to ensure that an effective internal control framework exists within the entity. This includes internal controls to deal with both the effectiveness and efficiency of significant business processes, the safeguarding of assets, the maintenance of proper accounting records, and the reliability of financial information as well as non-financial considerations such as the benchmarking of operational key performance indicators.

 

The Board has delegated the responsibility for the establishment and maintenance of a framework of internal control and ethical standards for the management of the Group to the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee also provides the Board with assurance regarding the reliability of financial information for inclusion in the financial reports.  All members of the Audit Committee are independent Non-Executive Directors.

 

Committee membership

 

As at the date of this Report, the Company had an Audit Committee and a Corporate Governance Committee of the Board of Directors (the latter being formerly known as the Nomination and Remuneration Committee).

 

The individuals who served as members of these Committees during the financial year were:

 

 

 

Audit Committee

 

Corporate Governance Committee

Name of Member

 

Period served

 

Period served

Sidney C. Hack (note 1)

 

July 1, 2009 to June 30, 2010

 

July 1, 2009 to June 30, 2010

Tommaso Bonvino

 

Not applicable

 

November 25, 2009 to June 30, 2010

Dr. Malcolm R. Brandon

 

October 5, 2009 to June 30, 2010

 

Not applicable

Huw D. Jones

 

July 1, 2009 to June 30, 2010

 

July 1, 2009 to June 30, 2010

Fred Bart

 

July 1, 2009 to November 24, 2009

 

Not applicable

 


Notes:

 

1.           Mr. Hack served as the Chairman of both sub-committees from July 1, 2009 to June 30, 2010.

 

As of the date of this Annual Report, the members of the Audit Committee were:

 

Sidney C. Hack (Chairman)

Dr. Malcolm R. Brandon

Huw D. Jones

 

During the 2005 financial year, the Board established a Nomination and Remuneration Committee, which meets to ensure that the Board continues to operate within the established guidelines including selecting candidates for the position of Director.  During the 2006 financial year, the role of the Committee was expanded to include matters related to the Company’s Corporate Governance affairs and its name changed to the Corporate Governance Committee to reflect that additional role.  The members of the Committee have the right to appoint an independent consultant to attend meetings of the Committee, as appropriate.

 

68



Table of Contents

 

As of the date of this Annual Report, the members of the Corporate Governance Committee were:

 

Sidney C. Hack (Chairman)

Tommaso Bonvino

Huw D. Jones

 

Compliance with NASDAQ Rules

 

NASDAQ listing rules require that we disclose the home country practices that we will follow in lieu of compliance with NASDAQ corporate governance rules.  The following describes the home country practices and the related NASDAQ rule:

 

Majority of Independent Directors :  We follow home country practice rather than NASDAQ’s requirement in Marketplace Rule 4350(c)(1) that the majority of the Board of each issuer be comprised of independent directors as defined in Marketplace Rule 4200.  As of the date of this Annual Report, our Board of Directors comprises of a majority of independent directors.

 

Compensation of Officers :  We follow home country practice rather than NASDAQ’s requirement in Marketplace Rule 4350(c)(3) that chief executive compensation be determined or recommended to the Board by the majority of independent directors or a compensation committee of independent directors.  Similarly, compensation of other officers is not determined or recommended to the Board by a majority of the independent directors or a compensation committee comprised solely of independent directors.  These decisions are made by our corporate governance committee which is comprised of a majority of independent directors.  The ASX does not have a requirement that each listed issuer have a remuneration committee or otherwise follow the procedures embodied in NASDAQ’s Marketplace Rule.  Furthermore, no law, rule or regulation of the ASIC has such a requirement nor does the applicable corporate law legislation.  Such home country practices are not prohibited by the laws of Australia.

 

Nomination :  We follow home country practice rather than NASDAQ’s requirement in Marketplace Rule 4350(c)(4) that director nominees be selected or recommended by a majority of the independent directors or by a nominations committee (in our case, the Corporate Governance Committee) comprised of independent directors. These decisions are made by our corporate governance committee which is comprised of a majority of independent directors.  The ASX does not have a requirement that each listed issuer have a nominations committee or otherwise follow the procedures embodied in NASDAQ’s Marketplace Rule. Furthermore, no law, rule or regulation of the ASIC has such a requirement nor does the applicable corporate law legislation.  Accordingly, selections or recommendations of director nominees by a committee that is not comprised of a majority of directors that are not independent is not prohibited by the laws of Australia.

 

Quorum :  We follow home country practice rather than NASDAQ’s requirement in Marketplace Rule 4350(f) that each issuer provide for a quorum of at least 33 1/3 percent of the outstanding shares of the issuer’s ordinary stock (voting stock).  Pursuant to our Constitution we are currently required to have a quorum for a general meeting of three persons holding at least 10% of our Ordinary Shares.  The practice followed by us is not prohibited by Australian law.

 

Item 6.D         Employees

 

The Company currently employs 54 full-time equivalent employees.  The number of full-time equivalent employees as of the end of each respective financial year ended June 30 are as follows:

 

2010

 

54

 

2009

 

65

 

2008

 

60

 

 

Item 6.E         Share Ownership

 

The relevant interest of each director in the share capital of the Company as notified by the directors to the Australian Securities Exchange in accordance with section 205G(1) of the Corporations Act 2001 as of the date of this Annual Report is as follows:

 

Director

 

Ordinary shares

 

Percentage of Capital held

 

Sidney C. Hack

 

 

N/A

 

Tommaso Bonvino

 

 

N/A

 

Dr. Malcolm R. Brandon

 

 

N/A

 

Huw D. Jones

 

497,887

 

N/A

 

 

Notes:              As of the date of this Annual Report, no options over Ordinary Shares are held by the Directors.

 

69



Table of Contents

 

Item 7.            Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions

 

Item 7.A         Major Shareholders

 

The table below sets forth the beneficial owners of 5% or more of our voting securities as of the date of this Annual Report:

 

Name

 

Number of Ordinary Shares held

 

Percentage of Capital held

Dr. Mervyn Jacobson

 

150,931,900 (note 1)

 

 

37.30%

James Edward Besser

 

27,940,530 (note 2)

 

 

6.91%

Fred Bart

 

25,642,364 (note 3)

 

 

6.25%

 


Notes:

1. includes shares held by Mervyn Jacobson ApS and JGT ApS.

 

2. includes shares held by JEB Partners, L.P.

 

3. includes shares held by Security & Equity Resources Limited

 

The number of Ordinary Shares on issue in Genetic Technologies as of the date of this Annual Report was 404,605,152.  The number of holders of Ordinary Shares in Genetic Technologies as of the date of this Annual Report was approximately 2,850.

 

The Company is not aware of any direct or indirect ownership or control of it by another corporation(s), by any foreign government or by any other natural or legal person(s) severally or jointly.  Principal shareholders do not enjoy any special or different voting rights from those to which other holders of Ordinary Shares are entitled.

 

The Company does not know of any arrangements, the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change in control of the Company.

 

Item 7.B         Related Party Transactions

 

During the year ended June 30, 2010:

 

·                       The Company and GeneType Pty. Ltd., a subsidiary, collectively paid a total of $579,806 (2009: $529,234) to Bankberg Pty. Ltd. (“Bankberg”), a company associated with a former Director and majority shareholder of the Company, Dr. Mervyn Jacobson, for rent and its share of body corporate expenses in respect of the office and laboratory premises in Fitzroy, Victoria that are leased by the Group.  On August 20, 2010, Bankberg Pty. Ltd. sold the Fitzroy premises to an unrelated third party.

 

·                       The Company paid a total of $50,000 (2009: $nil) to Dr. Jacobson in respect of an administrative allowance associated with his role as the Company’s Vice President Global Licensing and Intellectual Property.  Also during the year, Genetic Technologies Limited paid a total of $238,100 (2009: $131,851) to Transmedia Inc., another company associated with Dr. Jacobson, in respect of commissions paid in relation to licensing services provided to the Company of $84,949 (2009: $72,401) and reimbursement of associated travel expenses of $153,151 (2009: $59,450).  During the 2010 financial year, Dr. Jacobson was also appointed as Chief Executive Officer of ImmunAid Pty. Ltd., a subsidiary.

 

·                       Finally, during the year ended June 30, 2009, Genetic Technologies Limited paid a total of $99,458 to Government Relations Australia Advisory Pty. Ltd., a company associated with Mr. John Dawkins AO, a former Director of the Company, in respect of consulting services provided to the Company.

 

·                      Former Director Dr. Mervyn Jacobson acquired a total of 27 ordinary shares in ImmunAid Pty. Ltd., a subsidiary of the Company. As at June 30, 2010, Dr. Jacobson held a total of 576 ordinary shares in ImmunAid Pty. Ltd., representing approximately 4.0% of that company’s total issued capital.

 

All transactions with Key Management Personnel have been entered into under terms and conditions no more favorable than those which the entity would have adopted if dealing at arm’s length.

 

Item 7.C         Interests of Experts and Counsel

 

Not applicable.

 

70



Table of Contents

 

Item 8.            Financial Information

 

Item 8.A         Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

 

The information included in Item 18 of this Annual Report is referred to and incorporated by reference into this Item 8.A.

 

Item 8.B         Litigation and Other Legal Proceedings

 

Patent re-examination

 

On May 26, 2009, the United States Patent and Trademark Office (“USPTO”) issued a first non-final Office Action relating to one of the Company’s patents covering its non-coding deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) analysis technology.  Seven of the thirty six claims of United States Patent number 5,612,179 are the subject of the re-examination.  This initial action was preliminary and non-final and the Company subsequently filed a response to the action.  As the re-examination had been initiated ex parte, there was no third party to the proceedings.  On May 10, 2010, we announced that we had received formal notification from the USPTO that it had upheld, without amendment, all of the claims which formed the basis of the re-examination action of the Company’s core 5,612,179 non-coding patent.

 

Australian Federal Court Patent Proceeding

 

In June 2010, a group of Australian plaintiffs initiated litigation in the Australian Federal Court challenging the validity of certain claims of an Australian patent owned by Myriad Genetics Inc. (Australian patent 686004 — “’004”).  Genetic Technologies was named as a respondent to this matter by virtue of the fact that Genetic Technologies is the exclusive licensee of the BRCA patents (which includes the ’004 patent) in Australia.  This matter bears a striking resemblance to the US litigation filed by the American Civil Liberties Union against Myriad’s US patent equivalent which, in March 2010, a US Federal District Court ruled that isolated DNA sequences are not eligible for patent protection because of the fact that they are derived from natural sources.  Myriad has since filed an appeal.

 

Regardless of the outcome of any of the foregoing, Genetic Technologies has always operated within the existing legal and patent framework.  Should the rules change through Government or Court decisions, the Company will operate within the new rules.  Obviously, being involved in litigation exposes GTG to certain risks and costs; however, interestingly, should patent protection such as the BRCA patents be removed in Australia, Genetic Technologies could theoretically benefit financially as it would no longer stand out as the only entity in Australia paying licensing fees to the patent holders for conducting tests such as BRCA.  Regardless of the outcome of the current matters, there is no change to the current status quo in Australia for GTG and public institutions that test for BRCA1 and BRCA2.  No royalties or fees are being asked for or paid to the Company and no public institutions are inhibited from researching or conducting the test.

 

We do not express an opinion as to the probable outcome of any of the pending or threatened litigation or disputes referred to above or to estimate the potential amount or range of any loss, but do not believe any amounts to be material to the Company.

 

With the exception of these proceedings, we are unaware of any material proceedings involving us.

 

Item 8.C         Dividends

 

Until our businesses are profitable beyond our expected research and development needs, our Directors are unlikely to be able to recommend that any dividend be paid to our shareholders.  Our Directors will not resolve a formal dividend policy until we generate profits. Our current intention is to reinvest our income in the continued development and expansion of our businesses.

 

Item 8.D         Significant Changes to Financial Information

 

Our consolidated financial statements are set out on pages F1 to F43 of this Annual Report (refer to Item 18 “Financial Statements”).

 

Cost of sales

 

Effective July 1, 2008, a standard costing system was implemented which allowed the Group to calculate the direct labor and materials used in each of the genetic tests offered.  As a result, the financial year ended June 30, 2009 was the first time that cost of sales information was separately identified in the income statement.  Data was not collected in prior periods in a way that allows reclassification and therefore the Group has determined it is not practicable to recreate the information in respect of financial years ended before 2008.

 

71



Table of Contents

 

Item 8.E         Significant Other Changes

 

On October 5, 2009, the Company announced the appointment of Dr. Malcolm Brandon as a non-executive Director of the Company and a member of the Company’s Audit Committee.

 

On November 24, 2009, Mr. Fred Bart resigned as a Director of the Company and Chairman of its Board of Directors.  Mr. Sid Hack was appointed as Chairman of the Board of Directors in his place.  Mr. Hack was already serving as a Director of the Company at the time of his appointment.

 

On November 25, 2009, the Company held its 2009 Annual General Meeting.  Resolution 2, in respect of the re-election of Mr. Bart, was withdrawn following his resignation.  All other resolutions were passed on a show of hands.

 

Also on November 25, 2009, the Company announced the appointment of M r.   Tom Bonvino as a non-executive Director of the Company and a member of the Company’s Corporate Governance Committee .

 

On December 17, 2009, the Company announced that it had executed an exclusive option to evaluate the purchase of the BREVAGen™ breast cancer risk test from Perlegen Sciences, Inc. of Mountain View, California, USA (refer below).

 

On February 16, 2010, the Company announced that it had filed a patent infringement suit in respect of its non-coding DNA technologies against nine parties in the US District Court, Western District of Wisconsin.  The case is being prosecuted by the Company’s Colorado-based law firm Sheridan Ross PC and Genetic Technologies has put in place arrangements pursuant to which it believes that the patent infringement suit should not have a material adverse impact on its finances.  Since filing the suit, non-coding licenses have been granted by the Company to Gen-Probe Inc., Molecular Pathology Laboratory Network Inc., Monsanto Company, Beckman Coulter Inc. / Clinical Data Inc., Interleukin Genetics Inc. and Pioneer Hi-Bred International Inc. as part of settlements that have been reached with those parties.  Further, settlement discussions with a number of the remaining parties, together with other parties who are not involved with the suit, have also commenced and are progressing.

 

On April 14, 2010, the Company announced that it had acquired certain assets from Perlegen Sciences, Inc. (“Perlegen”) with the main asset being the BREVAGen™ breast cancer risk test (“BREVAGen™”).  In addition to the BREVAGen™ test, Genetic Technologies acquired a suite of patents valid to 2022 which augment and extend the Company’s current non-coding patent portfolio.

 

Also on April 14, 2010, the Company announced that it had issued by way of private placement a total of 29,960,351 ordinary shares in the Company.  The placement involved the issue of 27,940,530 shares to an institutional investor group in the USA at a price of $0.039 each, which raised a total of $1,089,681 in cash, before the payment of associated expenses.  The remaining 2,019,821 shares, which were issued at a price of $0.040 each, were issued as partial consideration for the acquisition of assets from Perlegen, as detailed above.  All of the shares were issued in accordance with ASX Listing Rule 7.1 and, as such, shareholder approval for the placement was not required. The majority of the net cash proceeds raised from the placement were used by the Company to purchase assets from Perlegen, including BREVAGen™, as detailed above.

 

On May 10, 2010, the Company announced that it had received formal notification from the United States Patent and Trademarks Office (“USPTO”) that the USPTO had upheld, without amendment, all of the claims which formed the basis of the re-examination action of the Company’s core 5,612,179 non-coding deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) patent (as detailed in the Company’s ASX announcement dated June 30, 2009).

 

On June 8, 2010, two parties filed an application and statement of claim in the Federal Court of Australia (the “Action”), in which the Company was named as a respondent.  The Action relates to several claims of Australian patent 686004, a BRCA patent controlled by Myriad Genetics Inc. of Salt Lake City, Utah, USA.   Irrespective of the outcome of the Action, the Company believes that the case will have no material impact on its business and it will continue to provide BRCA testing services and will honor its historical commitment to not impede public institutions from doing the same.

 

On June 28, 2010, the Company established a wholly-owned subsidiary named Phenogen Sciences Inc. that is incorporated in the US state of Delaware.  The company was incorporated as the vehicle responsible for the sale of the BREVAGen™ breast cancer risk test in the US marketplace.

 

On June 30, 2010, the Company announced that, in order to comply with NASDAQ Listing Rule 5450(b)(1)(A), the Company had transferred its listing of its American Depositary Shares, as evidenced by American Depositary Receipts, from the NASDAQ Global Market to the NASDAQ Capital Market, as from the commencement of trade on 30 June 2010. Listing Rule 5450(b)(1)(A) requires all companies listed on the Global Market to maintain minimum shareholders’ equity of USD 10 million.  The Company also confirmed that its current NASDAQ ticker symbol, GENE, will remain unchanged.

 

72



Table of Contents

 

On July 8, 2010, a total of 12,000,000 options over ordinary shares in the Company were granted, at no cost, to members of the Company’s Senior Executive Team.  Each option, which entitles the holder to acquire one ordinary share at a cost of $0.045, will expire on May 8, 2015, unless exercised before that date.  The options vest in three equal tranches after 12 months, 24 months and 36 months from the date of grant, respectively.

 

On October 28, 2010, the Company provided a letter of financial support to ImmunAid Pty. Ltd. (“ImmunAid”), a subsidiary.  Pursuant to the letter, the Company agreed fund by way of loan all of ImmunAid’s operating expenses up to, and including, December 31, 2010 and that it would not seek repayment of the loan during that period.  It is estimated that such expenses will not exceed $100,000 in total.

 

On November 24, 2010, the Company held its 2010 Annual General Meeting.  All resolutions were passed on a show of hands.

 

Since June 30, 2010, there has not been any matter or circumstance, other than as referred to elsewhere in this Annual Report, Note 36 of the attached Financial Statements or the notes thereto, that has arisen that has significantly affected, or may significantly affect our operations, results of those operations or the state of our affairs in future years.

 

Item 9.            The Offer and Listing

 

Item 9.A         Offer and Listing Details

 

The Company’s Ordinary Shares were listed on the Australian Securities Exchange (the “ASX”) in July 1987.  Set out below is the highest and lowest market quotations for the Ordinary Shares reported on the Daily Official List of the ASX since that date.

 

Financial Year

 

Period Covered

 

High

 

Low

 

 

 

 

(in $0.00)

Yearly data 2006

 

Year ended June 30, 2006

 

0.595

 

0.315

2007

 

Year ended June 30, 2007

 

0.42

 

0.12

2008

 

Year ended June 30, 2008

 

0.26

 

0.09

2009

 

Year ended June 30, 2009

 

0.10

 

0.03

2010

 

Year ended June 30, 2010

 

0.063

 

0.033

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quarterly data 2009

 

Quarter ended September 30, 2008

 

0.10

 

0.06

 

 

Quarter ended December 31, 2008

 

0.084

 

0.036

 

 

Quarter ended March 31, 2009

 

0.05

 

0.035

 

 

Quarter ended June 30, 2009

 

0.071

 

0.04

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2010

 

Quarter ended September 30, 2009

 

0.063

 

0.05

 

 

Quarter ended December 31, 2009

 

0.057

 

0.034

 

 

Quarter ended March 31, 2010

 

0.048

 

0.033

 

 

Quarter ended June 30, 2010

 

0.044

 

0.034

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Monthly data 2010

 

Month ended June 30, 2010

 

0.042

 

0.035

 

 

Month ended July 31, 2010

 

0.038

 

0.034

 

 

Month ended August 31, 2010

 

0.04

 

0.028

 

 

Month ended September 30, 2010

 

0.032

 

0.026

 

 

Month ended October 31, 2010

 

0.03

 

0.02

 

 

Month ended November 30, 2010

 

0.031

 

0.029

 

As of the date of this Annual Report, we had 404,605,152 Ordinary Shares on issue, without par value.  See Item 10B “Our Constitution” for a detailed description of the rights attaching to our shares and Item 12D “American Depositary Receipts” for a description of the rights attaching to the American Depositary Shares.

 

The Company’s securities are also listed on NASDAQ Capital Market (under the ticker GENE) in the form of American Depositary Shares.  Each American Depositary Share evidences thirty Ordinary Shares.  Since listing on the NASDAQ Global Market on September 2, 2005, the ADRs have traded in a range from a low of USD 0.35 to a high of USD 13.85.  The most recent sale of the ADRs, on December 16, 2010, occurred at a price of USD 0.97.

 

Following the listing of the Company’s ADRs in September 2005, our Ordinary Shares are registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and we file an Annual Report with the Securities and Exchange Commission on Form 20-F.  As a foreign private issuer, we are not be subject to the proxy rules under Section 14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and our officers, Directors and principal stockholders are not subject to the insider short-swing profit disclosure and recovery provisions of Section 16 of that Act.

 

73



Table of Contents

 

Starting in January 14, 2002, the ADSs have traded in the USA over-the-counter market under the symbol “GNTLY” and dealers’ prices for the ADSs have been quoted in the “pink sheets” published by the National Quotations Bureau, Inc. Commencing on September 2, 2005, our ADSs were listed on the NASDAQ Global Market and, subsequently, the NASDAQ Capital Market, under the ticker “GENE”.

 

The Company has registered one class of American Depositary Shares (ADSs) on Form F-6 pursuant to the U.S. Securities Act  of 1933, as amended.  One ADS represents thirty Ordinary Shares without par value.  As of June 30, 2010, there were 556,440 ADSs outstanding.

 

The table below sets forth the high and low sales prices in United States dollars for the ADSs during the periods indicated:

 

Financial Year

 

Period Covered

 

High

 

Low

 

 

 

 

(in USD)

Yearly data 2006

 

Year ended June 30, 2006

 

13.85

 

7.25

2007

 

Year ended June 30, 2007

 

10.00

 

3.50

2008

 

Year ended June 30, 2008

 

5.21

 

2.26

2009

 

Year ended June 30, 2009

 

4.99

 

0.35

2010

 

Year ended June 30, 2010

 

1.99

 

0.90

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quarterly data 2009

 

Quarter ended September 30, 2008

 

2.67

 

1.45

 

 

Quarter ended December 31, 2008

 

2.09

 

0.35

 

 

Quarter ended March 31, 2009

 

3.60

 

0.80

 

 

Quarter ended June 30, 2009

 

4.99

 

1.30

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2010

 

Quarter ended September 30, 2009

 

1.99

 

1.25

 

 

Quarter ended December 31, 2009

 

1.55

 

1.00

 

 

Quarter ended March 31, 2010

 

1.53

 

1.00

 

 

Quarter ended June 30, 2010

 

1.35

 

0.90

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Monthly data 2010

 

Month ended June 30, 2010

 

1.20

 

0.90

 

 

Month ended July 31, 2010

 

1.15

 

0.80

 

 

Month ended August 31, 2010

 

1.15

 

0.79

 

 

Month ended September 30, 2010

 

0.96

 

0.80

 

 

Month ended October 31, 2010

 

0.90

 

0.70

 

 

Month ended November 30, 2010

 

0.84

 

0.65

 

Item 9.B         Plan of Distribution

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 9.C         Markets

 

Effective September 2, 2005, our ADSs were listed on the NASDAQ Global Market under the ticker “GENE”.  Effective July 1, 2010, the ADSs were transferred to the NASDAQ Capital Market. The ticker remained unchanged. Our Ordinary Shares are listed and trade on the Australian Securities Exchange under the code “GTG”.

 

Item 9.D         Selling Shareholders

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 9.E         Dilution

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 9.F         Expenses of the Issue

 

Not applicable.

 

74



Table of Contents

 

Item 10.         Additional Information

 

Item 10.A      Share Capital

 

As of June 30, 2010, we had a total of 404,605,152 Ordinary Shares on issue. None of these shares were subject to any form of escrow as of that date and, as such, all of the shares were listed on the Australian Securities Exchange and were freely tradable.

 

Based on our review of shareholder records (based solely on the addresses), as of June 30, 2010 there were 48 U.S. resident shareholders of our Ordinary Shares holding 10,078,157 shares representing 2.5% of the total issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares.  Our Ordinary Shares do not have a par value.  These figures do not include any Ordinary Shares which may held by U.S. residents in the form of American Depositary Receipts (ADRs).

 

During the last five years, our capital has increased, in connection with acquisition transactions and the exercise of options.  In 2001, we issued 9,754,080 Ordinary Shares to owners of shares of Cytomation Inc. resulting in a total of 257,793,804 Ordinary Shares being on issue as of June 30, 2001.  On July 30, 2001, we acquired the business of DNA-Id Labs of Perth, Western Australia, by payment of consideration that included 94,340 Ordinary Shares, with further consideration being paid on August 1, 2002, following fulfillment of performance warranties.  On September 4, 2000, our shares were transferred from the mining board of the ASX to the industrial board under the new symbol of “GTG”.

 

Between July 1, 2001 and June 30, 2003, we issued a total of 4,440,621 Ordinary Shares resulting from the exercise of vendor options, the exercise of options granted under the Staff Share Plan, a small placement for cash of 1,000,000 shares, two exchanges of our shares for shares in XY, Inc., and the issuance of shares in lieu of legal fees to our counsel, all of which resulted in 262,234,425 Ordinary Shares being outstanding as of June 30, 2003. Subsequently, on September 4, 2003, we completed a brokered private placement to professional Australian investors of 13,333,333 Ordinary Shares at $0.75 each, raising $10,000,000.  As part of the placement, we also issued 6,666,667 options to the subscribers to the placement with an exercise price of $1.00 on or before September 30, 2005.

 

On June 15, 2004, we issued 16,666,667 Ordinary Shares to the C.Y. O’Connor ERADE Village Foundation,  as consideration under our licensing agreement with that Foundation.  During the year ended June 30, 2005, we issued a further 65,561,338 Ordinary Shares resulting from the exercise of vendor options and a small number of options granted under the Staff Share Plan. During the year ended June 30, 2006, we issued a further 20,000 Ordinary Shares as consideration for the acquisition of certain intellectual property, all of which resulted in 362,389,899 Ordinary Shares being outstanding as of June 30, 2006.  There were no shares issued during the years ended June 30, 2007 and June 30, 2008.

 

On July 22, 2008, we issued 12,254,902 Ordinary Shares to the five former owners of Frozen Puppies Dot Com Pty. Ltd. in part consideration for the acquisition of that company by Genetic Technologies Limited (refer to the Company’s 2009 Annual Report).

 

On April 14, 2010, we issued 29,960,351 Ordinary Shares by way of private placement. The placement involved the issue of 27,940,530 shares to an institutional investor group in the USA at a price of $0.039 each, which raised a total of $1,089,681 in cash, before the payment of associated expenses.  The remaining 2,019,821 shares, which were issued at a price of $0.040 each, were issued as partial consideration for the acquisition of assets from Perlegen, as detailed above.  All of the shares were issued in accordance with ASX Listing Rule 7.1 and, as such, shareholder approval for the placement was not required.  The majority of the net cash proceeds raised from the placement were used by the Company to purchase assets from Perlegen, including BREVAGen™, as detailed above.

 

As of June 30, 2010 and 2009, the following outstanding unlisted options, together with their respective ASX codes and expiry dates, were convertible into Ordinary Shares.  The exercise prices are quoted in Australian dollars.

 

Option description

 

2010

 

Weighted ave.
exercise price

 

2009

 

Weighted ave.
exercise price

 

GTGAA (expiring 6 September 2010)

 

750,000

 

$

0.48

 

750,000

 

$

0.48

 

GTGAD (expiring 12 August 2011)

 

250,000

 

$

0.43

 

350,000

 

$

0.43

 

GTGAE (expiring 12 August 2011)

 

250,000

 

$

0.53

 

250,000

 

$

0.53

 

GTGAH (expiring 31 May 2012)

 

150,000

 

$

0.40

 

150,000

 

$

0.40

 

GTGAY (expiring 23 October 2012)

 

1,900,000

 

$

0.22

 

2,400,000

 

$

0.22

 

GTGAZ (expiring 27 February 2010)

 

 

 

200,000

 

$

0.56

 

GTGAZ (expiring 27 February 2010)

 

 

 

300,000

 

$

0.49

 

Balance at the end of the financial year

 

3,300,000

 

$

0.33

 

4,400,000

 

$

0.34

 

 

75



Table of Contents

 

Item 10.B      Our Constitution

 

At the Annual General Meeting of the Company held on November 23, 2005, the shareholders resolved to replace the existing Constitution with a revised version. A copy of the Constitution has been posted on the Company’s website: www.gtglabs.com.  The principal changes which have been implemented in the new Constitution may be summarized as follows:

 

·                   General changes — general changes are proposed to make the Constitution consistent with best practice, update legal matters under the existing Constitution consistent with legislative and regulatory developments and to address certain content and language aspects.

 

·                   ASX Listing Rules — it provides that the Listing Rules prevail in the event of any inconsistency.

 

·                   Shares — it allows the Directors to issue shares subject to the Corporations Act 2001 and the Listing Rules.

 

·                   Proportionate takeover power — the existing Constitution has a clause in it requiring shareholder approval to be obtained before any proportionate takeover is made.  However, that clause is ineffective because it needs to have been renewed at least every three years in accordance with the requirements of the Corporations Act.  The new Constitution does not include this clause on the basis that it offers no real benefit.

 

·                   Unmarketable parcels — the new Constitution permits the Company to sell holdings of less than a marketable parcel in accordance with the procedural and timing requirements of the Listing Rules.  This only applies if a shareholder has an opportunity to opt out of any proposed sale arrangement and does not do so.

 

·                   Notice of shareholders’ meetings — the new Constitution enables notice of shareholders’ meetings to be given by electronic means.

 

·                   Changes to general meetings — the new Constitution enables the Directors to change the venue for, and postpone or cancel a general meeting if such meeting is unnecessary, in the interests of shareholders, if the venue would be unreasonable or impractical, or for reasons of efficiency.  This does not apply in the event  of a meeting requisitioned by shareholders.

 

·                   Quorum for shareholders’ meetings — a quorum of three shareholders represents a quorum for shareholders’ meetings, whether by way of being personally present, attorney, proxy or corporate representative.

 

·                   Casting vote — the Chairman of a shareholders’ meeting does not have a casting vote.

 

·                   Number of Directors — it contemplates that the number of Directors need to be not less than three nor more than the number determined by the Directors which, until otherwise determined, is ten.

 

·                   Share qualification — a Director need not hold any shares in the Company in order to be a Director.

 

·                   Alternate directors — there are no provisions entitling the Directors to appoint alternate directors, on the basis that this is an outdated and undesirable approach.

 

·                   Directors’ tenure of office — a Director must retire from office or seek re-election by no later than the third Annual General Meeting following his or her appointment or re-election or three years, whichever is longer (other than the Managing Director).

 

·                   Vacation of office — the office of a Director is automatically vacated if the Director is an Executive Director under an employment agreement and that agreement terminates, unless the Board otherwise determines.

 

·                   Powers of Directors — the Directors have a general power to manage the Company’s business.

 

·                   Meetings of Directors — the Directors may meet in person or by electronic means.

 

·                   Quorum for Directors’ meetings — the quorum for Directors’ meetings is three, unless otherwise determined.

 

·                   Casting vote — the Chairman has a casting vote at Directors’ meetings.

 

·                   Indemnity — the new Constitution contains an updated indemnity clause in favor of the current and former Directors, Secretaries indemnifying them from liability consistent with the Corporations Act provisions and to the maximum extent permitted by law.

 

·                   Insurance — the Company must maintain and pay insurance premiums with respect to its current and former Directors, Secretaries and other officers to the extent permitted by law.

 

·                   Access — current and former Directors may access the financial and other records of the Company for the purposes of legal proceedings involving the person.

 

76



Table of Contents

 

Item 10.C      Material Contracts

 

Apart from the acquisition of various assets from Perlegen Sciences, Inc. on March 30, 2010 (refer to the attached Financial Statements), there were no material contracts entered into during the year preceding the date of this Annual Report which were outside the ordinary course of business.  See also Item 4B “Our Licenses and Commercial Collaborations”.

 

Item 10.D      Exchange Controls and Other Limitations Affecting Security Holders

 

Under existing Australian legislation, the Reserve Bank of Australia does not inhibit the import and export of funds, and, generally, no permission is required to be given to Genetic Technologies for the movement of funds in and out of Australia. However, payments to or from (or relating to) Iraq, its agencies or nationals, the government or a public authority of Libya, or certain Libyan undertakings, the authorities in the Federal Republic of Yugoslavia (Serbia and Montenegro) or their agencies, the Taliban (also referred to as the Islamic Emirate of Afghanistan), or the National Union for the Total Independence of Angola (also known as UNITA), its senior officials or the adult members of their immediate families, may not be made without the specific approval of the Reserve Bank of Australia.

 

Accordingly, at the present time, remittances of any dividends, interest or other payment by Genetic Technologies to non-resident holders of Genetic Technologies’ securities in the US are not, subject to the above, restricted by exchange controls or other limitations.

 

Takeovers Act

 

There are no limitations, either under the laws of Australia or under the Company’s Constitution, to the right of non-residents to hold or vote Genetic Technologies Ordinary Shares other than the Commonwealth Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 (the “Takeovers Act”).  The Takeovers Act may affect the right of non-Australian residents, including US residents, to hold Ordinary Shares but does not affect the right to vote, or any other rights associated with, any Ordinary Shares held in compliance with its provisions.  Acquisitions of shares in Australian companies by foreign interests are subject to review and approval by the Treasurer of the Commonwealth of Australia under the Takeovers Act.  The Takeovers Act applies to any acquisition of outstanding shares of an Australian company that exceeds, or results in a foreign person or persons controlling the voting power of more than a certain percentage of those shares.  The thresholds are 15% where the shares are acquired by a foreign person, or group of associated foreign persons, or 40% in aggregate in the case of foreign persons who are not associated.  Any proposed acquisition that would result in an individual foreign person (with associates) holding more than 15% must be notified to the Treasurer in advance of the acquisition.  As of the date of this Annual Report, approximately 51.6% of the outstanding Ordinary Shares in the Company were held by shareholders whose registered addresses were located outside Australia.  In addition to the Takeovers Act, there are statutory limitations in Australia on foreign ownership of certain businesses, such as banks and airlines, not relevant to the Company.  However, there are no other statutory or regulatory provisions of Australian law or Australian Securities Exchange requirements that restrict foreign ownership or control of Genetic Technologies.

 

Corporations Act 2001

 

As applied to Genetic Technologies Limited, the Corporations Act 2001 (the “ Corporations Act 2001 ”) prohibits any legal person (including a corporation) from acquiring a relevant interest in Ordinary Shares if after the acquisition that person or any other person’s voting power in Genetic Technologies Limited increases from 20% or below to more than 20%, or from a starting point that is above 20% and below 90%.

 

This prohibition is subject to a number of specific exceptions set out in section 611 of the Corporations Act 2001 which must be strictly complied with to be applicable.

 

In general terms, a person is considered to have a “relevant interest” in a share in Genetic Technologies if that person is the holder of that share, has the power to exercise, or control the exercise of, a right to vote attached to that share, or has the power to dispose of, or to control the exercise of a power to dispose of that share.

 

It does not matter how remote the relevant interest is or how it arises.  The concepts of “power” and “control” are given wide and extended meanings in this context in order to deem certain persons to hold a relevant interest.  For example, each person who has voting power above 20% in a company or a managed investment scheme which in turn holds shares in Genetic Technologies is deemed to have a relevant interest in those Genetic Technologies shares.  Certain situations (set out in section 609 of the Corporations Act 2001 ) which would otherwise constitute the holding of a relevant interest are excluded from the definition.

 

A person’s voting power in Genetic Technologies Limited is that percentage of the total votes attached to Ordinary Shares in which that person and its associates (as defined in the Corporations Act 2001 ) holds a relevant interest.

 

77



Table of Contents

 

Item 10.E       Taxation

 

This summary of material tax consequences is based on the tax laws of the United States (including the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, its legislative history, existing and proposed regulations thereunder, published rulings and court decisions) and on the Australian tax law and practice as in effect on the date hereof.  In addition, this summary is based on the income tax convention between the United States and Australia (the “Treaty”).  The foregoing laws and legal authorities as well as the Treaty are subject to change (or changes in interpretation), possibly with retroactive effect.  Finally, this summary is based in part upon the representations of our ADR Depositary and the assumption that each obligation in the Deposit Agreement and any related agreement will be performed in accordance with its terms.

 

The discussion does not address any aspects of U.S. taxation other than federal income taxation or any aspects of Australian taxation other than federal income taxation, stamp duty and goods and services tax.  This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. or Australian federal tax considerations that may be important to particular investors in light of their individual investment circumstances or investors subject to special tax regimes, like broker-dealers, insurance companies, banks or other financial institutions, tax-exempt organizations, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts or financial asset securitization investment trusts, persons who actually or constructively own 10% or more of our ADRs or Ordinary Shares, persons who hold ADRs or Ordinary Shares as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion or constructive sale transaction or other integrated transaction, persons who have elected mark-to-market accounting, U.S. holders whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar, U.S. expatriates, investors liable for the alternative minimum tax, partnerships and other pass-through entities, or persons who acquired their ADRs or Ordinary Shares through the exercise of options or similar derivative securities or otherwise as compensation.  Prospective investors are urged to consult their tax advisers regarding the U.S. and Australian federal, state and local tax consequences and any other tax consequences of owning and disposing of ADRs and shares.

 

Australian Tax Consequences

 

In this section, we discuss Australian tax considerations that apply to non-Australian tax residents who are residents of the United States with respect to the ownership and disposal by the absolute beneficial owners of ADRs.  This summary does not discuss any foreign or state tax considerations, other than stamp duty.

 

Nature of ADRs for Australian Taxation Purposes

 

ADRs held by a U.S. holder will be treated for Australian taxation purposes as being held under a “bare trust” for that holder. Consequently, the underlying Ordinary Shares will be regarded as owned by the ADR holder for Australian income tax and capital gains tax purposes.  Dividends paid on the underlying Ordinary Shares will also be treated as dividends paid to the ADR holder, as the person beneficially entitled to those dividends.  Therefore, in the following analysis, we discuss the tax consequences to non-Australian resident holders of Ordinary Shares which, for Australian taxation purposes, will be the same as to U.S. holders of ADRs.

 

Taxation of Dividends

 

Australia operates a dividend imputation system under which dividends may be declared to be “franked” to the extent of tax paid on company profits.  Fully franked dividends are not subject to dividend withholding tax.  Dividends payable by our company to non-Australian resident stockholders will be subject to dividend withholding tax, to the extent the dividends are unfranked.  Dividend withholding tax will be imposed at 30%, unless a stockholder is a resident of a country with which Australia has a double taxation agreement.  Under the provisions of the Treaty, the Australian tax withheld on unfranked dividends paid by us to which a resident of the United States is beneficially entitled is generally limited to 15% if the U.S. resident holds less than 10% of the voting rights of our company, unless the shares are effectively connected to a permanent establishment or fixed base in Australia through which the stockholder carries on business or provides independent personal services, respectively.  Where the U.S. resident holds 10% or more of the voting rights of our company, the withholding tax rate is reduced to 5%.

 

Tax on Sales or other Dispositions of Shares - Capital Gains Tax

 

Non-Australian resident stockholders will not be subject to Australian capital gains tax on the gain made on a sale or other disposal of our shares, unless they, together with their associates, hold 10% or more of our issued capital at any time during the five years before the disposal of the shares. If a non-Australian resident stockholder did, together with his or her associates, own a 10% or more interest, that stockholder would be subject to Australian capital gains tax to the same extent as Australian resident stockholders.  The Australian Taxation Office maintains the view that the Double Taxation Convention between the United States and Australia does not limit Australian capital gains tax. Australian capital gains tax applies to net capital gains charged at a taxpayer’s marginal tax rate but, for certain stockholders, a discount of the capital gain may apply if the shares have been held for 12 months or more. For individuals, this discount is 50%. For superannuation funds, the discount is 33%.  There is no discount for a company that derives a capital gain.  Net capital gains are calculated after deducting capital losses, which may only be offset against such gains.

 

78



Table of Contents

 

Tax on Sales or other Dispositions of Shares - Stockholders Holding Shares on Revenue Account

 

Some non-Australian resident stockholders may hold shares on revenue rather than on capital account, for example, share traders. These stockholders may have the gains made on the sale or other disposal of the shares included in their assessable income under the ordinary income provisions of the income tax law, if the gains are sourced in Australia.  Non-Australian resident stockholders assessable under these ordinary income provisions in respect of gains made on shares held on revenue account would be assessed for those gains at the Australian tax rates for non-Australian residents, which start at a marginal rate of 29%.  Some relief from the Australian income tax may be available to non-Australian resident stockholders under the Double Taxation Convention between the United States and Australia, for example, because the stockholder does not have a permanent establishment in Australia.  To the extent an amount would be included in a non-Australian resident stockholder’s assessable income under both the capital gains tax provisions and the ordinary income provisions, the capital gain amount would generally be reduced, so that the stockholder would not be subject to double tax on any part of the income gain or capital gain.

 

Dual Residency

 

If a stockholder were a resident of both Australia and the United States under those countries’ domestic taxation laws, that stockholder may be subject to tax as an Australian resident.  If, however, the stockholder is determined to be a U.S. resident for the purposes of the Double Taxation Convention between the United States and Australia, the Australian tax would be subject to limitation by the Double Taxation Convention.  Stockholders should obtain specialist taxation advice in these circumstances.

 

Stamp Duty

 

Any transfer of shares through trading on the Australian Securities Exchange, whether by Australian residents or foreign residents, is not subject to stamp duty within Australia.

 

Australian Death Duty

 

Australia does not have estate or death duties.  No capital gains tax liability is realized upon the inheritance of a deceased person’s shares.  The subsequent disposal of inherited shares by beneficiaries, may, however, give rise to a capital gains tax liability.

 

Goods and Services Tax

 

The issue or transfer of shares will not incur Australian goods and services tax and does not require a stockholder to register for Australian goods and services tax purposes.

 

United States Federal Income Taxation

 

As used below, a “U.S. holder” is a beneficial owner of an ADR that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, (i) a citizen or resident alien individual of the United States, (ii) a corporation (or an entity treated as a corporation) created or organized under the law of the United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, (iii) an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax without regard to its source or (iv) a trust if (1) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust, and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (2) the trust has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations to be treated as a United States person.  For purposes of this discussion, a “non-U.S. holder” is a beneficial owner of an ADR that is (i) a nonresident alien individual, (ii) a corporation (or an entity treated as a corporation) created or organized in or under the law of a country other than the United States or a political subdivision thereof or (iii) an estate or trust that is not a U.S. Holder.  If a partnership (including for this purpose any entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal tax purposes) is a beneficial owner of an ADR, the U.S. federal tax treatment of a partner in the partnership generally will depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership.  A holder of an ADR that is a partnership and partners in that partnership should consult their own tax advisers regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of holding and disposing of ADRs.  We have not sought a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) or an opinion of counsel as to any U.S. federal income tax consequence described herein.  The IRS may disagree with the description herein, and its determination may be upheld by a court.

 

GIVEN THE COMPLEXITY OF THE TAX LAWS AND BECAUSE THE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO ANY PARTICULAR INVESTOR MAY BE AFFECTED BY MATTERS NOT DISCUSSED HEREIN, PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE SPECIFIC TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE ACQUISITION, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF ADRs, INCLUDING THE APPLICABILITY AND EFFECT OF STATE, LOCAL AND NON-U.S. TAX LAWS, AS WELL AS U.S. FEDERAL TAX LAWS.

 

79



Table of Contents

 

TO ENSURE COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS IMPOSED BY THE IRS UNDER TREASURY CIRCULAR 230, WE INFORM YOU THAT (1) ANY DISCUSSION OF U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX ISSUES CONTAINED HEREIN (INCLUDING ANY ATTACHMENTS), UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFICALLY STATED, WAS NOT INTENDED OR WRITTEN TO BE USED, AND CANNOT BE USED, FOR THE PURPOSE OF AVOIDING PENALTIES UNDER THE UNITED STATES INTERNAL REVENUE CODE, AND (2) EACH U.S. HOLDER SHOULD SEEK ADVICE BASED UPON THEIR PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES FROM AN INDEPENDENT TAX ADVISOR.

 

Nature of ADRs for U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes

 

In general, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a holder of an ADR will be treated as the owner of the underlying shares.  Accordingly, except as specifically noted below, the tax consequences discussed below with respect to ADRs will be the same as for shares in the Company, and exchanges of shares for ADRs, and ADRs for shares, generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax.

 

Taxation of Dividends

 

U.S. holders.   In general, subject to the passive foreign investment company rules discussed below, a distribution on an ADR will constitute a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent that it is made from our current or accumulated earnings and profits as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. If a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, it will be treated as a non-taxable reduction of basis to the extent of the U.S. holder’s tax basis in the ADR on which it is paid, and to the extent it exceeds that basis it will be treated as capital gain.  For purposes of this discussion, the term “dividend” means a distribution that constitutes a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

The gross amount of any dividend on an ADR (which will include the amount of any Australian taxes withheld) generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax as foreign source dividend income, and will not be eligible for the corporate dividends received deduction.  The amount of a dividend paid in Australian dollars will be its value in U.S. dollars based on the prevailing spot market exchange rate in effect on the day the U.S. holder receives the dividend or, in the case of a dividend received in respect of an ADR, on the date the Depositary receives it, whether or not the dividend is converted into U.S. dollars.  A U.S. holder will have a tax basis in any distributed Australian dollars equal to its U.S. dollar amount on the date of receipt, and any gain or loss realized on a subsequent conversion or other disposition of Australian dollars generally will be treated as U.S. source ordinary income or loss.  If dividends paid in Australian dollars are converted into U.S. dollars on the date they are received by a U.S. holder, the U.S. holder generally should not be required to recognize foreign currency gain or loss in respect of the dividend income.

 

Subject to certain exceptions for short-term and hedged positions, a dividend that a non-corporate holder receives on an ADR in a taxable year beginning before January 1, 2011 will be subject to a maximum tax rate of 15% if the dividend is a “qualified dividend” (for tax years beginning after January 1, 2011, the treatment of dividends and the maximum potential tax rate is subject to change, and unless tax law changes are implemented in the interim, dividends received by non-corporate holders could be subject to ordinary income treatment and a corresponding tax rate of up to 39.6%).  A dividend on an ADR will be a qualified dividend if (i) either (a) the ADRs are readily tradable on an established market in the United States or (b) we are eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive income tax treaty with the United States that the Secretary of the Treasury determines is satisfactory for purposes of these rules and that includes an exchange of information program, and (ii) we were not, in the year prior to the year the dividend was paid, and are not, in the year the dividend is paid, a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”).  The ADRs are listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market, which should qualify them as readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States. In any event, the Treaty satisfies the requirements of clause (i)(b), and we are a resident of Australia entitled to the benefits of the Treaty.  Based on our audited financial statements and relevant market and shareholder data, we believe we were not a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes for our taxable years ended June 30, 2009 and June 30, 2010, respectively, but we may be classified as a PFIC in the current taxable year.  Given that the determination of PFIC status involves the application of complex tax rules, and that it is based on the nature of our income and assets from time to time, no assurances can be provided that we will not be considered a PFIC for the current (or any past or future) taxable year.  In addition, as described in the section below entitled “Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules,” if we were a PFIC in a year while a U.S. holder held an ADR, and if the U.S. holder has not made a qualified electing fund election effective for the first year the U.S. holder held the ADR, the ordinary share underlying the ADR remains an interest in a PFIC for all future years or until such an election is made. The IRS takes the position that such rule will apply for purposes of determining whether an ADR is an interest in a PFIC in the year a dividend is paid or in the prior year, even if we do not satisfy the tests to be a PFIC in either of those years.  Even if dividends on the ADRs would otherwise be eligible for qualified dividend treatment, in order to qualify for the reduced qualified dividend tax rates, a non-corporate holder must hold the ordinary share on which a dividend is paid for more than 60 days during the 120-day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date, disregarding for this purpose any period during which the non-corporate holder has an option to sell, is under a contractual obligation to sell or has made (and not closed) a short sale of substantially identical stock or securities, is the grantor of an option to buy substantially identical stock or securities or, pursuant to Treasury regulations, has diminished their risk of loss by holding one or more other positions with respect to substantially similar or related property.  In addition, to qualify for the reduced qualified dividend tax rates, the non-corporate holder must not be obligated to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property.  Payments in lieu of dividends from short sales or other similar transactions will not qualify for the reduced qualified dividend tax rates.

 

80



Table of Contents

 

A non-corporate holder that receives an extraordinary dividend eligible for the reduced qualified dividend rates must treat any loss on the sale of the stock as a long-term capital loss to the extent of the dividend.  For purposes of determining the amount of a non-corporate holder’s deductible investment interest expense, a dividend is treated as investment income only if the non-corporate holder elects to treat the dividend as not eligible for the reduced qualified dividend tax rates. Special limitations on foreign tax credits with respect to dividends subject to the reduced qualified dividend tax rates apply to reflect the reduced rates of tax.

 

The U.S. Treasury has announced its intention to promulgate rules pursuant to which non-corporate holders of stock of non-U.S. corporations, and intermediaries through whom the stock is held, will be permitted to rely on certifications from issuers to establish that dividends are treated as qualified dividends. Because those procedures have not yet been issued, it is not clear whether we will be able to comply with them.

 

Non-corporate holders of ordinary shares are urged to consult their own tax advisers regarding the availability of the reduced qualified dividend tax rates with respect to dividends received on the ADRs in the light of their own particular circumstances.

 

Any Australian withholding tax imposed on dividends received with respect to the ADRs will be treated as a foreign income tax eligible for credit against a U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, subject to generally applicable limitations under U.S. federal income tax law.  For purposes of computing those limitations separately under current law for specific categories of income, a dividend generally will constitute foreign source “passive income” or, in the case of certain holders, “financial services income” for purposes of taxable years beginning before January 1, 2007.  For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2006, “passive income” generally will be treated as “passive category income,” and “financial services income” generally will be treated as “general category income.”  A U.S. holder will be denied a foreign tax credit with respect to Australian income tax withheld from dividends received with respect to the ADRs to the extent the U.S. holder has not held the ADRs for at least 16 days of the 30-day period beginning on the date which is 15 days before the ex-dividend date or to the extent the U.S. holder is under an obligation to make related payments with respect to substantially similar or related property.  Any days during which a U.S. holder has substantially diminished its risk of loss on the ADRs are not counted toward meeting the 16-day holding period required by the statute. The rules relating to the determination of the foreign tax credit are complex, and U.S. holders are urged to consult with their own tax advisers to determine whether and to what extent they will be entitled to foreign tax credits as well as with respect to the determination of the foreign tax credit limitation (including changes in the rules for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2006). Alternatively, any Australian withholding tax may be taken as a deduction against taxable income, provided the U.S. holder takes a deduction and not a credit for all foreign income taxes paid or accrued in the same taxable year.  In general, special rules will apply to the calculation of foreign tax credits in respect of dividend income that is subject to preferential rates of U.S. federal income tax.

 

Non-U.S. holders .   A dividend paid to a non-U.S. holder of an ADR will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax unless the dividend is effectively connected with the conduct of trade or business by the non-U.S. holder within the United States (and is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base the non-U.S. holder maintains in the United States if an applicable income tax treaty so requires as a condition for the non-U.S. holder to be subject to U.S. taxation on a net income basis on income from the ADR).  A non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to tax on an effectively connected dividend in the same manner as a U.S. holder.  A corporate non-U.S. holder under certain circumstances may also be subject to an additional “branch profits tax,” the rate of which may be reduced pursuant to an applicable income tax treaty.

 

Taxation of Capital Gains

 

U.S. holders.   Subject to the passive foreign investment company rules discussed below, on a sale or other taxable disposition of an ADR, a U.S. holder will recognize capital gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the U.S. holder’s adjusted basis in the ADR and the amount realized on the sale or other disposition, each determined in U.S. dollars.  Such capital gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if at the time of the sale or other taxable disposition the ADR has been held for more than one year.  In general, any adjusted net capital gain of an individual in a taxable year beginning before January 1, 2011 is subject to a maximum tax rate of 15% (for tax years beginning after January 1, 2011, the maximum potential tax rate on capital gains may increase to 20%, unless tax law changes are implemented in the interim).  In later years, the maximum tax rate on the net capital gain of an individual will be 20%. Capital gains recognized by corporate U.S. holders generally are subject to U.S. federal income tax at the same rate as ordinary income.  The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.

 

Any gain a U.S. holder recognizes generally will be U.S. source income for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes, and, subject to certain exceptions, any loss will generally be a U.S. source loss.  If an Australian tax is paid on a sale or other disposition of an ADR, the amount realized will include the gross amount of the proceeds of that sale or disposition before deduction of the Australian tax.  The generally applicable limitations under U.S. federal income tax law on crediting foreign income taxes may preclude a U.S. holder from obtaining a foreign tax credit for any Australian tax paid on a sale or other disposition of an ADR.  The rules relating to the determination of the foreign tax credit are complex, and U.S. holders are urged to consult with their own tax advisers regarding the application of such rules.  Alternatively, any Australian tax paid on the sale or other disposition of an ADR may be taken as a deduction against taxable income, provided the U.S. holder takes a deduction and not a credit for all foreign income taxes paid or accrued in the same taxable year.

 

81



Table of Contents

 

Non-U.S. holders .   A non-U.S. holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on gain recognized on a sale or other disposition of an ADR unless (i) the gain is effectively connected with the conduct of trade or business by the non-U.S. holder within the United States (and is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base the non-U.S. holder maintains in the United States if an applicable income tax treaty so requires as a condition for the non-U.S. holder to be subject to U.S. taxation on a net income basis on income from the ADR), or (ii) in the case of a non-U.S. holder who is an individual, the holder is present in the United States for 183 or more days in the taxable year of the sale or other disposition and certain other conditions apply.  Any effectively connected gain of a corporate non-U.S. holder may also be subject under certain circumstances to an additional “branch profits tax,” the rate of which may be reduced pursuant to an applicable income tax treaty.

 

Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules

 

A special set of U.S. federal income tax rules applies to a foreign corporation that is a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes.  As noted above, based on our audited financial statements and relevant market and shareholder data, we believe that we were not a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes for our taxable years ended June 30, 2009 and June 30, 2010, respectively, but we may be classified as a PFIC in the current taxable year.  In addition, given that the determination of PFIC status involves the application of complex tax rules, and that it is based on the nature of our income and assets from time to time, no assurances can be provided that we will not be considered a PFIC for any past or future taxable years.

 

In general, a foreign corporation is a PFIC if at least 75% of its gross income for the taxable year is passive income or if at least 50% of its assets for the taxable year produce passive income or are held for the production of passive income. In general, passive income for this purpose means, with certain designated exceptions, dividends, interest, rents, royalties (other than certain rents and royalties derived in the active conduct of trade or business), annuities, net gains from dispositions of certain assets, net foreign currency gains, income equivalent to interest, income from notional principal contracts and payments in lieu of dividends.  The determination of whether a foreign corporation is a PFIC is a factual determination made annually and is therefore subject to change.  Subject to exceptions pursuant to certain elections that generally require the payment of tax, once stock in a foreign corporation is stock in a PFIC in the hands of a particular shareholder that is a United States person, it remains stock in a PFIC in the hands of that shareholder.

 

If we are treated as a PFIC, contrary to the tax consequences described in “U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—Taxation of Dividends” and “U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—Taxation of Capital Gains” above, a U.S. holder that does not make an election described in the succeeding two paragraphs would be subject to special rules with respect to (i) any gain realized on a sale or other disposition of an ADR (for purposes of these rules, a disposition of an ADR includes many transactions on which gain or loss is not realized under general U.S. federal income tax rules) and (ii) any “excess distribution” by the Company to the U.S. holder (generally, any distribution during a taxable year in which distributions to the U.S. holder on the ADR exceed 125% of the average annual taxable distributions (whether actual or constructive and whether or not out of earnings and profits) the U.S. holder received on the ADR during the preceding three taxable years or, if shorter, the U.S. holder’s holding period for the ADR).  Under those rules, (i) the gain or excess distribution would be allocated ratably over the U.S. holder’s holding period for the ADR, (ii) the amount allocated to the taxable year in which the gain or excess distribution is realized would be taxable as ordinary income in its entirety and not as capital gain, would be ineligible for the reduced qualified dividend rates, and could not be offset by any deductions or losses, and (iii) the amount allocated to each prior year, with certain exceptions, would be subject to tax at the highest tax rate in effect for that year, and the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax would be imposed in respect of the tax attributable to each of those years.  A U.S. holder who owns an ADR during any year we are a PFIC may have to file IRS Form 8621.

 

The special PFIC rules described above will not apply to a U.S. holder if the U.S. holder makes a timely election, which remains in effect, to treat the Company as a “qualified electing fund” (“QEF”) in the first taxable year in which the U.S. holder owns an ADR and the Company is a PFIC and if the Company complies with certain reporting requirements.  Instead, a shareholder of a QEF generally is currently taxable on a pro rata share of the Company’s ordinary earnings and net capital gain as ordinary income and long-term capital gain, respectively.  Neither that ordinary income nor any actual dividend from the Company would qualify for the 15% maximum tax rate on dividends described above if the Company is a PFIC in the taxable year the ordinary income is realized or the dividend is paid or in the preceding taxable year.  We have not yet determined whether, if we are a PFIC, we would make the computations necessary to supply U.S. holders with the information needed to report income and gain pursuant to a QEF election.  It is, therefore, possible that U.S. holders would not be able to make or retain that election in any year we are a PFIC. Although a QEF election generally cannot be revoked, if a U.S. holder made a timely QEF election for the first taxable year it owned an ADR and the Company is a PFIC (or is treated as having done so pursuant to any of certain elections), the QEF election will not apply during any later taxable year in which the Company does not satisfy the tests to be a PFIC.  If a QEF election is not made in that first taxable year, an election in a later year generally will require the payment of tax and interest.

 

82



Table of Contents

 

In lieu of a QEF election, a U.S. holder of stock in a PFIC that is considered marketable stock could elect to mark the stock to market annually, recognizing as ordinary income or loss each year an amount equal to the difference as of the close of the taxable year between the fair market value of the stock and the U.S. holder’s adjusted basis in the stock.  Losses would be allowed only to the extent of net mark-to-market gain previously included in income by the U.S. holder under the election for prior taxable years.  A U.S. holder’s adjusted basis in the ADRs will be adjusted to reflect the amounts included or deducted with respect to the mark-to-market election.  If the mark-to-market election were made, the rules set forth in the second preceding paragraph would not apply for periods covered by the election.  A mark-to-market election will not apply during any later taxable year in which the Company does not satisfy the tests to be a PFIC.  In general, the ADRs will be marketable stock if the ADRs are traded, other than in de minimis quantities, on at least 15 days during each calendar quarter on a national securities exchange that is registered with the SEC or on a designated national market system or on any exchange or market that the Treasury Department determines to have rules sufficient to ensure that the market price accurately represents the fair market value of the stock .   Under current law, the mark-to-market election may be available to U.S. holders of ADRs because the ADRs are listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market, which constitutes a qualified exchange, although there can be no assurance that the ADRs will be “regularly traded” for purposes of the mark-to-market election.

 

Given the complexities of the PFIC rules and their potentially adverse tax consequences, U.S. holders of ADRs are urged to consult their own tax advisers about the PFIC rules, including the consequences to them of making a QEF election or a mark-to-market election with respect to the ordinary shares in the event that the Company is classified as a PFIC for any taxable year .

 

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

 

Dividends paid on, and proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, an ADR to a U.S. holder generally may be subject to information reporting requirements and may be subject to backup withholding at the rate of 28% (and increasing to 31% for payments made after December 31, 2010) unless the U.S. holder provides an accurate taxpayer identification number or otherwise establishes an exemption. The amount of any backup withholding collected from a payment to a U.S. holder will be allowed as a credit against the U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle the U.S. holder to a refund, provided certain required information is furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.  A non-U.S. holder generally will be exempt from these information reporting requirements and backup withholding tax but may be required to comply with certain certification and identification procedures in order to establish its eligibility for exemption.

 

Under U.S. federal income tax law and U.S. Treasury Regulations, certain categories of U.S. holders must file information returns with respect to their investment in, or involvement in, a foreign corporation.  For example, pursuant to recently enacted legislation, beginning in 2011, all U.S. holders of PFIC stock will be required to make annual return filings reporting their PFIC ownership and certain other information that the IRS may require. U.S. holders are urged to consult with their own tax advisors concerning such reporting requirements.

 

THE DISCUSSION ABOVE IS NOT INTENDED TO CONSTITUTE A COMPLETE ANALYSIS OF ALL TAX CONSIDERATIONS APPLICABLE TO AN INVESTMENT IN ADRs.  HOLDERS AND POTENTIAL HOLDERS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISERS CONCERNING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES RELEVANT TO THEM IN THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATION.

 

Item 10.F      Dividends and Paying Agents

 

No dividends have been paid by the Company or recommended by the directors since the end of the previous financial year.

 

Item 10.G     Statement by Experts

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 10.H     Documents on Display

 

The documents concerning the Company which are referred to in this Annual Report may be inspected at the offices of the Company at 60-66 Hanover Street, Fitzroy, Victoria 3065 Australia.  Following our listing on NASDAQ Global Market in September 2005, we are now subject to the information requirements of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and, in accordance therewith, we are required to file reports, including annual reports on Form 20-F, and other information with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission in electronic form.  These materials, including this Annual Report and the exhibits thereto, may be inspected and copied at the Commission’s public reference room in Washington, D.C.  Please call the Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information regarding the public reference rooms.  As a foreign private issuer, we are required to make filings with the Commission by electronic means.  Any filings we make electronically will be available to the public over the Internet at the Commission’s website at http://www.sec.gov.  We also maintain a website at www.gtglabs.com.  Information on our website and websites linked to it do not constitute a part of this Annual Report.

 

83



Table of Contents

 

Item 10.I       Subsidiary Information

 

The following is a list of the Company’s subsidiaries as of the date of this Annual Report:

 

Name of subsidiary

 

Place of incorporation

 

Interest held

 

GeneType AG

 

Zug, Switzerland

 

100

%

GeneType Corporation

 

California, USA

 

100

%

GeneType Pty. Ltd.

 

Victoria, Australia

 

100

%

Genetic Technologies Corporation Pty. Ltd.

 

New South Wales, Australia

 

100

%

Frozen Puppies Dot Com Pty. Ltd.

 

New South Wales, Australia

 

100

%

RareCellect Pty. Ltd.

 

New South Wales, Australia

 

100

%

Genetic Technologies (Beijing) Limited

 

Beijing Municipality, China

 

100

%

Phenogen Sciences Inc.

 

Delaware, USA

 

100

%

Gtech International Resources Limited

 

Yukon Territory, Canada

 

75.8

%

ImmunAid Pty. Ltd.

 

Victoria, Australia

 

71.7

%

AgGenomics Pty. Ltd.

 

Victoria, Australia

 

50.1

%

 

Item 11.         Quantitative And Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

Genetic Technologies Limited has exposure to changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates.  Refer to Note 35 of the attached financial statements for further analysis surrounding market risk.

 

We invest excess cash in interest-bearing, investment-grade securities and time deposits in high-quality institutions.  We do not utilize derivative financial instruments, derivative commodity instruments, positions or transactions in any material matter. Accordingly, we believe that, while the investment-grade securities and time-deposits we hold are subject to changes in financial standing of the issuer of such securities, the principal is not subject to any material risks arising from changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, commodity prices, equity prices or other market changes that affect market risk sensitive instruments.  Since we invest in locations outside Australia, we are subject to certain cross-border risks.

 

We operate in Australia, and we will be subject to certain foreign currency exposure. Historically, currency translation gains and losses have been reflected as adjustments to stockholders’ equity, while transaction gains and losses have been reflected as components of income and loss.  Transaction gains and losses could be material depending upon changes in the exchange rates between the Australian dollar and the U.S. dollar.  A significant amount of our license revenue has historically been denominated in U.S. dollars.

 

Credit risk represents the accounting loss that would be recognized at the reporting date if counterparties failed completely to perform as contracted. Concentrations of credit risk (whether on or off-balance sheet) that arise from financial instruments exist for groups of customers or counterparties when they have similar economic characteristics that would cause their ability to meet contractual obligations to be similarly affected by changes in economic or other conditions. Financial instruments on the balance sheet that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents and trade accounts receivable. The Company places its cash and cash equivalents with quality institutions holding superior credit ratings in order to limit the degree of credit exposure.  The Company has established guidelines relative to credit ratings, diversification and maturities that seek to maintain safety and liquidity. The Company does not require collateral to provide credit.  In addition, the majority of the Company’s licensing customers are large, reputable organizations, which also reduces the risk of credit exposure.  The Company has not entered into any transactions that would qualify as a financial derivative instrument.

 

At June 30, 2010, three customers accounted for 17% ($128,223), 14% ($107,435) and 12% ($92,937), respectively, of trade accounts receivable.  At June 30, 2009, two customers accounted for 30% ($572,127) and 24% ($451,000), respectively, of trade accounts receivable.

 

At June 30, 2010, one supplier accounted for 14% ($93,588) of trade accounts payable.  At June 30, 2009, two suppliers accounted for 20% ($331,662) and 15% ($243,540), respectively, of trade accounts payable, both of which related to the research segment in Australia.

 

In 2010, there was one customer from whom the Group generated revenues representing 16% ($941,772) of the total consolidated revenue from operations (excluding licensing).  In 2009, there were no customers from whom the Group generated revenues representing more than 10% of the total consolidated revenue from operations.

 

Export sales, mainly to the USA, were $4,608,735, $5,918,421 and $10,060,541 in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

 

84



Table of Contents

 

Item 12.         Description Of Securities Other Than Equity Securities

 

Item 12.A      Debt Securities

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 12.B      Warrants and Rights

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 12.C      Other Securities

 

Not applicable

 

Item 12.D      American Depositary Shares

 

Not applicable.

 

PART II

 

Item 13.         Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 14.         Material Modifications to The Rights Of Security Holders and Use Of Proceeds

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 15.         Controls and Procedures

 

Item 15A.      Disclosure controls and procedures

 

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures as such term is defined in Rules 13a - 15(e) and 15d - 15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), as amended, that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed or submitted under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is accumulated and communicated to management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer , as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Disclosure controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can only provide reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives.

 

Our Management has carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of June 30, 2010.  Based on that evaluation, including the material weakness noted below in Item 15B, the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were ineffective as of June 30, 2010.

 

Our Management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer , does not expect that our disclosure controls and procedures or our internal control over financial reporting will provide absolute assurance that all appropriate information will, in fact, be communicated to Management to allow timely decisions to be made or prevent all error and fraud.  A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met.  Additionally, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefit of controls must be considered relative to their costs.  Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the company have been detected or that our control system will operate effectively under all circumstances.  Moreover, the design of any system of controls is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions.

 

85



Table of Contents

 

Item 15 B.      Management’s annual report on internal control over financial reporting

 

Our Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting.  The Securities Exchange Act of 1934 defines internal control over financial reporting in Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the Company’s principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by the Company’s Board of directors, Management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that:

 

·                        Pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company;

 

·                        Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of Management and directors of the Company; and

 

·                        Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

 

A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the annual financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

 

Our Management, under the supervision and with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer , have assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2010.  In making this assessment, Management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, or COSO, in Internal Control-Integrated Framework.  As a result of that assessment, Management identified the following control deficiency as of June 30, 2010 that constituted a material weakness:

 

·                        The Company did not maintain an adequate segregation of duties with respect to internal control over financial reporting .  Specifically, the Company did not design or implement controls to ensure that the duties and responsibilities related to the authorization, custody, recordkeeping and reconciliation of transactions related to payables and cash were performed by individuals who had incompatible roles and responsibilities or were otherwise not monitored by those in charge of governance.  This control deficiency did not result in material adjustments to the financial statements, however there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the annual financial statements would not have been prevented or detected on a timely basis due to the failure to design and implement appropriate segregation of duty controls.

 

Based upon its assessment, because of the material weakness described above, our Management has concluded that, as of June 30, 2010, our internal control over financial reporting is not effective based upon the abovementioned criteria.

 

This Annual Report does not include an attestation report of the Company’s registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting.  Management’s report was not subject to attestation by the Company’s registered public accounting firm pursuant to temporary rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission that permit the Company to provide only Management’s report in this Annual Report.

 

Item 15 C.      Attestation report of the registered public accounting firm

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 15 D.      Changes in internal control over financial reporting

 

Except as described above, there were no other changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the period covered by this Annual Report that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

Remediation plan

 

Segregation of duties .  The Company plans to remediate the identified segregation of duties conflicts by implementing appropriate access controls within the payables and cash applications, as well as additional review and oversight responsibilities to individuals who are independent to the processing of transactions for these significant accounts.

 

86



Table of Contents

 

Item 16A.      Audit Committee Financial Expert

 

Following the retirement of Mr. Robert Edge on November 17, 2006, we did not have an audit committee financial expert within the meaning of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and related regulations. However, on February 26, 2007, we appointed Mr. David Carruthers as a Non-Executive Director who replaced Mr. Edge as Chairman of the Audit Committee and who we believe qualified as a financial expert within the meaning of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and related regulations.  On November 19, 2008, Mr. Carruthers was removed as a Director of the Company and was replaced as Chairman of the Audit Committee by Mr. Sidney Hack on that date.  We believe Mr. Hack does not qualify as a financial expert within the meaning of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and related regulations.

 

Item 16B.      Code Of Ethics

 

We have adopted a Code of Ethics (styled Code of Conduct) that applies to all of our Directors and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller.  The Code can be downloaded at our website (www.gtglabs.com). Additionally, any person, upon request, can ask for a hard copy or electronic file of such Code.  If we make any substantive amendment to the Code of Ethics or grant any waivers, including any implicit waiver, from a provision of the Code of Ethics, we will disclose the nature of such amendment or waiver on our website.  During the year ended June 30, 2010, no such amendment was made or waiver granted.

 

Our Board of Directors is responsible for the corporate governance of the consolidated entity and guides and monitors the business and affairs of Genetic Technologies on behalf of the shareholders by whom they are elected and to whom they are accountable.  We are required to publish a Corporate Governance Statement annually that accords with the introduction last year of the Australian Securities Exchange Corporate Governance Council’s (the “Council’s”) “Principles of Good Corporate Governance and Best Practice Recommendations”.  In accordance with the Council’s recommendations, the Corporate Governance Statement must now contain certain specific information and must disclose the extent to which we have followed the guidelines during the period.  Where a recommendation has not been followed, that fact must be disclosed, together with the reasons for the departure.  The Company’s Corporate Governance Statement is now structured with reference to the Corporate Governance Council’s principles and recommendations.  Below is an extract from the Company’s most recent Corporate Governance Statement:

 

As of the date of this Annual Report, the following eleven Corporate Governance documents had been adopted by the Board, in addition to the Company’s Constitution which was revised and approved by the shareholders of the Company in November 2005.  All of these documents are available on the Company’s website: www.gtglabs.com

 

·                   Board Charter which defines the role of the Board and that of Management;

 

·                   Audit Committee Charter;

 

·                   Corporate Governance Committee Charter;

 

·                   Board Protocol which clarifies the responsibilities of Directors and the Company’s expectations of them;

 

·                   Code of Conduct, including a Document Retention Policy;

 

·                   Board Performance Evaluation Policy;

 

·                   Risk and Compliance Policy;

 

·                   Continuous Disclosure Policy;

 

·                   Securities Trading Policy;

 

·                   Shareholder Communications Policy; and

 

·                   Whistleblower Policy.

 

87



Table of Contents

 

Item 16C.      Principal Accountant Fees And Services

 

The following table sets forth the fees billed to us by our Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms, PricewaterhouseCoopers and Ernst & Young, during the financial years ended June 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively:

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

Audit services

 

 

 

 

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers in respect of:

 

 

 

 

 

Audit of the Company’s Financial Report under the Corporations Act 2001

 

250,000

 

 

Other audit firms in respect of:

 

 

 

 

 

Audit of the Financial Reports of subsidiaries

 

22,013

 

10,826

 

Ernst & Young Australia in respect of:

 

 

 

 

 

Audit of the Company’s Financial Report under the Corporations Act 2001

 

 

565,082

 

Total remuneration in respect of audit services

 

272,013

 

575,908

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-audit services

 

 

 

 

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers in respect of:

 

 

 

 

 

Accounting and other services

 

60,000

 

 

Other audit firms in respect of:

 

 

 

 

 

Tax advice and compliance, accounting and other services

 

20,484

 

 

Ernst & Young Australia in respect of:

 

 

 

 

 

Tax advice and compliance services

 

 

99,480

 

Ernst & Young South Korea in respect of:

 

 

 

 

 

Due diligence and advisory services

 

 

20,618

 

Total remuneration in respect of non-audit services

 

80,484

 

120,098

 

Total auditors’ remuneration

 

352,497

 

696,006

 

 

Note:                  Audit fees paid during the year ended June 30, 2009 include the fees paid by the Company to Ernst & Young in respect of its US reporting requirements for the year ended June 30, 2008 and overruns relating to the 2009 audit amounting to $23,550 which were paid during the financial year ended June 30, 2010.

 

Audit Committee Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures

 

Our Board of Directors has established pre-approval and procedures for the engagement of its Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm for audit and non-audit services.  The Board of Directors reviews the scope of the services to be provided, before their commencement, in order to ensure that there are no independence issues and the services are not prohibited services, as defined by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

Item 16D.      Exemptions From The Listing Standards For Audit Committees

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 16E.      Purchases Of Equity Securities By The Issuer And Affiliated Purchasers

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 16F.      Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant

 

Not applicable.

 

88



Table of Contents

 

Item 16G.     Corporate Governance

 

Refer to Item 6C regarding the Company’s Corporate Governance practices and the key differences between the Listing Rules of the Australian Securities Exchange and the Marketplace Rules of Nasdaq as they apply to us.

 

89



Table of Contents

 

PART III

 

Item 17.         Financial Statements

 

 

 

The Company has responded to Item 18 in lieu of responding to this Item.

 

Item 18.         Financial Statements

 

GENETIC TECHNOLOGIES LIMITED

 

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

Page

 

 

Genetic Technologies Limited - Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

F1

 

 

Genetic Technologies Limited - Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended June 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008.

F2

 

 

Genetic Technologies Limited - Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2010 and 2009.

F3

 

 

Genetic Technologies Limited - Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity for the years ended June 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008.

F4

 

 

Genetic Technologies Limited - Consolidated Cash Flows Statements for the years ended June 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008.

F5

 

 

Genetic Technologies Limited - Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F6

 

Item 19.         Exhibits

 

 

 

The following documents are filed as exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 20-F:

 

 

 

1.1

 

Constitution of the Registrant.

 

 

 

2.1

 

Deposit Agreement, dated as of January 14, 2002, by and among Genetic Technologies Limited, The Bank of New York Mellon, as Depositary, and the Owners and Holders of American Depositary Receipts (such agreement is incorporated herein by reference to the Registration Statement on Form F-6 relating to the ADSs (File No. 333-14270) filed with the Commission on January 14, 2002).

 

 

 

2.2.

 

The total indebtedness authorized under any instrument relating to long term debt of the Company does not exceed 10% of our total consolidated assets. Any instrument relating to indebtedness will be supplied to the Commission upon its request.

 

 

 

4.1

 

Consulting contract with Dr. Stephen Kent for Technical Review Committee for ImmunAid Pty. Ltd., dated September 14, 2001.+

 

 

 

4.2

 

Staff Share Plan 2001 dated November 30, 2001. +

 

 

 

4.3

 

License agreement with an effective date of 7 March 2003 between Genetic Technologies Limited and Pyrosequencing AB. +

 

 

 

4.4

 

Research license dated as of July 22, 2003 between Genetic Technologies Limited and University of Sydney, and Agreement to Assign Intellectual Property dated September 4, 2003. +

 

 

 

4.5

 

License agreement dated as of August 1, 2003 between Genetic Technologies Limited and Quest Diagnostics Inc. +

 

 

 

4.6

 

License Agreement dated as of December 31, 2003 between Genetic Technologies Limited and TM Bioscience Corporation. +

 

 

 

4.7

 

License Agreement dated as of February 5, 2004 between Genetic Technologies Limited and Laboratory Corporation of America Holdings.* ++

 

 

 

4.8

 

Settlement and License Agreement dated as of June 15, 2004 between Genetic Technologies Limited and C.Y. O’Connor ERADE Village Foundation (incorporating the Immunogenetics Research Foundation and the Institute of

 

90



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Molecular Genetics and Immunology Incorporated). +

 

 

 

4.9

 

Sponsored Research Agreement dated as of June 15, 2004 between Genetic Technologies Limited and the C.Y. O’Connor ERADE Village Foundation. +

 

 

 

4.10

 

IP Sale and Royalty Agreement dated as of June 15, 2004 between Genetic Technologies Limited and C.Y. O’Connor ERADE Village Foundation. +

 

 

 

4.11

 

License Agreement dated as of September 17, 2004 between the Company and Genzyme Corporation.* ++

 

 

 

4.12

 

License Agreement dated as of September 17, 2004 between the Company and MetaMorphix, Inc. +

 

 

 

4.13

 

License Agreement dated as of September 27, 2004 among the Company, MetaMorphix, Inc. and MMI Genomics, Inc. +

 

 

 

4.14

 

Patent License Agreement with an effective date of December 1, 2006 between Genetic Technologies Limited and Genosense Diagnostic GMBH.*+++

 

 

 

4.15

 

Settlement and License Agreement with an effective date of June 20, 2007 between Genetic Technologies Limited and Monsanto Company.*+++

 

 

 

4.16

 

License Agreement and Release with an effective date of June 29, 2007 between Genetic Technologies Limited and Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc.*+++

 

 

 

4.17

 

License Agreement with an effective date of August 22, 2007 between Genetic Technologies Limited and Monsanto Company.*+++

 

 

 

4.18

 

License Agreement with an effective date of September 28, 2007 between Genetic Technologies Limited and Syngenta Crop Protection AG.*+++

 

 

 

4.19

 

License Agreement with an effective date of September 30, 2007 between Genetic Technologies Limited and BioSearch Technologies Inc.*+++

 

 

 

12.01

 

Section 302 Certification

 

 

 

12.02

 

Section 302 Certification

 

 

 

13.01

 

Section 1350 Certification

 

 

 

13.02

 

Section 1350 Certification

 


*  Certain provisions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the Commission pursuant to an application for confidential treatment under Rule 24b-2 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

+  Previously filed with the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 20-F (File No. 0-51504), filed with the Commission on August 19, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

++  Previously filed with Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 20-F (File No. 0-51504), filed with the Commission on August 29, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

#  Previously filed with the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 0-51504), filed with the Commission on December 30, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

+++  Previously filed with the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 0-51504), filed with the Commission on December 20, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

91



Table of Contents

 

SIGNATURES

 

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this Annual Report on its behalf.

 

 

 

GENETIC TECHNOLOGIES LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dated: December 17, 2010

 

By:

/s/ Dr. Paul D.R. MacLeman

 

 

 

Name: Dr. Paul D.R. MacLeman

 

 

 

Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

92



Table of Contents

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

To The Board of Directors and Shareholders of Genetic Technologies Limited

 

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheet and the related consolidated statement of comprehensive income, consolidated statement of changes in stockholders’ equity, and consolidated cash flow statement present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Genetic Technologies Limited and its subsidiaries at June 30, 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the period ended June 30, 2010 in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.  These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.  We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

Our audit of the consolidated financial statements of Genetic Technologies Limited and its subsidiaries was conducted for the purpose of forming an opinion on the consolidated financial statements taken as a whole.  The Company has included parent entity only information in the notes to the financial statements.  Such parent entity only information is presented for purposes of additional analysis and is not a requirement of the consolidated financial statements presented in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.  Such information has been subjected to the auditing procedures applied in the audit of the consolidated financial statements and, in our opinion, is fairly stated in all material respects in relation to the consolidated financial statements taken as a whole.

 

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 2 to the financial statements, the Company has suffered recurring losses from operations that raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 2.  The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

 

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers

Melbourne, Victoria, Australia

December 17, 2010

 

F-1



Table of Contents

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

For the year ended June 30, 2010

 

Australian dollars

 

Notes

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Revenue from continuing operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Genetic testing services

 

 

 

4,915,528

 

4,599,286

 

3,918,692

 

Reproductive services

 

 

 

890,030

 

782,803

 

 

Total revenue from continuing operations

 

 

 

5,805,558

 

5,382,089

 

3,918,692

 

Less: cost of sales

 

6

 

(2,716,657

)

(2,203,839

)

 

Gross profit from continuing operations

 

 

 

3,088,901

 

3,178,250

 

3,918,692

 

Other revenue

 

4

 

3,951,178

 

6,012,014

 

11,689,120

 

Other income

 

5

 

213,808

 

787,529

 

276,606

 

Less: borrowing costs

 

 

 

(100,422

)

(89,499

)

(66,763

)

Less: other expenses

 

6

 

(16,508,674

)

(17,746,615

)

(21,269,293

)

Loss before income tax expense

 

 

 

(9,355,209

)

(7,858,321

)

(5,451,638

)

Income tax expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss for the year

 

 

 

(9,355,209

)

(7,858,321

)

(5,451,638

)

Other comprehensive income/(loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Realized gain on sale of available-for-sale investments transferred from reserve

 

 

 

(170,000

)

 

 

Unrealized gain on available-for-sale investments

 

 

 

 

170,000

 

 

Exchange gains/(losses) on translation of controlled foreign operations

 

21

 

(8,623

)

(13,408

)

(32,624

)

Exchange gains/(losses) on translation of non-controlled foreign operations

 

23

 

3,404

 

6,133

 

(9,161

)

Other comprehensive income/(loss) for the year, net of tax

 

 

 

(175,219

)

162,725

 

(41,785

)

Total comprehensive loss for the year

 

 

 

(9,530,428

)

(7,695,596

)

(5,493,423

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss for the year is attributable to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owners of Genetic Technologies Limited

 

 

 

(9,343,766

)

(7,841,073

)

(5,446,089

)

Non-controlling interests

 

 

 

(11,443

)

(17,248

)

(5,549

)

Total loss for the year

 

 

 

(9,355,209

)

(7,858,321

)

(5,451,638

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss for the year is attributable to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owners of Genetic Technologies Limited

 

 

 

(9,522,389

)

(7,684,481

)

(5,478,713

)

Non-controlling interests

 

 

 

(8,039

)

(11,115

)

(14,710

)

Total comprehensive loss for the year

 

 

 

(9,530,428

)

(7,695,596

)

(5,493,423

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per share attributable to owners of the Company:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic loss per share (cents per share)

 

8

 

(2.5

)

(2.1

)

(1.5

)

Diluted loss per share (cents per share)

 

8

 

(2.5

)

(2.1

)

(1.5

)

 

F-2



Table of Contents

 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

As at June 30, 2010

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Australian dollars

 

Notes

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

9

 

3,306,311

 

7,826,902

 

Trade and other receivables

 

10

 

754,657

 

1,829,239

 

Prepayments and other assets

 

11

 

369,535

 

446,825

 

Performance bond and deposits

 

12

 

71,658

 

200

 

Total current assets

 

 

 

4,502,161

 

10,103,166

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available-for-sale investments

 

13

 

 

255,000

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

14

 

1,977,826

 

3,010,025

 

Intangible assets and goodwill

 

15

 

1,799,585

 

4,609,540

 

Total non-current assets

 

 

 

3,777,411

 

7,874,565

 

Total assets

 

 

 

8,279,572

 

17,977,731

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade and other payables

 

16

 

1,195,673

 

2,158,557

 

Interest-bearing liabilities

 

17

 

382,640

 

373,444

 

Deferred revenue

 

18

 

194,441

 

229,008

 

Provisions

 

19

 

706,189

 

1,018,376

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

 

2,478,943

 

3,779,385

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provisions

 

19

 

82,933

 

86,301

 

Total non-current liabilities

 

 

 

82,933

 

86,301

 

Total liabilities

 

 

 

2,561,876

 

3,865,686

 

Net assets

 

 

 

5,717,696

 

14,112,045

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contributed equity

 

20

 

72,378,105

 

71,285,663

 

Reserves

 

21

 

1,529,142

 

1,701,899

 

Accumulated losses

 

22

 

(68,374,028

)

(59,030,262

)

Parent entity interest

 

 

 

5,533,219

 

13,957,300

 

Minority interests

 

23

 

184,477

 

154,745

 

Total equity

 

 

 

5,717,696

 

14,112,045

 

 

F-3



Table of Contents

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

For the year ended June 30, 2010

 

Attributable to Members of Genetic Technologies Limited

 

Consolidated

 

Contributed

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

Parent

 

Minority

 

 

 

Australian dollars

 

equity

 

Reserves

 

losses

 

interests

 

interests

 

Total equity

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

At June 30, 2007

 

70,243,996

 

1,456,895

 

(45,743,100

)

25,957,791

 

145,018

 

26,102,809

 

Total comprehensive loss

 

 

(32,624

)

(5,446,089

)

(5,478,713

)

(14,710

)

(5,493,423

)

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share-based payments

 

 

164,533

 

 

164,533

 

 

164,533

 

Share of issued capital

 

 

 

 

 

11,154

 

11,154

 

 

 

 

164,533

 

 

164,533

 

11,154

 

175,687

 

At June 30, 2008

 

70,243,996

 

1,588,804

 

(51,189,189

)

20,643,611

 

141,462

 

20,785,073

 

Total comprehensive loss

 

 

156,592

 

(7,841,073

)

(7,684,481

)

(11,115

)

(7,695,596

)

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contributions of equity

 

1,041,667

 

 

 

1,041,667

 

 

1,041,667

 

Share-based payments

 

 

(43,497

)

 

(43,497

)

 

(43,497

)

Share of issued capital

 

 

 

 

 

24,398

 

24,398

 

 

 

1,041,667

 

(43,497

)

 

998,170

 

24,398

 

1,022,568

 

At June 30, 2009

 

71,285,663

 

1,701,899

 

(59,030,262

)

13,957,300

 

154,745

 

14,112,045

 

Total comprehensive loss

 

 

(178,623

)

(9,343,766

)

(9,522,389

)

(8,039

)

(9,530,428

)

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contributions of equity

 

1,092,442

 

 

 

1,092,442

 

 

1,092,442

 

Share-based payments

 

 

5,866

 

 

5,866

 

 

5,866

 

Share of issued capital

 

 

 

 

 

37,771

 

37,771

 

 

 

1,092,442

 

5,866

 

 

1,098,308

 

37,771

 

1,136,079

 

At June 30, 2010

 

72,378,105

 

1,529,142

 

(68,374,028

)

5,533,219

 

184,477

 

5,717,696

 

 

F-4



Table of Contents

 

CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENT

For the year ended June 30, 2010

 

Australian dollars

 

Notes

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Cash flows used in operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Receipts from customers

 

 

 

10,116,896

 

9,216,374

 

12,961,170

 

Payments to suppliers and employees

 

 

 

(14,594,197

)

(15,224,721

)

(13,642,885

)

Interest received

 

 

 

216,549

 

585,776

 

919,447

 

Interest paid

 

 

 

(42,128

)

(39,267

)

(32,038

)

Other receipts

 

 

 

 

469,430

 

217,076

 

Refund of performance bond

 

 

 

 

68,917

 

 

Net cash flows used in operating activities

 

9

 

(4,302,880

)

(4,923,491

)

422,770

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows used in investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from the sale of available-for-sale investments

 

 

 

295,195

 

 

 

Proceeds from the sale of plant and equipment

 

 

 

4,977

 

338,269

 

70,611

 

Purchase of assets associated with BREVAGen TM  breast cancer test

 

 

 

(952,480

)

 

 

Purchase of non-coding patents

 

 

 

(242,379

)

 

 

Purchases of plant and equipment

 

 

 

(144,796

)

(213,300

)

(118,010

)

Investment in Frozen Puppies Dot Com Pty. Ltd.

 

 

 

 

(469,730

)

 

Costs incurred on acquisition of subsidiary

 

 

 

 

(8,430

)

 

Net cash flows used in investing activities

 

 

 

(1,039,483

)

(353,191

)

(47,399

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from / (used) in financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net proceeds from the issue of shares

 

 

 

1,011,650

 

 

 

Repayment of hire purchase principal

 

 

 

(225,407

)

(192,591

)

(528,899

)

Net cash flows from / (used) in financing activities

 

 

 

786,243

 

(192,591

)

(528,899

)

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

(4,556,120

)

(5,469,273

)

(153,528

)

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

 

 

 

7,826,902

 

13,370,772

 

13,783,750

 

Net foreign exchange difference

 

 

 

35,529

 

(74,597

)

(259,450

)

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

 

9

 

3,306,311

 

7,826,902

 

13,370,772

 

 

F-5



Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

For the year ended June 30, 2010

 

1.                   CORPORATE INFORMATION

 

The Financial Report of Genetic Technologies Limited (the “Company”) for the year ended 30 June 2010 was authorized for issue in accordance with a resolution of the Directors dated September 28, 2010.  Genetic Technologies Limited is incorporated in Australia and is a company limited by shares.

 

The Company’s ordinary shares are publicly traded on the Australian Securities Exchange under the symbol GTG and, via Level II American Depositary Receipts, on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the ticker GENE.

 

2.                   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

(a)               Basis of preparation

 

This general purpose Financial Report has been prepared in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards, other authoritative pronouncements of the Australian Accounting Standards Board and the Corporations Act 2001.

 

Compliance with IFRS

 

The Financial Report complies with Australian Accounting Standards as issued by the Australian Accounting Standards Board and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

 

Historical cost convention

 

These financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, as modified by the measurement of the available-for-sale investments at fair value.

 

Going concern basis

 

During the financial year, the consolidated entity incurred a total comprehensive loss after income tax of $9,530,428 (2009: $7,695,596) and net cash outflows from operations of $4,302,880 (2009: $4,923,491).  As at June 30, 2010, the consolidated entity held cash reserves of $3,306,311.

 

Given the net cash outflows from operations incurred during the year ended June 30, 2010 and the Company’s available cash reserves as at that date, the Directors have undertaken an assessment of the Company’s continued ability to pay its debts as and when they fall due and to remain as a going concern.  As part of this assessment, the Directors have had regard to the Company’s cash flow forecasts for the twelve month period from the date of this Financial Report.

 

There is uncertainty in the Company’s cash flow forecasts in relation to the timing and quantum of licensing revenue. However, the Directors believe that the consolidated entity will be able to maintain sufficient cash reserves through a range of available options, which include:

 

·              Generation of additional funds from the granting of further “non-coding” licenses as part of Company’s out-licensing and assertion programs;

 

·              The sale of new genetic tests, including the new BREVAGen TM  test in the USA and Europe;

 

·              Deferment of the expenditure associated with the roll-out of the BREVAGen TM  test in the USA such that material costs are only incurred once sufficient funds become available;

 

·              Continuation of cost containment strategies currently in progress;

 

·              The possible raising of debt funds to be repaid from the Company’s existing future royalty and annuity streams; and

 

·              If necessary, fundraising from the issue of new shares in the Company and/or the sale of non-core and surplus assets.

 

As a result of the above, there is material uncertainty as to the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

 

After taking into account all available information, the Directors have concluded that there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Company will be able to pay its debts as and when they fall due and that the basis of preparation of the Financial Report on a going concern basis is appropriate.

 

Accordingly, no adjustments have been made to the Financial Report relating to the recoverability and classification of the asset carrying amounts or the amounts and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should the Company not be able to continue as a going concern.

 

F-6



Table of Contents

 

2.                   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

 

(a)               Basis of preparation (cont.)

 

Significant accounting estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates.  It also requires Management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies.  The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the financial statements, are disclosed in Note 3.

 

Financial statement presentation

 

The Group has applied the revised AASB 101 Presentation of Financial Statements which became effective on January 1, 2009.  The revised standard requires the separate presentation of a statement of comprehensive income and a statement of changes in equity.  All non-owner changes in equity must now be presented in the statement of comprehensive income.  As a consequence, the Group had to change the presentation of its financial statements. Comparative information has been re-presented so that it is also in conformity with the revised standard.

 

(b)               New accounting standards and interpretations

 

In respect of the year ended June 30, 2010, the Group has assessed all new accounting standards mandatory for adoption during the current year, noting no new standards which would have a material affect on the disclosure in these financial statements.  There has been no affect on the profit and loss or the financial position of the Group.

 

Certain new accounting standards and interpretations have been published that are not mandatory for June 30, 2010 reporting periods.  The Group’s and the parent entity’s assessment of the impact of these new standards and interpretations is set out below.

 

·              IFRS 2009-8 Amendments to International Accounting Standards — Group Cash-Settled Share-Based Payment  Transactions [IFRS 2] (effective for all accounting periods commencing on or after January 1, 2010)

 

The amendments made by the IASC to IFRS 2 confirm that an entity receiving goods or services in a group share-based payment arrangement must recognize an expense for those goods or services regardless of which entity in the group settles the transaction or whether the transaction is settled in shares or cash.  They also clarify how the group share-based payment arrangement should be measured, that is, whether it is measured as an equity- or a cash-settled transaction.  The Group will apply these amendments retrospectively for the financial reporting period commencing on July 1, 2010.  There will be no impact on the Group’s or the parent entity’s financial statements.

 

·              IFRS 2009-10 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards — Classification of Rights Issues [IAS 32] (effective for all accounting periods commencing on or after February 1, 2010)

 

In October 2009, the IASC issued an amendment to IAS 32 Financial Instruments: Presentation which addresses the accounting for rights issues that are denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of the issuer.  Provided certain conditions are met, such rights issues are now classified as equity regardless of the currency in which the exercise price is denominated.  Previously, these issues had to be accounted for as derivative liabilities.  The amendment must be applied retrospectively in accordance with IAS 8 Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors. The Group will apply the amended standard from July 1, 2010.  As the Group has not made any such rights issues, the amendment will not have any effect on the Group’s or the parent entity’s financial statements.

 

·             IFRS 7 Financial Instruments and IFRS 2009-11 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards arising from IFRS 7 (effective from January 1, 2013)

 

IFRS 7 Financial Instruments addresses the classification and measurement of financial assets and is likely to affect the group’s accounting for its financial assets. The standard is not applicable until January 1, 2013 but is available for early adoption.  The Group is yet to assess its full impact. However, initial indications are that it may affect the Group’s accounting for its available-for-sale financial assets, since IFRS 7 only permits the recognition of fair value gains and losses in other comprehensive income if they relate to equity investments that are not held for trading.  Fair value gains and losses on available-for-sale debt investments, for example, will therefore have to be recognized directly in profit or loss. In the current reporting period, the Group recognized no such gains or losses in other comprehensive income (2009: $170,000).  The Group has not yet decided when to adopt 1FRS 7.

 

F-7



Table of Contents

 

2.                   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

 

(b)               New accounting standards and interpretations (cont.)

 

·              Revised IAS 24 Related Party Disclosures and IFRS 2009-12 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards (effective from January 1, 2011)

 

In December 2009, the IASC issued a revised IAS 24 Related Party Disclosures.  It is effective for accounting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2011 and must be applied retrospectively.  The amendment removes the requirement for government-related entities to disclose details of all transactions with the government and other government-related entities and clarifies and simplifies the definition of a related party.  The group will apply the amended standard from July 1, 2011.  When the amendments are applied, the Group and the parent entity will need to disclose any transactions between its subsidiaries and its associates.  However, it has yet to put systems into place to capture the necessary information.  It is therefore not possible to disclose the financial impact, if any, of the amendment on the related party disclosures.

 

·              IFRIC Interpretation 19 Extinguishing financial liabilities with equity instruments and IFRS 2009-13 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards arising from Interpretation 19 (effective from July 1, 2010)

 

IFRIC Interpretation 19 clarifies the accounting when an entity renegotiates the terms of its debt with the result that the liability is extinguished by the debtor issuing its own equity instruments to the creditor (debt for equity swap).  It requires a gain or loss to be recognized in profit or loss which is measured as the difference between the carrying amount of the financial liability and the fair value of the equity instruments issued. The Group will apply the interpretation from July 1, 2010.  It is not expected to have any impact on the Group’s or the parent entity’s financial statements since it is only retrospectively applied from the beginning of the earliest period presented (July 1, 2009) and the group has not entered into any debt for equity swaps since that date.

 

These are the only changes which are expected to be of relevance to the Group.

 

(c)               Basis of consolidation

 

The consolidated financial statements comprise the financial statements of Genetic Technologies Limited and its subsidiaries (collectively the “Group”).  The financial statements of subsidiaries are prepared for the same reporting period as the parent, using consistent accounting policies.  Adjustments are made to bring into line any dissimilar accounting policies that may exist.  All intercompany balances and transactions, including unrealized profits arising from intra-group transactions, have been eliminated in full. Unrealized losses are eliminated unless costs cannot be recovered.

 

Subsidiaries are consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group and cease to be consolidated from the date on which control is transferred out of the Group. Where there is loss of control of a subsidiary, the consolidated financial statements include the results for the part of the reporting period during which Genetic Technologies Limited has control.  Minority interests represent the interests not held by the Group in Gtech International Resources Limited, ImmunAid Pty. Ltd. and AgGenomics Pty. Ltd.

 

(d)               Foreign currency translation

 

Both the functional and presentation currency of Genetic Technologies Limited and its Australian subsidiaries is the Australian dollar (AUD).  Transactions in foreign currencies are initially recorded in the functional currency at the exchange rates ruling at the date of the transaction.  Monetary assets and liabilities which are denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at the rate of exchange ruling at the balance sheet date.  All differences are taken to the statement of comprehensive income.

 

Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rate ruling at the date of the initial transaction.  Non-monetary items measured at fair value in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates ruling at the date when the fair value was determined.

 

The functional currencies of the Company’s five overseas subsidiaries are as follows:

 

Gtech International Resources Limited — Canadian dollars (CAD)

Genetic Technologies (Beijing) Limited — Chinese yuan (CNY)

GeneType AG — Swiss francs (CHF)

GeneType Corporation — United States dollars (USD)

Phenogen Sciences Inc. — United States dollars (USD)

 

As at the reporting date, the assets and liabilities of these overseas subsidiaries are translated into the presentation currency of Genetic Technologies Limited at the rate of exchange ruling at the balance sheet date and the statement of comprehensive income are translated at the weighted average exchange rates for the period. The exchange differences arising on the retranslation are taken directly to a separate component of equity.  On disposal of a foreign entity, the deferred cumulative amount recognized in equity relating to that particular foreign operation is recognized in the statement of comprehensive income.

 

F-8



Table of Contents

 

2.                   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

 

(e)               Fair value estimation

 

The fair value of financial instruments that are not traded in an active market (for example, non-listed equity securities classified as available-for-sale investments) is determined using valuation techniques, including the last price at which shares were issued to third parties, where amounts are reliably measured.  The Group uses various methods and makes assumptions that are based on market conditions existing at each balance date.  Information including quoted market prices and details of recent capital raisings is used to determine fair value for these remaining financial instruments.  Available-for-sale investments are measured at approximate market value, in cases where fair value cannot be reliably determined.

 

The carrying values less impairment provisions of trade receivables are assumed to approximate their fair values due to their short-term nature.

 

(f)                 Segment reporting

 

An operating segment is a component of the Group:

 

·              that engages in business activities from which it may earn revenues and incur expenses (including revenues and expenses relating to transactions with other components of the Group);

 

·              whose operating results are regularly reviewed by the Group’s chief operating decision maker to make decisions about resources to be allocated to the segment and assess its performance; and

 

·              for which discrete financial information is available.

 

The Group has adopted IAS 8: Operating Segments from July 1, 2008.  The new standard requires a “management approach” under which segment information is presented on the same basis as that used for internal reporting purposes.  This did not result in a change in the number of reportable segments presented.  In addition, the segments are reported in a manner that is consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision maker.  There has been no other impact on the measurement of the Company’s assets and liabilities.

 

(g)              Earnings per share

 

Basic EPS is calculated as the net loss attributable to members divided by the weighted average number of ordinary shares.

 

(h)              Parent entity financial information

 

The financial information for the parent entity, Genetic Technologies Limited, as disclosed in Note 34, has been prepared on the same basis as the consolidated financial statements, except as set out below:

 

Investments in, and loans to, subsidiaries

 

Investments in subsidiaries are accounted for at cost in the financial statements of Genetic Technologies Limited.  Loans to subsidiaries are written down to their recoverable value as at balance date.

 

Financial guarantees

 

As at balance date, the parent entity had agreed to fund by way of loan all of the operating expenses of ImmunAid Pty. Ltd. (a subsidiary) up to, and including, December 31, 2010 and that it would not seek repayment of the loan during that period.

 

(i)                 Finance costs

 

Finance costs are recognized as an expense when incurred.

 

F-9



Table of Contents

 

2.                   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

 

(j)                 Revenue recognition

 

Revenues are recognized to the extent that it is probable that the economic benefits will flow to the entity and the revenues can be reliably measured.  Revenues are recognized at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable net of the amounts of Goods and Services Tax (GST).  The following specific recognition criteria must also be met before revenue is recognized:

 

License fees received

 

License fee income is recorded on the execution of a binding agreement where the Group has no future obligations, income is fixed and determinable, and collection is reasonably assured. Consistent with the various license agreements, the Group does not grant refunds to its customers.  Refer also to Note 2(z).

 

Rendering of services

 

Revenues from the rendering of services are recognized when the services are provided and the fee for the services provided is recoverable.  Service arrangements are of short duration (in most cases less than three months).

 

Royalties and annuities received

 

The Company licenses the use of its patented genetic technologies.  Royalties and annuities arising from these licenses are recognized when earned in accordance with the substance of the agreement, in cases where no future performance is required by the Company and collection is reasonably assured.

 

Interest received

 

Revenue is recognized as the interest accrues using the effective interest method.  Interest charged on loans to related parties is charged on commercial and arm’s-length terms and conditions.

 

Research and development grants received

 

The Company receives non-refundable non-Government grants that assist it to fund specific research and development projects.  These grants generally provide for the reimbursement of approved costs incurred as defined in the various agreements.

 

(k)             Share-based payment transactions

 

The Group provides benefits to Group employees in the form of share-based payment transactions, whereby employees render services and receive rights over shares (“equity-settled transactions”).  There is currently an Employee Option Plan in place to provide these benefits to executives and employees and the cost of these transactions is measured by reference to the fair value at the date they are granted.

 

The fair value of options granted is determined by Cape Leveque Securities Pty. Ltd., an independent valuer, using a Black-Scholes option pricing model.  Cape Leveque Securities Pty. Ltd. has consented to having its name included in this Report.

 

In valuing equity-settled transactions, no account is taken of any non-market performance conditions.  The cost of equity-settled transactions is recognized, together with a corresponding increase in equity, over the period in which the relevant vesting conditions are fulfilled, ending on the date that the relevant employees become fully entitled to the award (“vesting date”).

 

The cumulative expense recognized for equity-settled transactions at each reporting date until vesting date reflects (i) the extent to which the vesting period has expired; and (ii) the number of awards that, in the opinion of the Directors of the Group, will ultimately vest.  This opinion is formed based on the best information available at balance date.

 

No expense is recognized for any awards that do not ultimately vest.  Where the terms of an equity-settled award are modified, as a minimum an expense is recognized as if the terms had not been modified.  In addition, an expense is recognized for any increase in the value of the transaction as a result of the modification, as measured at the date of modification.  Where appropriate, the dilutive effect of outstanding options is reflected as additional share dilution in the computation of diluted earnings per share.

 

The Company’s policy is to treat the share options of terminated employees as forfeitures.

 

F-10



Table of Contents

 

2.                   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

 

(l)                 Income tax

 

The income tax expense or revenue for the period is the tax payable on the current period’s taxable income based on the national income tax rate for each jurisdiction adjusted by changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities attributable to temporary differences and unused tax losses.

 

Deferred income tax is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the consolidated financial statements.  However, the deferred income tax is not accounted for if it arises from initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction other than a business combination that, at the time of the transaction, affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss.  Deferred income tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or substantially enacted by the balance sheet date and are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset is realised or the deferred income tax liability is settled.  Deferred tax assets are recognised for deductible temporary differences and unused tax losses only if it is probable that future taxable amounts will be available to utilise those temporary differences and losses.

 

Deferred tax liabilities and assets are not recognised for temporary differences between the carrying amount and tax bases of investments in controlled entities where the parent entity is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences and it is probable that the differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets and liabilities and when the deferred tax balances relate to the same taxation authority. Current tax assets and tax liabilities are offset where the entity has a legally enforceable right to offset and intends either to settle on a net basis, or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.  Current and deferred tax balances attributable to amounts recognised directly in equity are also recognised directly in equity.

 

Current and deferred tax is recognized in profit or loss, except to the extent that it relates to items recognized in other comprehensive income or directly in equity.  In this case, the tax is also recognized in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, respectively.

 

Tax consolidation legislation

 

Genetic Technologies Limited and its wholly-owned Australian-resident subsidiaries have implemented the tax consolidation legislation. The head entity, Genetic Technologies Limited, and the subsidiaries in the tax consolidated group account for their own current and deferred tax amounts.  These tax amounts are measured as if each entity in the tax consolidated group continues to be a stand alone taxpayer in its own right.

 

In addition to its own current and deferred tax amounts, Genetic Technologies Limited also recognises the current tax liabilities (or assets) and the deferred tax assets arising from unused tax losses and unused tax credits assumed from subsidiaries in the tax consolidated group.

 

Assets or liabilities arising under tax funding agreements with the tax consolidated entities are recognised as amounts receivable from or payable to other entities in the Group.  Details about the tax funding agreement are disclosed in Note 7. Any difference between the amounts assumed and amounts receivable or payable under the tax funding agreements are recognised as a contribution to (or distribution from) wholly-owned tax subsidiaries.

 

(m)           Withholding tax

 

The Group generates revenues from the granting of licenses to parties resident in overseas countries.  Such revenues may be subject to the deduction of local withholding tax.  In certain cases, these revenues are paid to the Group without appropriate withholding tax having been deducted.  Accordingly, the Group recognizes a provision in respect of the Directors’ best estimate of the amounts which may be payable.

 

(n)              Other taxes

 

Revenues, expenses and assets are recognized net of the amount of Goods and Services Tax (GST) except where the GST incurred on a purchase of goods and services is not recoverable from the taxation authority, in which case the GST is recognized as part of the cost of acquisition of the asset or as part of the expense item as applicable; and receivables and payables are stated with the amount of GST included.  The net amount of GST recoverable from, or payable to, the taxation authority is included as part of receivables or payables in the balance sheet.

 

Cash flows are included in the cash flow statement on a gross basis and the GST component of cash flows arising from investing and financing activities, which is recoverable from, or payable to, the taxation authority are classified as operating cash flows.

 

F-11



Table of Contents

 

2.                   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

 

(o)               Cash and cash equivalents

 

Cash and short-term deposits in the balance sheet comprise cash at bank and in hand and short-term deposits with an original maturity of three months or less.  For the purposes of the cash flow statement, cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and cash equivalents as defined above.  Cash at bank earns interest at floating rates based on daily bank deposit rates.  Short-term deposits are made for varying periods of between one day and three months, depending on the immediate cash requirements of the Group, and earn interest at the respective short-term deposit rates.

 

(p)               Trade and other receivables

 

Trade receivables, which are non-interest bearing and generally have terms of between 30 to 90 days, are recognized and carried at original invoice amount less an allowance for any uncollectible amounts.  An allowance for doubtful debts is made when there is objective evidence that a receivable is impaired.  Such evidence includes an assessment of the debtor’s ability and willingness to pay the amount due.  The amount of the allowance/impairment loss is measured as the difference between the carrying amount of the trade receivables and the estimated future cash flows expected to be received from the relevant debtors.  Details regarding interest rate and credit risk of current receivables are disclosed in Note 35.

 

(q)               Inventories

 

Inventories principally comprise laboratory and other supplies and are valued at the lower of cost and net realizable value.  Inventory costs are recognized as the purchase price of items from suppliers plus freight inwards and any applicable landing charges.  Costs are assigned on the basis of weighted average costs.

 

(r)               Restricted security deposits

 

Restricted security deposits include cash deposits held as security for the performance of certain contractual obligations.

 

(s)               Investments and other financial assets

 

All investments are initially recognized at cost, being the fair value of the consideration given plus directly attributable transaction costs.  After initial recognition, investments in subsidiaries are carried at cost, less any impairment disclosed in the separate financial statements of Genetic Technologies Limited.  Other investments, which are classified as available-for-sale, are measured at fair value if this can reliably be determined or at cost where fair value cannot be reliably determined.  Gains or losses on available-for-sale investments are recognized as a separate component of equity until the investment is sold, or otherwise disposed of, or until the investment is determined to be impaired, at which time the cumulative gain or loss previously reported in equity is included in the statement of comprehensive income.

 

Available-for-sale investments

 

Available-for-sale investments consist of investments in ordinary shares which have no fixed maturity date or coupon rate.  After initial recognition, available-for-sale securities are measured at fair value with gains or losses being recognized as a separate component of equity until such time as the investment is either derecognized or is determined to be impaired, at which time the cumulative gain or loss previously recognized in equity is recognized in profit or loss.  The fair values of investments that are actively traded in organized financial markets are determined by reference to the quoted market bid prices applicable as at the close of business on the balance sheet date.

 

The fair value of unlisted available-for-sale investments has been estimated using valuation techniques based on assumptions that are not supported by observable market prices or rates. Management believes the estimated fair values (where reliably measured) resulting from the valuation techniques and recorded in the balance sheet are reasonable and the most appropriate at the balance sheet date.  Any related changes in fair values are directly recorded in equity. Available-for-sale investments are measured at approximate market value, where fair value cannot be reliably determined.

 

(t)                 Property, plant and equipment

 

Plant and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and any impairment in value.  Depreciation is calculated on either a straight-line or diminishing value basis over the estimated useful life of the respective asset as follows:

 

Laboratory / veterinary equipment — 3 to 5 years

Computer equipment — 2 to 5 years

Office equipment — 2 to 5 years

Equipment under hire purchase — 3 years

Leasehold improvements — lease term, being between 4 and 10 years

 

Costs relating to day-to-day servicing of any item of property, plant and equipment, which may include the cost of small parts, are recognized in profit or loss as incurred.  The cost of replacing larger parts of some items of property, plant and equipment are capitalized when incurred and depreciated over the period until their next scheduled replacement.

 

F-12



Table of Contents

 

2.                   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

 

(u)              Intangible assets

 

Patents

 

Patents held by the Group are used in the licensing, testing and research areas and are carried at cost and amortized on a straight-line basis over their useful lives, being from 5 to 10 years.  External costs incurred in filing and protecting patent applications, for which no future benefit is reasonably assured, are expensed as incurred.

 

Research and development costs

 

Costs relating to research and development activities are expensed as incurred.  An intangible asset arising from development expenditure on an internal project is recognized only when the Group can demonstrate the technical feasibility of completing the intangible asset so that it will be available for use or sale, its intention to complete and its ability to use or sell the asset, how the asset will generate future economic benefits, the availability of resources to complete the development and the ability to measure reliably the expenditure attributable to the intangible asset during its development.  To date, all development costs have been expensed as incurred as their recoverability cannot be regarded as assured.

 

(v)                Goodwill

 

Goodwill on acquisition is initially measured at cost, being the excess of the cost of the business combination over the acquirer’s interest in the net fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities.  Following its initial recognition, goodwill is measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses.  Goodwill is not amortized.

 

Goodwill is reviewed for impairment at each reporting date, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired.  Impairment is determined by assessing the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to which the goodwill relates.  Where the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit is less than the carrying amount, an impairment loss is recognized.

 

Where goodwill forms part of a cash-generating unit and part of the operation within that unit is disposed of, the goodwill associated with the operation disposed of is included in the carrying amount of the operation when determining the gain or loss on disposal of the operation.  Goodwill disposed of in this circumstance is measured on the basis of the relative values of the operation disposed of and the portion of the cash-generating unit retained.

 

For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business combination is, from the acquisition date, allocated to each of the Group’s cash-generating units, or groups of cash-generating units, that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination, irrespective of whether other assets or liabilities of the Group are assigned to those units or groups of units.  Each unit or group of units to which the goodwill is so allocated represents the lowest level within the Group at which the goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes and is not larger than an operating segment in accordance with IFRS 8 (AASB 8) Operating Segments .

 

(w)             Impairment of assets (other than goodwill)

 

The Group assesses at each reporting date whether there is an indication that an asset may be impaired. If any such indication exists, the Group makes an estimate of the asset’s recoverable amount.  An asset’s recoverable amount is the higher of its fair value less costs to sell and its value in use and is determined for an individual asset, unless the asset does not generate cash inflows that are largely independent of those from other assets or groups of assets and the asset’s value-in-use cannot be estimated to be close to its fair value.  In such cases, the asset is tested for impairment as part of the cash-generating unit to which it belongs.  When the carrying amount of an asset or cash-generating unit exceeds its recoverable amount, the asset or cash-generating unit is considered impaired and is written down to its recoverable amount.

 

In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset.  Impairment losses relating to operations are recognized in those expense categories consistent with the function of the impaired asset unless the asset is carried at its revalued amount (in which case the impairment loss is treated as a revaluation decrease).

 

An assessment is made at each reporting date as to whether there is any indication that previously recognized impairment losses may no longer exist or may have decreased.  If such indication exists, the recoverable amount is estimated. A previously recognized impairment loss is reversed only if there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the asset’s recoverable amount since the last impairment loss was recognized. If so, the carrying amount of the asset is increased to its recoverable amount.  The increased amount cannot exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation, had no impairment loss been recognized for the asset in prior years.  Such reversal is recognized in profit or loss unless it reverses a decrement previously charged to equity, in which case the reversal is treated as a revaluation increase. After such a reversal, the depreciation charge is adjusted in future periods to allocate the asset’s revised carrying amount, less any residual value, on a systematic basis over its remaining useful life.

 

F-13



Table of Contents

 

2.                   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

 

(x)               Trade and other payables

 

Trade payables and other payables are carried at amortized cost and represent future liabilities for goods and services provided to the Group prior to the end of the financial year that are unpaid and arise when the Group becomes obliged to make future payments in respect of the purchase of these goods and services.  Trade payables and other payables generally have terms of between 30 and 60 days.

 

(y)               Leases and hire purchase agreements

 

Finance leases and hire purchase agreements, which transfer to the Group substantially all the risks and benefits incidental to ownership of the financed item, are capitalized at the inception of the lease at the fair value of the leased property or, if lower, at the present value of the minimum lease payments.

 

Lease and hire purchase payments are apportioned between finance charges and a reduction of the associated liability so as to achieve a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability.  Finance charges are recognized as an expense in profit or loss.  Capitalized leased assets and assets under hire purchase are depreciated over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the asset or the term of the agreement.  Leases where the lessor retains substantially all the risks and benefits of ownership of the asset are classified as operating leases.  Operating lease payments are recognized as an expense in the statement of comprehensive income on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

 

(z)               Deferred revenue

 

License revenues and annuities

 

License revenues received in respect of future accounting periods are deferred until the Company has fulfilled its obligations under the terms of the agreement.  Where deferred revenue relates to a license agreement with a specific term but the Company has no future performance obligations, the revenue is recognised on a straight-line accruals basis over the term in accordance with the substance of the agreements.  Where revenue has been deferred because the Company has future performance obligations, revenue is recognised as the Company’s performance obligations are satisfied.

 

Where a licence agreement provides for the payment of regular annuities to the Company and the licensee has the right to terminate the agreement prior to the payment of those annuities with no penalty, the Company does not recognise revenue until such time as the associated cash payments are received, as it is not considered probable that the benefits of the transaction will flow to the Company until cash collection is made.  Where such annuities are paid in advance, the revenue is allocated on a pro-rata basis with the balance being reflected in the balance sheet as a deferred revenue liability.

 

Genetic testing and reproductive services revenues

 

The Company operates facilities which provide genetic testing and reproductive services.  The Company recognises revenue from the provision of these services when the services have been completed.  Fees received in advance of the testing process or reproductive service are deferred until such time as the Company completes its performance obligations.

 

Grant revenues

 

Grants are recognized when there is reasonable assurance that the grant will be received and all attaching conditions will be complied with.  When the grant relates to an expense item, it is recognized as income over the periods necessary to match the grant on a systematic basis to the costs that it is intended to compensate.  When the grant relates to an asset, the fair value is credited to a deferred income account and is released to the statement of comprehensive income over the expected useful life of the relevant asset by equal annual instalments.

 

(aa)         Provisions

 

Provisions are recognized when the Group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, it is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation.  Where the Group expects some or all of a provision to be reimbursed, the reimbursement is recognized as a separate asset but only when the reimbursement is virtually certain.  The expense relating to any provision is presented in the statement of comprehensive income net of any reimbursement.

 

If the effect of the time value of money is material, provisions are determined by discounting the expected future cash flows at a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and, where appropriate, the risks specific to the liability.  Where discounting is used, the increase in the provision due to the passage of time is recognized as a finance cost.

 

F-14



Table of Contents

 

2.                   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

 

(ab)         Employee benefits

 

Provision is made for employee benefits accumulated as a result of employees rendering services up to the reporting date.  These benefits include wages and salaries, annual leave and long service leave.  Liabilities arising in respect of wages and salaries, annual leave and any other employee benefits expected to be settled within twelve months of the reporting date are measured at their nominal amounts based on remuneration rates which are expected to be paid when the liability is settled.  All other employee benefit liabilities are measured at the present value of the estimated future cash outflow to be made in respect of services provided by employees up to the reporting date using the projected unit credit method.  Any unused sick leave is forfeited and not accumulated at year end.  Expenses for non-accumulating sick leave are recognized when the leave is taken during the year and are measured at rates paid or payable.

 

In determining the present value of future cash outflows, the market yield as at the reporting date on national government bonds, which have terms to maturity approximating the terms of the related liability, are used.  Employee benefits expenses and revenues arising in respect of wages and salaries, non-monetary benefits, annual leave, long service leave and other leave benefits and other types of employee benefits are recognized against profits on a net basis in their respective categories.

 

(ac)         Contributed equity

 

Issued and paid up capital is recognized at the fair value of the consideration received by the Company. Any transaction costs arising on the issue of ordinary shares are recognized directly in equity as a deduction, net of tax, of the share proceeds received.  The Company has a share-based payment option plan under which options to subscribe for the Company’s shares have been granted to certain executives and other employees (refer Note 28).

 

(ad)         Reclassifications

 

Certain reclassifications have been made in the financial statements to ensure that prior year comparatives conform to current year presentations.

 

(ae)         Business combinations

 

The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for all business combinations, including business combinations involving entities or businesses under common control, regardless of whether equity instruments or other assets are acquired.  The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary comprises the fair values of the assets transferred, the liabilities incurred and the equity interests issued by the Group.  The consideration transferred also includes the fair value of any contingent consideration arrangement and the fair value of any pre-existing equity interest in the subsidiary.  Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are, with limited exceptions, measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date.  On an acquisition-by-acquisition basis, the Group recognizes any non-controlling interest in the acquiree either at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the acquiree’s net identifiable assets.

 

The excess of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the acquisition-date fair value of any previous equity interest in the acquiree over the fair value of the Group’s share of the net identifiable assets acquired is recorded as goodwill.  If those amounts are less than the fair value of the net identifiable assets of the subsidiary acquired and the measurement of all amounts has been reviewed, the difference is recognized directly in profit or loss as a bargain purchase. Where settlement of any part of cash consideration is deferred, the amounts payable in the future are discounted to their present value as at the date of exchange. The discount rate used is the entity’s incremental borrowing rate, being the rate at which a similar borrowing could be obtained from an independent financier under comparable terms and conditions.

 

Change in accounting policy

 

A revised AASB 3: Business Combinations became operative on July 1, 2009.  While the revised standard continues to apply the acquisition method to business combinations, there have been some significant changes.

 

All purchase consideration is now recorded at fair value at the acquisition date.  Contingent payments classified as debt are subsequently remeasured through profit or loss.  Under the Group’s previous policy, contingent payments were only recognized when the payments were probable and could be measured reliably and were accounted for as an adjustment to the cost of acquisition.

 

Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred.  Previously, they were recognized as part of the cost of acquisition and therefore included in goodwill.

 

F-15



Table of Contents

 

3.                   SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS

 

Estimates and judgements are evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that may have a financial impact on the Company and that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.

 

(a)               Significant accounting estimates and assumptions

 

The carrying amounts of certain assets and liabilities are often determined based on estimates and assumptions of future events.  The key estimates and assumptions that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying value of certain assets and liabilities within the next annual reporting period are set out below.

 

Impairment of intangible assets and goodwill

 

The Group determines whether intangible assets with indefinite useful lives, including goodwill, are impaired on at least a bi-annual basis , in accordance with the accounting policies stated in Notes 2(v) and 2(w) .  This process requires an estimation to be made of the recoverable amount of the cash-generating units to which the respective assets are allocated.

 

Income and withholding taxes

 

The Group is subject to income and withholding taxes in both Australia and jurisdictions where it has foreign operations. Significant judgement is required in determining the worldwide provision for income and withholding taxes.  There are many transactions and calculations undertaken during the ordinary course of business for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain.  Where the final outcome of these matters is different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such differences will impact the current, deferred and withholding tax provisions in the period in which such determination is made (refer Notes 2(l), 2(m) and 2(n)).  In addition, the Group has considered the recognition of deferred tax assets relating to carried forward tax losses to the extent there are sufficient taxable temporary differences (deferred tax liabilities) relating to the same taxation authority and the same subsidiary against which the unused tax losses can be utilised.  However, utilisation of the tax losses also depends on the ability of the entity to satisfy certain tests at the time the losses are recouped.

 

Share-based payments transactions

 

The Group measures the cost of equity-settled transactions with employees by reference to the value of the equity instruments at the date on which they are granted.  The fair value is determined by an independent valuer using a Black-Scholes options pricing model.

 

Useful lives of assets

 

The estimation of the useful lives of assets has been based on historical experience as well as lease terms (for leased equipment) and patent terms (for patents).  In addition, the condition of the assets is assessed at least annually and considered against the remaining useful life and adjustments to useful lives are made when considered necessary.  Depreciation and amortization expenses are detailed in Note 6.

 

(b)               Significant judgements in applying the entity’s accounting policies

 

Research and development costs

 

An intangible asset arising from development expenditure on an internal project is recognized only when the Group can demonstrate the technical feasibility of completing the intangible asset so that it will be available for use or sale, its intention to complete and its ability to use or sell the asset, how the asset will generate future economic benefits, the availability of resources to complete the development and the ability to measure reliably the expenditure attributable to the intangible asset during its development.

 

To date, all development costs have been expensed as incurred as their recoverability cannot be regarded as assured. In addition to the costs incurred by the Company’s research and development group, costs of clinical trials are also included.  The costs of research and development are expensed in full in the period in which they are incurred.  The Group will only capitalize its development expenses when the specific milestones are met and when the Group is able to demonstrate that future economic benefits are probable.

 

F-16



Table of Contents

 

4.               OTHER REVENUE

 

Australian dollars

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

License fees received

 

2,058,303

 

3,693,866

 

9,817,710

 

Royalties and annuities received

 

1,681,444

 

1,697,848

 

913,033

 

Interest received

 

211,431

 

589,594

 

920,299

 

Rental recovery

 

 

30,613

 

31,945

 

Miscellaneous revenue

 

 

93

 

6,133

 

Total other revenue

 

3,951,178

 

6,012,014

 

11,689,120

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5      OTHER INCOME

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net gain on disposal of available-for-sale investments

 

210,195

 

 

 

Net foreign exchange gains

 

10,517

 

68,007

 

 

Net gain / (loss) on disposal of plant and equipment

 

(6,904

)

100,811

 

17,608

 

Grants received and related income

 

 

338,724

 

178,998

 

Net gain on disposal of joint venture interest

 

 

185,000

 

 

Reversal of provision for rehabilitation expenses

 

 

94,987

 

 

Write-back of provision for diminution of loan

 

 

 

80,000

 

Total other income

 

213,808

 

787,529

 

276,606

 

Net (loss) / gain on disposal of plant and equipment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from sale

 

4,977

 

338,269

 

70,611

 

Less: carrying value at date of sale

 

(11,881

)

(237,458

)

(53,003

)

Net (loss) / gain on disposal of plant and equipment

 

(6,904

)

100,811

 

17,608

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.     EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of sales

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Inventories used

 

2,038,646

 

1,524,881

 

 

Direct labor costs

 

442,435

 

501,785

 

 

Inventories written off

 

235,576

 

177,173

 

 

Total cost of sales

 

2,716,657

 

2,203,839

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employee benefits expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wages and salaries

 

4,117,094

 

4,206,580

 

4,255,535

 

Consulting fees

 

653,626

 

763,490

 

863,538

 

Superannuation

 

358,977

 

382,666

 

368,978

 

Payroll tax

 

232,591

 

266,783

 

213,077

 

Directors’ fees

 

212,371

 

286,194

 

316,260

 

Staff recruitment, training, amenities and other expenses

 

180,628

 

132,841

 

255,964

 

Termination benefits

 

118,529

 

345,000

 

82,500

 

Fringe benefits tax

 

40,236

 

67,940

 

36,841

 

Workers’ compensation costs

 

25,687

 

31,552

 

11,740

 

Share-based payments expense / (credit)

 

5,866

 

(43,497

)

164,533

 

Total employee benefits expenses

 

5,945,605

 

6,439,549

 

6,568,966

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impairment losses and other write-downs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impairment loss on goodwill

 

1,264,603

 

 

 

Impairment loss on plant and equipment

 

493,061

 

 

 

Net bad debts written down / off

 

22,637

 

72,066

 

 

Impairment loss on inventories

 

6,232

 

 

 

Impairment loss on available-for-sale investments

 

 

245,959

 

 

Impairment loss on patents

 

 

 

2,378,000

 

Total impairment losses and other write-downs

 

1,786,533

 

318,025

 

2,378,000

 

 

F-17



Table of Contents

 

6.               EXPENSES (cont.)

 

Australian dollars

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization and depreciation expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Patents

 

2,821,002

 

2,947,337

 

3,544,000

 

Laboratory / veterinary equipment

 

537,759

 

726,704

 

670,417

 

Equipment under hire purchase

 

234,476

 

187,678

 

392,573

 

Computer equipment

 

51,747

 

78,890

 

113,129

 

Leasehold improvements

 

41,605

 

21,602

 

15,286

 

Office equipment

 

19,741

 

24,449

 

19,750

 

Motor vehicles

 

 

1,336

 

 

Total amortization and depreciation expenses

 

3,706,330

 

3,987,996

 

4,755,155

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

General expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Legal and patent fees

 

1,257,145

 

1,386,393

 

873,854

 

Administration expenses

 

979,006

 

1,304,682

 

839,226

 

Rent and outgoings

 

718,593

 

584,980

 

533,644

 

Royalties, license fees and commissions paid

 

399,318

 

354,684

 

889,520

 

Other laboratory and veterinary expenses

 

357,464

 

748,254

 

1,599,644

 

Marketing and promotion expenses

 

340,630

 

272,726

 

221,644

 

Contract research and trial expenses

 

90,000

 

1,209,260

 

1,267,748

 

Reversal of provision

 

(370,346

)

 

 

Net foreign exchange losses

 

 

 

254,954

 

Other expenses

 

1,298,396

 

1,140,066

 

1,086,938

 

Total general expenses

 

5,070,206

 

7,001,045

 

7,567,172

 

Total other expenses

 

16,508,674

 

17,746,615

 

21,269,293

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.     INCOME TAX

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reconciliation of income tax expense t o prima facie tax payable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss before income tax expense

 

(9,355,209

)

(7,858,321

)

(5,451,638

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax at the Australian tax rate of 30% (2009: 30%)

 

(2,806,563

)

(2,357,496

)

(1,635,491

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax effect amounts which are not deductible / (taxable) in calculating taxable income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impairment losses and other write-downs

 

535,960

 

 

 

Share-based payments (credit) / expense

 

1,760

 

(13,049

)

49,360

 

Research and development expenses

 

(445,951

)

(300,000

)

(300,000

)

Withholding tax expense

 

19,165

 

26,886

 

28,357

 

Other non-deductible items

 

3,330

 

3,559

 

8,704

 

 

 

(2,692,299

)

(2,640,100

)

(1,849,070

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax effect of adjustments relating to temporary differences

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization and depreciation expenses

 

1,111,899

 

1,196,399

 

1,894,372

 

Net movements in provisions

 

386,783

 

(7,579

)

44,145

 

Settlement proceeds from Applera Corporation

 

(183,426

)

(614,162

)

(317,141

)

Other

 

 

(117,256

)

(5,964

)

Tax losses not recognized

 

1,377,043

 

2,182,698

 

233,658

 

Income tax expense

 

 

 

 

 

F-18



Table of Contents

 

7.     INCOME TAX (cont.)

 

Australian dollars

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current tax

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax

 

 

 

 

Aggregate income tax expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred revenue

 

58,332

 

68,702

 

41,682

 

Applera settlement

 

739,421

 

922,847

 

1,537,010

 

Intangible assets

 

927,311

 

562,004

 

 

Doubtful debts

 

30,750

 

33,900

 

 

Amortization of hire purchase assets

 

234,476

 

187,678

 

392,573

 

Provisions

 

236,737

 

590,645

 

554,239

 

Total deferred tax assets

 

2,227,027

 

2,365,776

 

2,525,504

 

Deferred tax assets on temporary differences not brought to account

 

 

 

(223,898

)

Deferred tax assets on temporary differences not brought to account

 

(2,227,027

)

(2,365,776

)

(2,301,606

)

Total net deferred tax assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Intangible assets

 

 

 

(223,898

)

Aggregate income tax expense

 

 

 

(223,898

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unused tax losses for which no deferred tax asset has been recognized

 

31,890,137

 

26,291,400

 

21,290,385

 

Deferred tax asset @ 30%

 

9,567,041

 

7,887,420

 

6,387,116

 

 

Subject to the Group continuing to meet relevant statutory tests, the tax losses are available for offset against future taxable income.  As at balance date, there are unconfirmed tax losses with a benefit of approximately $9,567,041 (2009: $7,887,420) that have not been recognized as a deferred tax asset to the Group.  These unrecognized deferred tax assets will only be obtained if:

 

(a)               The Group companies derive future assessable income of a nature and amount sufficient to enable the benefits to be realized;

 

(b)             The Group companies continue to comply with the conditions for deductibility imposed by the law; and

 

(c)               No changes in tax legislation adversely affect the Group companies from realizing the benefit.

 

Tax consolidation legislation

 

Genetic Technologies Limited and its wholly-owned Australian subsidiaries implemented the tax consolidation legislation as from July 1, 2003.  The accounting policy in relation to this legislation is set out in Note 2(l).  The entities in the tax consolidated group have entered into a Tax Sharing Agreement which, in the opinion of the Directors, limits the joint and several liabilities of the wholly-owned entities in the case of a default by the head entity, Genetic Technologies Limited.

 

The entities have also entered into a Tax Funding Agreement under which the wholly-owned entities fully compensate Genetic Technologies Limited for any current tax payable assumed and are compensated by Genetic Technologies Limited for any current tax receivable and deferred tax assets relating to unused tax losses or unused tax credits that are transferred to Genetic Technologies Limited under the tax consolidation legislation.  The funding amounts are determined by reference to the amounts recognised in the subsidiaries’ financial statements.  The amounts receivable or payable under the Tax Funding Agreement are due upon receipt of the funding advice from the head entity, which is issued as soon as practicable after the end of each financial year.

 

As at June 30, 2010, there are no unrecognized temporary differences associated with the Group’s investments in subsidiaries or joint venture, as the Group has no liability for additional taxation should unremitted earnings be remitted (2009: $nil).

 

F-19



Table of Contents

 

8.                   LOSS PER SHARE

 

The following reflects the income and share data used in the calculations of basic and diluted loss per share:

 

Australian dollars

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Loss for the year attributable to the owners of Genetic Technologies Limited

 

(9,343,766

)

(7,841,073

)

(5,451,638

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in calculating loss per share

 

380,965,204

 

373,906,149

 

362,389,899

 

 

None of the 3,300,000 (2009: 4,400,000) options outstanding as at the reporting date are considered to be dilutive for the purposes of calculating diluted loss per share and have therefore been excluded from the weighted average number of shares.

 

9.     CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

Australian dollars

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Reconciliation of cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash at bank and on hand

 

1,773,152

 

3,076,902

 

5,490,846

 

Short-term deposits

 

1,533,159

 

4,750,000

 

7,429,926

 

Current cash and cash equivalents

 

3,306,311

 

7,826,902

 

12,920,772

 

Current cash deposits (refer note)

 

 

 

450,000

 

Total cash and cash equivalents

 

3,306,311

 

7,826,902

 

13,370,772

 

 

Note:          As at June 30, 2008, cash amounting to $450,000 was held on deposit as security for a bank guarantee.

 

As at June 30, 2010 and June 30, 2009, cash amounting to $418,733 and $301,432, respectively, was held on deposit as security for the Group’s hire purchase obligations (refer Note 17).

 

Reconciliation of operating loss

 

Reconciliation of operating loss after income tax to net cash flows used in operating activities is as follows:

 

Operating loss after income tax

 

(9,355,209

)

(7,858,321

)

(5,451,638

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjust for non-cash items

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization and depreciation expenses

 

3,706,330

 

3,987,996

 

4,755,155

 

Share-based payments expense / (credit)

 

5,866

 

(43,497

)

164,533

 

Impairment losses and other write-downs

 

1,786,533

 

318,025

 

2,378,000

 

Net draw-downs under Applera settlement

 

 

(1,801,628

)

(602,395

)

Net gain on disposal of available-for-sale investments

 

(210,195

)

 

 

Net loss / (gain) on disposal of plant and equipment

 

6,904

 

(100,811

)

(17,608

)

Net foreign exchange (gains) / losses

 

(10,517

)

(68,007

)

254,954

 

Fair value of listed shares acquired

 

 

(85,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjust for changes in assets and liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Increase)/decrease in trade and other receivables

 

1,074,582

 

(232,501

)

(949,792

)

(Increase)/decrease in prepayments / other assets

 

77,290

 

410,400

 

(305,275

)

(Increase)/decrease in other financial assets

 

(71,458

)

68,917

 

7,781

 

Increase/(decrease) in trade and other payables

 

(962,884

)

372,145

 

222,760

 

Increase/(decrease) in deferred revenue

 

(34,567

)

90,067

 

(182,376

)

Increase/(decrease) in provisions

 

(315,555

)

18,724

 

148,671

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash flows used in operating activities

 

(4,302,880

)

(4,923,491

)

422,770

 

 

Non-cash activities

 

During the financial year, the Group acquired plant and equipment with an aggregate fair value of $213,275 (2009: $269,420) by means of hire purchase agreements.  The Group also acquired laboratory equipment with an aggregate fair value of $nil (2009: $1,801,628) from draw downs made under the Supply Agreement with Applera Corporation.

 

F-20



Table of Contents

 

9.                   CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS (cont.)

 

Hire purchase facility

 

As at June 30, 2010, the Company had breached one of the covenants of the Master Asset Finance Facility which governs the hire purchase agreements.  Subsequent to balance date, National Australia Bank Limited provided the Company with a letter waiving its right to take any further action in respect of the breach.  As a result of the breach, however, all liabilities in respect of the hire purchase agreements as at June 30, 2010 have been classified as current liabilities in the balance sheet.

 

Australian dollars

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Financing facilities available

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As at June 30, 2010, the following financing facilities had been negotiated and were available:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total facilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hire purchase facility

 

2,500,000

 

2,500,000

 

2,500,000

 

Credit cards

 

147,000

 

147,000

 

147,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Facilities used as at reporting date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hire purchase facility (refer note below)

 

(382,640

)

(373,444

)

(298,199

)

Credit cards

 

(29,123

)

(22,958

)

(32,272

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Facilities unused as at reporting date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hire purchase facility

 

2,117,360

 

2,126,556

 

2,201,801

 

Credit cards

 

117,877

 

124,042

 

112,728

 

 

10.  TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES (CURRENT)

 

Australian dollars

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

Trade receivables

 

833,243

 

1,892,766

 

Less: provision for doubtful debts

 

(102,500

)

(113,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net trade receivables

 

730,743

 

1,779,766

 

Other receivables

 

23,914

 

44,355

 

Accrued interest

 

 

5,118

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total current trade and other receivables

 

754,657

 

1,829,239

 

 

Note:          Trade receivables and other receivables for the Group include amounts due in US dollars of USD 119,677 (2009: USD 82,744), European Euros of EUR 90,000 (2009: EUR 90,000), Chinese yuan of CNY 56,259 (2009: 4,835) and Swiss francs of CHF 550 (2009: 1,226).

 

Refer Note 35 for details of aging, interest rate and credit risks applicable to trade and other receivables for which, due to their short-term nature, their carrying value approximates their fair value.

 

11.            PREPAYMENTS AND OTHER ASSETS (CURRENT)

 

Prepayments

 

113,568

 

144,438

 

Inventories at the lower of cost and net realizable value

 

255,967

 

302,387

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total current prepayments and other assets

 

369,535

 

446,825

 

 

Impairment loss

 

The total impairment loss for the financial year of $1,763,896 (2009: $245,959) includes an impairment loss relating to certain inventories of $6,232 (2009: nil) associated with the Company’s reproductive services business which arose following a decision by the Company to strategically realign the business and to focus on the provision of animal genetic tests, rather than the services that were acquired as part of the acquisition of the Frozen Puppies Dot Com business in 2008.  As at balance date, the Company believes that the carrying values of the remaining inventories of $255,967 is fair and reasonable.

 

F-21



Table of Contents

 

12.  PERFORMANCE BOND AND DEPOSITS (CURRENT)

 

Australian dollars

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

Performance bond

 

71,235

 

200

 

Other deposits

 

423

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total current performance bond and deposits

 

71,658

 

200

 

 

13.  AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE INVESTMENTS (NON-CURRENT)

 

Unlisted shares, at fair value

 

245,959

 

245,959

 

Less: accumulated impairment losses

 

(245,959

)

(245,959

)

Listed shares, at fair value

 

 

255,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total non-current available-for-sale investments

 

 

255,000

 

 

14.  PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

 

Laboratory / veterinary equipment, at cost

 

5,800,013

 

5,706,939

 

Less: accumulated depreciation

 

(3,804,498

)

(3,266,741

)

Less: impairment loss

 

(448,527

)

 

Net laboratory / veterinary equipment

 

1,546,988

 

2,440,198

 

Computer equipment, at cost

 

697,641

 

799,595

 

Less: accumulated depreciation

 

(636,022

)

(706,404

)

Net computer equipment

 

61,619

 

93,191

 

Office equipment, at cost

 

199,741

 

208,201

 

Less: accumulated depreciation

 

(144,925

)

(139,192

)

Less: impairment loss

 

(10,613

)

 

Net office equipment

 

44,203

 

69,009

 

Equipment under hire purchase, at cost

 

2,017,271

 

1,803,996

 

Less: accumulated depreciation

 

(1,690,651

)

(1,456,175

)

Less: impairment loss

 

(31,087

)

 

Net equipment under hire purchase

 

295,533

 

347,821

 

Leasehold improvements, at cost

 

114,665

 

129,142

 

Less: accumulated depreciation

 

(82,348

)

(69,336

)

Less: impairment loss

 

(2,834

)

 

Net leasehold improvements

 

29,483

 

59,806

 

Total net property, plant and equipment

 

1,977,826

 

3,010,025

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reconciliation of property, plant and equipment

 

 

 

 

 

Opening gross carrying amount

 

8,647,873

 

6,729,913

 

Add: additions purchased during the year

 

358,071

 

2,282,764

 

Add: additions from acquisition of subsidiary

 

 

301,621

 

Less: disposals made during the year

 

(176,613

)

(666,425

)

Closing gross carrying amount

 

8,829,331

 

8,647,873

 

Opening accumulated depreciation

 

(5,637,848

)

(5,026,156

)

Add: depreciation expense charged

 

(885,328

)

(1,040,659

)

Less: disposals made during the year

 

164,732

 

428,967

 

Less: impairment losses

 

(493,061

)

 

Closing accumulated depreciation

 

(6,851,505

)

(5,637,848

)

Total net property, plant and equipment

 

1,977,826

 

3,010,025

 

 

F-22



Table of Contents

 

14.            PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT (cont.)

 

Reconciliation of movements in property, plant and equipment by asset category

 

 

 

Opening

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

Closing

 

 

 

net carrying

 

Additions

 

Net disposals

 

expense and

 

net carrying

 

Asset category

 

amount

 

during year

 

during year

 

impairment loss

 

amount

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Laboratory / veterinary equipment

 

2,440,198

 

93,076

 

 

(986,286

)

1,546,988

 

Computer equipment

 

93,191

 

20,323

 

(148

)

(51,747

)

61,619

 

Office equipment

 

69,009

 

8,077

 

(2,529

)

(30,354

)

44,203

 

Equipment under hire purchase

 

347,821

 

213,275

 

 

(265,563

)

295,533

 

Leasehold improvements

 

59,806

 

23,320

 

(9,204

)

(44,439

)

29,483

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Totals

 

3,010,025

 

358,071

 

(11,881

)

(1,378,389

)

1,977,826

 

 

Impairment loss

 

The total plant and equipment impairment loss for the financial year is $493,061 (2009: $nil).  This loss comprised items of equipment associated with the Company’s reproductive services business ($115,413) and items of equipment acquired under the Supply Agreement with Applera Corporation ($377,648) (“Applera”).

 

The impairment charges relating to the reproductive services business arose following a decision by the Company to strategically realign the business and to focus on the provision of animal genetic tests, rather than the services that were acquired as part of the acquisition of the Frozen Puppies Dot Com business in 2008.

 

The impairment charges relating to the equipment acquired under the Supply Agreement with Applera arose following an exchange of surplus laboratory equipment with an Australian-based subsidiary of Applera.

 

As at balance date, the Company believes that the carrying values of the remaining items of plant and equipment of $1,977,826 is appropriate.

 

15.  INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL

 

Australian dollars

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

Patents

 

 

 

 

 

Patents, at cost

 

36,417,619

 

36,319,304

 

Less: accumulated amortization

 

(32,441,195

)

(29,764,255

)

Less: impairment losses

 

(3,528,000

)

(3,528,000

)

Total net patents

 

448,424

 

3,027,049

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

Assets associated with BREVAGen TM  breast cancer test, at cost

 

1,033,273

 

 

Total net other intangible assets

 

1,033,273

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill, at cost

 

1,625,115

 

1,625,115

 

Less: accumulated amortization

 

(42,624

)

(42,624

)

Less: impairment losses

 

(1,264,603

)

 

Total net goodwill

 

317,888

 

1,582,491

 

Total net intangible assets and goodwill

 

1,799,585

 

4,609,540

 

 

F-23



Table of Contents

 

15.  INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL (cont.)

 

Australian dollars

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

Reconciliation of patents

 

 

 

 

 

Opening gross carrying amount

 

36,319,304

 

36,059,673

 

Add: additions purchased during the year (refer note)

 

242,379

 

 

Adjust for exchange rate movements

 

(144,064

)

259,631

 

Closing gross carrying amount

 

36,417,619

 

36,319,304

 

Opening accumulated amortization and impairment losses

 

(33,292,255

)

(30,085,287

)

Add: amortization expense charged

 

(2,821,004

)

(2,947,337

)

Adjust for exchange rate movements

 

144,064

 

(259,631

)

Closing accumulated amortization and impairment losses

 

(35,969,195

)

(33,292,255

)

Total net patents

 

448,424

 

3,027,049

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reconciliation of other intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

Opening gross carrying amount

 

 

 

Add: acquisition of BREVAGen TM  breast cancer test (refer note)

 

1,033,273

 

 

Total net other intangible assets

 

1,033,273

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reconciliation of goodwill

 

 

 

 

 

Opening gross carrying amount

 

1,625,115

 

358,012

 

Add: acquisition of goodwill (refer note)

 

 

1,267,103

 

Closing gross carrying amount

 

1,625,115

 

1,625,115

 

Opening accumulated amortization and impairment losses

 

(42,624

)

(42,624

)

Less: impairment losses (refer note)

 

(1,264,603

)

 

Closing accumulated amortization and impairment losses

 

(1,307,227

)

(42,624

)

Total net goodwill

 

317,888

 

1,582,491

 

 

Note:      Goodwill acquired during the year ended 30 June 2009 arose from the purchase of Frozen Puppies Dot Com Pty. Ltd.

 

Acquisition of BREVAGen TM  breast cancer test

 

On April 14, 2010, the Company acquired various intangible assets from California-based Perlegen Sciences Inc. (“Perlegen”), the majority of which relate to a proprietary genetic breast cancer test called BREVAGen TM . The carrying value of the assets acquired from Perlegen, which also equates to cost, is dissected as follows:

 

 

 

$

 

Intangible assets related to the BREVAGen TM  test

 

1,033,273

 

Non-coding patents

 

242,379

 

Total value of assets acquired from Perlegen

 

1,275,652

 

 

In assessing the correct accounting treatment for the acquisition of the BREVAGen TM  assets, consideration was given to the factors for determining a business combination in accordance with IFRS 3R.

 

As the BREVAGen TM  assets were acquired in an arm’s-length transaction less than three months prior to balance date and the forecast revenues from the sale of the BREVAGen TM  test demonstrate the likely use of the assets, there is no indication of impairment as at June 30, 2010.  Certain royalties, representing a fixed percentage of future sales of the BREVAGen TM  test, will be payable by the Company to Perlegen and other parties.

 

F-24



Table of Contents

 

15.        INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL (cont.)

 

Impairment loss

 

The total goodwill impairment loss for the financial year is $1,264,603 (2009: $nil). No other classes of goodwill were impaired during the financial year.  The impairment charge, which related to the Company’s reproductive services business, arose following a decision by the Company to strategically realign the business and to focus on the provision of animal genetic tests, rather than the services that were acquired as part of the acquisition of the Frozen Puppies Dot Com business during the 2009 financial year.

 

As at balance date, the Company believes that the carrying values of the remaining intangible assets and goodwill of $1,799,585 is appropriate.

 

16.  TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES (CURRENT)

 

Australian dollars

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

Trade payables

 

680,377

 

1,624,290

 

Other payables

 

228,899

 

194,022

 

Accrued expenses

 

286,397

 

340,245

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total current trade and other payables

 

1,195,673

 

2,158,557

 

 

Note:          Trade payables and other payables for the Group include amounts due in US dollars of USD 97,957 (2009: USD 193,342), Chinese yuan of CNY 50,508 (2009: 7,791), European euros of EUR 45,187 (2009: EUR nil), Canadian dollars of CAD 9,326 (2009: CAD 10,520), Pounds Sterling of GBP 3,729 (2009: nil), Swiss francs of CHF 3,190 (2009: CHF 4,190), New Zealand dollars of NZD 39 (2009: 1,318) and Japanese yen of JPY nil (2009: 51,951).

 

Refer Note 35 for details of contractual maturity and management of interest rate, foreign exchange and liquidity risks applicable to trade and other payables for which, due to their short-term nature, their carrying value approximates their fair value.

 

17.            INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES (CURRENT)

 

Hire purchase liability (Notes 27 and 35)

 

382,640

 

373,444

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total current interest-bearing liabilities

 

382,640

 

373,444

 

 

Note:          The carrying values of the hire purchase liabilities approximate their fair values.  As at June 30, 2010, the Company had breached one of the covenants of the Master Asset Finance Facility which governs the hire purchase agreements.  Subsequent to balance date, National Australia Bank Limited provided the Company with a letter waiving its right to take any further action in respect of the breach.  As a result of the breach, however, all liabilities in respect of the hire purchase agreements as at June 30, 2010 have been classified as current liabilities in the balance sheet.

 

18.            DEFERRED REVENUE (CURRENT)

 

Genetic testing fees received in advance

 

192,841

 

152,392

 

Reproductive service fees received in advance

 

1,600

 

76,616

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total current deferred revenue

 

194,441

 

229,008

 

 

19.            PROVISIONS (CURRENT AND NON-CURRENT)

 

Current provisions

 

 

 

 

 

Annual leave

 

442,108

 

396,198

 

Long service leave

 

264,081

 

251,832

 

Withholding tax

 

 

370,346

 

Total current provisions

 

706,189

 

1,018,376

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current provisions

 

 

 

 

 

Long service leave

 

82,933

 

86,301

 

Total non-current provisions

 

82,933

 

86,301

 

Total provisions

 

789,122

 

1,104,677

 

 

F-25


 

 


Table of Contents

 

19.    PROVISIONS (CURRENT)

 

Australian dollars

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

Reconciliation of annual leave provision

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at the beginning of the financial year

 

396,198

 

368,492

 

Add: obligation accrued during the year

 

383,883

 

392,647

 

Less: utilized during the year

 

(337,973

)

(364,941

)

Balance at the end of the financial year (note)

 

442,108

 

396,198

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reconciliation of long service leave provision

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at the beginning of the financial year

 

338,133

 

296,113

 

Add: obligation accrued during the year

 

54,401

 

45,656

 

Less: utilized during the year

 

(45,520

)

(3,636

)

Balance at the end of the financial year (note)

 

347,014

 

338,133

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reconciliation of withholding tax

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at the beginning of the financial year

 

370,346

 

326,361

 

Add: obligation accrued during the year

 

 

43,985

 

Less: reversal of provision

 

(370,346

)

 

Balance at the end of the financial year

 

 

370,346

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reconciliation of provision for rehabilitation costs

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at the beginning of the financial year

 

 

94,987

 

Less: utilized during the year

 

 

(94,987

)

Balance at the end of the financial year

 

 

 

 

Note:         The current provisions for annual leave and long service leave include a total amount of $442,475 (2009: $365,754) in respect of obligations which, based on historical evidence, the Company estimates will be settled after 12 months from balance date.

 

20.            CONTRIBUTED EQUITY

 

Issued and paid-up capital

 

Fully paid ordinary shares

 

72,378,105

 

71,285,663

 

Total contributed equity

 

72,378,105

 

71,285,663

 

 

Movements in shares on issue

 

 

 

Shares

 

$

 

Year ended June 30, 2010

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at the beginning of the financial year

 

374,644,801

 

71,285,663

 

Add: shares issued during the year for cash (net of associated costs)

 

27,940,530

 

1,011,650

 

Add: shares issued during the year other than for cash

 

2,019,821

 

80,792

 

Balance at the end of the financial year

 

404,605,152

 

72,378,105

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended June 30, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at the beginning of the financial year

 

362,389,899

 

70,243,996

 

Add: shares issued during the year other than for cash

 

12,254,902

 

1,041,667

 

Balance at the end of the financial year

 

374,644,801

 

71,285,663

 

 

Terms and conditions of contributed equity

 

Ordinary shares have the right to receive dividends as declared and, in the event of winding up the Company, to participate in the proceeds from the sale of all surplus assets in proportion to the number of and amounts paid up on shares held.  Ordinary shares entitle their holder to one vote, either in person or by proxy, at a meeting of the Company.

 

F-26



Table of Contents

 

20.    CONTRIBUTED EQUITY (cont.)

 

Capital management

 

When managing capital, Management’s objective is to ensure that the Group continues as a going concern as well as to maintain optimal returns for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders.  Management also aims to maintain a capital structure that ensures the lowest cost of capital available to the entity.

 

21.    RESERVES

 

Australian dollars

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

Foreign currency translation

 

(69,961

)

(61,338

)

Share-based payments

 

1,599,103

 

1,593,237

 

Net unrealized gains reserve

 

 

170,000

 

Total reserves

 

1,529,142

 

1,701,899

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reconciliation of foreign currency translation reserve

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at the beginning of the financial year

 

(61,338

)

(47,930

)

Add: net currency translation loss

 

(8,623

)

(13,408

)

Balance at the end of the financial year

 

(69,961

)

(61,338

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reconciliation of share-based payments reserve

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at the beginning of the financial year

 

1,593,237

 

1,636,734

 

Add: share-based payments

 

5,866

 

(43,497

)

Balance at the end of the financial year

 

1,599,103

 

1,593,237

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reconciliation of net unrealized gains reserve

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at the beginning of the financial year

 

170,000

 

 

Less: reversal of reserve

 

(170,000

)

 

Add: net unrealized gains

 

 

170,000

 

Balance at the end of the financial year

 

 

170,000

 

 

Nature and purpose of reserves

 

Foreign currency translation reserve

 

This reserve is used to record exchange differences arising from the translation of the financial statements of foreign subsidiaries.

 

Share-based payments reserve

 

This reserve is used to record the value of share-based payments provided to employees and others providing similar services as part of their remuneration.

 

Net unrealized gains reserve

 

This reserve is used to record movements in the fair value of available-for-sale investments.

 

22.    ACCUMULATED LOSSES

 

Australian dollars

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

Balance at the beginning of the financial year

 

(59,030,262

)

(51,189,189

)

Add: net loss attributable to members of Genetic Technologies Limited

 

(9,343,766

)

(7,841,073

)

Balance at the end of the financial year

 

(68,374,028

)

(59,030,262

)

 

F-27



Table of Contents

 

23.    MINORITY INTERESTS

 

Australian dollars

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

Reconciliation of minority interests in subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at the beginning of the financial year

 

154,745

 

141,462

 

Add: movements during the year

 

 

 

 

 

Less: share of operating losses

 

(11,443

)

(17,248

)

Less: share of movement in reserves

 

3,404

 

6,133

 

Net loss attributable to minority interests

 

(8,039

)

(11,115

)

Add: share of issued capital

 

37,771

 

24,398

 

Balance at the end of the financial year

 

184,477

 

154,745

 

 

24.    OPTIONS

 

Options summary

 

As at June 30, 2010, the following options over ordinary shares in the Company were outstanding.

 

 

 

2010

 

Weighted ave.
exercise price

 

2009

 

Weighted ave.
exercise price

 

Unlisted employee options (refer below)

 

3,300,000

 

$

0.33

 

4,400,000

 

$

0.34

 

Total number of options outstanding

 

3,300,000

 

$

0.33

 

4,400,000

 

$

0.34

 

 

Unlisted employee options

 

On November 30, 2001, the Directors of the Company established a Staff Share Plan. On November 19, 2008, the shareholders of the Company approved the introduction of a new Employee Option Plan. Under the terms of the respective Plans, the Directors of the Company may grant options over ordinary shares in Genetic Technologies Limited to executives, consultants and employees of the Group. The options, which are granted at nil cost, are not transferable and are not quoted on ASX. As at June 30, 2010, there was 1 executive and 7 employees who held options that had been granted under the Plans. Options granted under the Plans carry no rights to dividends and no voting rights. The movements in the number of options granted under the Plans are as follows:

 

 

 

2010

 

Weighted ave.
exercise price

 

2009

 

Weighted ave.
exercise price

 

Balance at the beginning of the financial year

 

4,400,000

 

$

0.34

 

11,175,602

 

$

0.27

 

Less: options forfeited during the year

 

(600,000

)

$

0.26

 

(5,700,602

)

$

0.19

 

Less: options expired during the year

 

(500,000

)

$

0.52

 

(1,075,000

)

$

0.43

 

Balance at the end of the financial year

 

3,300,000

 

$

0.33

 

4,400,000

 

$

0.34

 

Exercisable at the end of the financial year

 

2,825,000

 

$

0.34

 

1,812,500

 

$

0.48

 

 

No funds were raised from the exercise of options granted under the Staff Share Plan during the year ended June 30, 2010 (2009: $nil). The numbers of options outstanding as at June 30, 2010 by ASX code, including the respective dates of expiry and exercise prices, are tabled below. Refer Note 28 for further information. The options listed below are not listed on ASX.

 

Option description

 

2010

 

Weighted ave.
exercise price

 

2009

 

Weighted ave.
exercise price

 

GTGAA (expiring 6 September 2010)

 

750,000

 

$

0.48

 

750,000

 

$

0.48

 

GTGAD (expiring 12 August 2011)

 

250,000

 

$

0.43

 

350,000

 

$

0.43

 

GTGAE (expiring 12 August 2011)

 

250,000

 

$

0.53

 

250,000

 

$

0.53

 

GTGAH (expiring 31 May 2012)

 

150,000

 

$

0.40

 

150,000

 

$

0.40

 

GTGAY (expiring 23 October 2012)

 

1,900,000

 

$

0.22

 

2,400,000

 

$

0.22

 

GTGAZ (expiring 27 February 2010)

 

 

 

200,000

 

$

0.56

 

GTGAZ (expiring 27 February 2010)

 

 

 

300,000

 

$

0.49

 

Balance at the end of the financial year

 

3,300,000

 

$

0.33

 

4,400,000

 

$

0.34

 

 

F-28



Table of Contents

 

25.            SEGMENT INFORMATION

 

Identification of reportable segments

 

The Group has identified three reportable segments based on the similarity of the products produced and sold and/or the services provided, as these represent the sources of the Group’s major risks and have the greatest effect on the rates of return.  The separate groups of products and services are then divided into operating businesses, the performances of which are reported to the Chief Executive Officer, the Senior Management Team and the Board of Directors on a monthly basis. The segments are reported in a manner that is consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision maker.  The Group also separately reports the corporate headquarter function to clearly identify costs associated with that function.  The corporate function is not considered to be an operating or reportable segment.  The Group’s three operating segments can be described as follows:

 

Operations — involves the provision of a range of genetic testing and reproductive services.

 

Licensing — involves the out-licensing of the Group’s “non-coding” technology.

 

Research — involves the undertaking of a range of research and development projects in the field of genetics and related areas.

 

The Corporate disclosures below include all revenues, costs, assets and liabilities associated with the headquarter function .

 

Business segments

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues and income

 

Profit / (loss)

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization

 

Segment

 

 

 

Sales

 

Other

 

Totals

 

after tax

 

Assets

 

Liabilities

 

/depreciation

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Operations

 

2010

 

5,805,558

 

 

5,805,558

 

(4,720,180

)

3,885,395

 

(1,646,160

)

(783,826

)

 

 

2009

 

5,382,089

 

98,867

 

5,480,956

 

(2,923,258

)

5,711,113

 

(1,453,352

)

(872,897

)

 

 

2008

 

3,918,692

 

17,608

 

3,936,300

 

(2,251,040

)

2,892,870

 

(1,186,880

)

(1,019,958

)

Licensing

 

2010

 

 

3,739,747

 

3,739,747

 

(186,856

)

674,373

 

(274,602

)

(2,771,907

)

 

 

2009

 

 

5,391,714

 

5,391,714

 

1,373,993

 

3,035,475

 

(309,312

)

(2,899,432

)

 

 

2008

 

 

10,730,743

 

10,730,742

 

6,000,724

 

5,975,788

 

(229,445

)

(2,900,722

)

Research

 

2010

 

 

 

 

(1,576,503

)

165,523

 

(81,442

)

(111,412

)

 

 

2009

 

 

369,337

 

369,337

 

(2,645,438

)

861,838

 

(866,214

)

(157,796

)

 

 

2008

 

 

210,943

 

210,943

 

(6,000,122

)

1,289,373

 

(740,256

)

(761,593

)

Sub-total

 

2010

 

5,805,558

 

3,739,747

 

9,545,305

 

(6,483,539

)

4,725,291

 

(2,002,204

)

(3,667,145

)

 

 

2009

 

5,382,089

 

5,859,918

 

11,242,007

 

(4,194,703

)

9,608,426

 

(2,628,878

)

(3,930,125

)

 

 

2008

 

3,918,692

 

10,959,294

 

14,877,985

 

(2,250,438

)

10,158,031

 

(2,156,581

)

(4,682,273

)

Corporate

 

2010

 

 

425,239

 

425,239

 

(2,871,670

)

3,554,281

 

(559,672

)

(39,185

)

 

 

2009

 

 

939,625

 

939,625

 

(3,663,618

)

8,369,305

 

(1,236,808

)

(57,871

)

 

 

2008

 

 

1,006,432

 

1,006,432

 

(3,201,200

)

13,936,547

 

(1,152,924

)

(72,882

)

Totals

 

2010

 

5,805,558

 

4,164,986

 

9,970,544

 

(9,355,209

)

8,279,572

 

(2,561,876

)

(3,706,330

)

 

 

2009

 

5,382,089

 

6,799,543

 

12,181,632

 

(7,858,321

)

17,977,731

 

(3,865,686

)

(3,987,996

)

 

 

2008

 

3,918,692

 

11,965,726

 

15,884,417

 

(5,451,638

)

24,094,578

 

(3,309,505

)

(4,755,155

)

 

F-29


 


Table of Contents

 

25.                   SEGMENT INFORMATION (cont.)

 

Business segments (cont.)

 

 

 

 

Impairment

 

Purchases of

 

Net cash flows (used in) / from

 

Segment

 

 

losses/ write downs

 

equipment

 

operating activities

 

investing activities

 

financing activities

 

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Operations

2010

 

(1,786,533

)

345,801

 

1,959,837

 

(1,331,408

)

(214,838

)

 

2009

 

(72,066

)

2,453,760

 

(1,246,503

)

(224,511

)

(156,692

)

 

2008

 

 

962,904

 

(1,778,767

)

(21,996

)

(385,350

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Licensing

2010

 

 

6,477

 

(794,777

)

(6,477

)

 

 

2009

 

 

 

2,658,848

 

 

 

 

2008

 

 

6,030

 

7,641,118

 

(6,030

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research

2010

 

 

 

(2,115,625

)

 

 

 

2009

 

 

 

(2,882,972

)

 

(26,400

)

 

2008

 

(2,378,000

)

5,675

 

(2,679,753

)

(5,675

)

(106,169

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sub-total

2010

 

(1,786,533

)

352,278

 

(950,565

)

(1,337,885

)

(214,838

)

 

2009

 

(72,066

)

2,453,760

 

(1,470,627

)

(224,511

)

(183,092

)

 

2008

 

(2,378,000

)

974,609

 

(3,182,598

)

(33,701

)

(491,519

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate

2010

 

 

5,793

 

(3,352,315

)

298,402

 

1,001,081

 

 

2009

 

(245,959

)

130,625

 

(3,452,864

)

(128,680

)

(9,499

)

 

2008

 

 

48,978

 

(2,759,828

)

(13,698

)

(37,380

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Totals

2010

 

(1,786,533

)

358,071

 

(4,302,880

)

(1,039,483

)

786,243

 

 

2009

 

(318,025

)

2,584,385

 

(4,923,491

)

(353,191

)

(192,591

)

 

2008

 

(2,378,000

)

1,023,587

 

422,770

 

(47,399

)

(528,899

)

 

Note:    Other revenues and income - corporate includes interest received of $211,431 (2009: $589,594).

Expenses - corporate includes employee benefits expenses of $1,649,169 (2009: $1,864,632).

Assets - corporate includes cash of $3,306,311 (2009: $7,826,902).

Liabilities - corporate includes trade and other payables of $373,043 (2009: $666,630) and provisions of $173,607 (2009: $546,585).

There were no intersegment sales.

 

Geographic information

 

Australia — is the home country of the parent entity and the location of the Company’s operations and licensing activities.

China — is the home of Genetic Technologies (Beijing) Limited.

Canada — is the home of Gtech International Resources Limited.

Switzerland — is the home of GeneType AG.

USA — is the home of GeneType Corporation and Phenogen Sciences Inc.

 

F-30



Table of Contents

 

25.                   SEGMENT INFORMATION (cont.)

 

Business segments (cont.)

 

Revenues are allocated on the basis of the geographical location of the entities which earn them.  The following table presents sales and other income and revenue on the basis of geographical locations for the years ended June 30, 2010 and June 30, 2009.

 

Segment

 

 

Sales revenue

 

Other

 

Totals

 

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Australia

2010

 

5,683,060

 

4,164,891

 

9,847,951

 

 

2009

 

5,331,248

 

6,798,412

 

12,129,660

 

 

2008

 

3,918,692

 

11,954,576

 

15,873,268

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

China

2010

 

122,498

 

90

 

122,588

 

 

2009

 

50,841

 

41

 

50,882

 

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Canada

2010

 

 

 

 

 

2009

 

 

1,083

 

1,083

 

 

2008

 

 

11,133

 

11,133

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Switzerland

2010

 

 

5

 

5

 

 

2009

 

 

7

 

7

 

 

2008

 

 

17

 

17

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Totals

2010

 

5,805,558

 

4,164,986

 

9,970,544

 

 

2009

 

5,382,089

 

6,799,543

 

12,181,632

 

 

2008

 

3,918,692

 

11,965,726

 

15,884,418

 

 

The total of the non-current assets located in Australia is $3,694,456 (2009: $7,768,174).  The total of the non-current assets located in other countries is $82,955 (2009: $106,391).  Segment non-current assets are allocated to countries based on the location of the respective assets.

 

Segment products and locations

 

The three principal business segments of the Group are operations, licensing and research.  The principal geographic segment is Australia, with the Company’s headquarters being located in Melbourne in the State of Victoria.

 

Segment accounting policies

 

Segment information is prepared in conformity with the accounting policies of the entity and Accounting Standard IFRS 8 (AASB 8) Operating Segments which was adopted by the Company in 2009.  As a result, the primary reporting segments now reflect more closely the information that Management uses to make decisions about operating matters.  Specifically, segment information is disclosed for the licensing, genetic testing and research operations which were previously disclosed within the biotechnology segment.

 

Interest received and finance costs are allocated under the heading Corporat e as they are not part of the core operations of any other segment.

 

Major customers

 

The Group has a number of major customers to which it provides both products and services.  During the year ended 30 June 2010, there were no customers from whom the Group generated revenues representing more than 10% of the total consolidated revenue from operations.

 

26.                   CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

 

The Group had no contingent liabilities as at June 30, 2010.

 

F-31



Table of Contents

 

27.                   COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

Australian dollars

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hire purchase expenditure commitments

 

 

 

 

 

Minimum hire purchase payments

 

 

 

 

 

- not later than one year

 

259,597

 

192,442

 

- later than one year but not later than five years

 

152,954

 

221,057

 

- later than five years

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total minimum hire purchase payments

 

412,551

 

413,499

 

Less: future finance charges

 

(29,911

)

(40,055

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Present value of hire purchase payments

 

382,640

 

373,444

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Aggregate expenditure commitments comprise:

 

 

 

 

 

Current liability (Note 17)

 

382,640

 

373,444

 

 

On January 14, 2005, the Company executed a Master Asset Finance Agreement with National Australia Bank Limited in respect of a $2,500,000 asset finance facility (the “Facility”).  Each of the Company’s Australian-resident subsidiaries has provided a guarantee to the Company in respect of the Facility. Refer Note 17 in respect of a breach of the Facility’s terms.

 

Operating lease expenditure commitments

 

 

 

 

 

Minimum operating lease payments

 

 

 

 

 

- not later than one year

 

459,193

 

467,238

 

- later than one year but not later than five years

 

723,103

 

478,120

 

- later than five years

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total minimum operating lease payments

 

1,182,296

 

945,358

 

 

As at June 30, 2010, leases related to the following premises that will be occupied by the Group during the 2011 financial year:

 

Location

 

Landlord

 

Use

 

Date of expiry
of lease

 

Minimum
payments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

60-66 Hanover Street

Fitzroy, Victoria 3065

Australia

 

Bankberg Pty. Ltd.

 

Office and laboratory

 

20 August 2010

 

$

64,412

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

60-66 Hanover Street

Fitzroy, Victoria 3065

Australia

 

Crude Pty. Ltd. (refer note below)

 

Office and laboratory

 

30 September 2013

 

$

966,453

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9115 Harris Corners Parkway, Suite 320

Charlotte, North Carolina 28269

USA

 

HC 9115 LLC

 

Office

 

31 October 2010

 

$

68,031

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

19 Old Northern Road

Baulkham Hills, New South Wales 2153

Australia

 

The Animal Referral Hospital Pty. Ltd.

 

Veterinary facility

 

28 September 2011

 

$

43,750

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2330 South Gippsland Highway

Devon Meadows, Victoria 3977

Australia

 

Watts & Chen Super Fund

 

Veterinary facility

 

30 June 2011

 

$

29,720

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

1,172,366

 

 

Note:         On August 16, 2010, the key terms of a new three-year lease over the Company’s premises in Fitzroy, Victoria were agreed with Crude Pty. Ltd. which acquired the property from Bankberg Pty. Ltd. on August 20, 2010.  As at the date of this Report, a formal lease documenting the agree terms, which will result in reduced rent being payable by the Company, was being prepared.

 

In addition to the above commitments in respect of leased premises, as at June 30, 2010 the Company had commitment of $9,930 in respect of a motor vehicle lease.

 

F-32



Table of Contents

 

27.      COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (cont.)

 

Australian dollars

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

Research and development expenditure commitments

 

 

 

 

 

Minimum research and development payments

 

 

 

 

 

- not later than one year

 

126,083

 

237,500

 

- later than one year but not later than five years

 

 

140,750

 

- later than five years

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total minimum research and development payments

 

126,083

 

378,250

 

 

On April 1, 2008, the Company entered into an Australian Research Council (ARC) Linkage Agreement with the University of Newcastle.  The Agreement relates to the synthesis of novel nematocidal compounds and complements an existing ARC Linkage Agreement that the Company has with the University of Melbourne.  The Company will contribute $90,000 per annum in cash over a period of three years from 2008 to 2010.  As at June 30, 2010, $126,083 remained payable under the Agreement, which included a non-cash in-kind contribution of $81,083.

 

Other capital expenditure commitments

 

As at June 30, 2010, the Company did not have any other significant contracted capital expenditure commitments.

 

28.                   EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

 

Employee options

 

On November 30, 2001, the Directors of the Company established a Staff Share Plan.  On November 19, 2008, the shareholders of the Company approved the introduction of a new Employee Option Plan.  Under the terms of the respective Plans, the Directors may, at their discretion, grant options over the ordinary shares in the Genetic Technologies Limited to executives, consultants, employees, and formerly Non-Executive Directors, of the Group (refer Note 24).  As at June 30, 2010, there was 1 executive and 7 employees who held options that had been granted under the Plans.

 

There were no options granted during the years ended June 30, 2010 or June 30, 2009.  However, on July 8, 2010, a total of 12,000,000 options over ordinary shares in the Company were granted, at no cost, to members of the Company’s Senior Executive Team.  Each option, which entitles the holder to acquire one ordinary share at a cost of $0.045, will expire on May 8, 2015, unless exercised before that date. The options vest in three equal tranches after 12 months, 24 months and 36 months from the date of grant, respectively.

 

Superannuation commitments

 

The Group does not have any defined benefit funds. The Group makes statutory contributions to various superannuation funds on behalf of all employees at a rate of 9% per annum, in addition to making other superannuation contributions as part of salary packaging arrangements with staff.  All contributions are expensed when incurred.  Contributions made by the Group of up to 9% per annum of employees’ wages and salaries are legally enforceable in Australia.

 

29.                   RELATED PARTY DISCLOSURES

 

Ultimate parent

 

Genetic Technologies Limited is the ultimate Australian parent company.  As at the date of this Report, no shareholder controls more than 50% of the issued capital of the Company.

 

Transactions within the Group

 

During the year ended June 30, 2010, various transactions within the Group as listed below occurred.  All amounts were charged on commercial, arm’s-length terms and at commercial rates.

 

·                       AgGenomics Pty. Ltd., a subsidiary, paid interest to the Company amounting to $12,302 (2009: $20,720) in respect of an outstanding loan between the parties.

 

·                       ImmunAid Pty. Ltd., a subsidiary, paid management fees to the Company amounting to $45,000 (2009: $45,000).

 

·                       Genetic Technologies (Beijing) Limited (“GTBL”), a subsidiary, paid management fees to GTC amounting to $331 (2009: $64).  GTBL also purchased testing services from GTC at a total cost of $6,702.

 

F-33



Table of Contents

 

29.                   RELATED PARTY DISCLOSURES (cont.)

 

Other related party transactions

 

During the year ended June 30, 2010, the Company and GeneType Pty. Ltd., a subsidiary, collectively paid a total of $579,806 (2009: $529,234) to Bankberg Pty. Ltd. (“Bankberg”), a company associated with a former Director and majority shareholder of the Company, Dr. Mervyn Jacobson, for rent and its share of body corporate expenses in respect of the office and laboratory premises in Fitzroy, Victoria that are leased by the Group.  On August 20, 2010, Bankberg Pty. Ltd. sold the Fitzroy premises to an unrelated third party (refer Note 27).

 

During the year ended June 30, 2010, the Company paid a total of $50,000 (2009: $nil) to Dr. Jacobson in respect of an administrative allowance associated with his role as the Company’s Vice President Global Licensing and Intellectual Property.  Also during the year, Genetic Technologies Limited paid a total of $238,100 (2009: $131,851) to Transmedia Inc., another company associated with Dr. Jacobson, in respect of commissions paid in relation to licensing services provided to the Company of $84,949 (2009: $72,401) and reimbursement of associated travel expenses of $153,151 (2009: $59,450).  During the 2010 financial year, Dr. Jacobson was also appointed as Chief Executive Officer of ImmunAid Pty. Ltd., a subsidiary.

 

Finally, during the year ended June 30, 2009, Genetic Technologies Limited paid a total of $99,458 to Government Relations Australia Advisory Pty. Ltd., a company associated with Mr. John Dawkins AO, a former Director of the Company, in respect of consulting services provided to the Company.

 

All transactions with Key Management Personnel have been entered into under terms and conditions no more favorable than those which the entity would have adopted if dealing at arm’s length.  Please refer to Note 30 for a description of transactions with Key Management Personnel.

 

30.                   KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL DISCLOSURES

 

Details of Key Management Personnel

 

Directors

 

Executives

Sidney C. Hack (Non-Executive Chairman)

 

Dr. Paul D.R. MacLeman (Chief Executive Officer)

Tommaso Bonvino (Non-Executive)

 

Thomas G. Howitt (Chief Financial Officer and Company Secretary)

Dr. Malcolm R. Brandon (Non-Executive)

 

Alison J. Mew (Chief Operating Officer)

Huw D. Jones (Non-Executive)

 

Gregory J. McPherson (VP Sales and Marketing)

Fred Bart (former Non-Executive)

 

Dr. David J. Sparling (VP Legal and Corporate Development)

 

Notes:

Mr. Bonvino was appointed as a Non-Executive Director of the Company on November 25, 2009.

 

Dr. Brandon was appointed as a Non-Executive Director of the Company on October 5, 2009.

 

Mr. Bart resigned as a Director of the Company on November 24, 2009.

 

Ms. Mew was appointed as Chief Operating Officer of the Company on August 31, 2009.

 

Mr. McPherson was appointed as VP Sales and Marketing of the Company on July 20, 2009.

 

Dr. Sparling was appointed as VP Legal and Corporate Development of the Company on October 26, 2009.

 

Australian dollars

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Remuneration of Key Management Personnel

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short-term employee benefits

 

1,102,976

 

963,191

 

994,176

 

Post-employment benefits

 

99,265

 

157,926

 

144,861

 

Share-based payments

 

28,257

 

(34,212

)

124,776

 

Long-term benefits

 

6,187

 

12,135

 

4,759

 

Termination benefits

 

 

345,000

 

82,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total remuneration of Key Management Personnel

 

1,236,685

 

1,444,040

 

1,351,072

 

 

F-34



Table of Contents

 

30.                   KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL DISCLOSURES (cont.)

 

Optionholdings of Key Management Personnel

 

June 30, 2010

 

 

 

Opening

 

Number of options

 

Closing

 

Vested and non-vested as at year end

 

Name of optionholder

 

balance

 

Granted

 

Exercised

 

Lapsed

 

balance

 

Total

 

Not exercisable

 

Exercisable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Executive

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dr. Paul D.R. MacLeman

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thomas G. Howitt

 

2,000,000

 

 

 

 

2,000,000

 

2,000,000

 

250,000

 

1,750,000

 

Alison J. Mew

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gregory J. McPherson

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dr. David J. Sparling

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Totals

 

2,000,000

 

 

 

 

2,000,000

 

2,000,000

 

250,000

 

1,750,000

 

 

Notes:  Ms. Mew, Mr. McPherson and Dr. Sparling became members of Key Management Personnel during the year ended June 30, 2010.

Ms. Ashdown ceased to be a member of Key Management Personnel during the year ended June 30, 2010.

The heading “Lapsed” includes options which were forfeited.

 

June 30, 2009

 

 

 

Opening

 

Number of options

 

Closing

 

Vested and non-vested as at year end

 

Name of optionholder

 

balance

 

Granted

 

Exercised

 

Lapsed

 

balance

 

Total

 

Not exercisable

 

Exercisable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Executive

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dr. Paul D.R. MacLeman

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thomas G. Howitt

 

2,000,000

 

 

 

 

2,000,000

 

2,000,000

 

1,062,500

 

937,500

 

M. Luisa Ashdown

 

300,000

 

 

 

 

300,000

 

300,000

 

300,000

 

 

Michael B. Ohanessian

 

3,650,602

 

 

 

(3,650,602

)

 

 

 

 

Ross Barrow

 

1,000,000

 

 

 

(1,000,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Totals

 

6,950,602

 

 

 

(4,650,602

)

2,300,000

 

2,300,000

 

1,362,500

 

937,500

 

 

Notes:  Dr. MacLeman and Ms. Ashdown became members of Key Management Personnel during the year ended June 30, 2009.

Mr. Ohanessian and Mr. Barrow ceased to be members of Key Management Personnel during the year ended June 30, 2009.

During the year ended June 30, 2008, a decision was made not to grant further options to Directors of the Company.

The heading “Lapsed” includes options which were forfeited.

 

Shareholdings of Key Management Personnel

 

June 30, 2010

 

Shares held in Genetic

 

Opening

 

Number of shares

 

Acquired on

 

Closing

 

Technologies Limited

 

balance

 

Bought

 

Sold

 

exercise of options

 

balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sidney C. Hack

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tommaso Bonvino

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dr. Malcolm R. Brandon

 

 

 

 

 

 

Huw D. Jones

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Executive

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dr. Paul D.R. MacLeman

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thomas G. Howitt

 

 

 

 

 

 

Alison J. Mew

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gregory J. McPherson

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dr. David J. Sparling

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Totals

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notes:  Ms. Mew, Mr. McPherson and Mr. Sparling became members of Key Management Personnel during the year ended June 30, 2010.

Mr. Bart and Ms. Ashdown ceased to be a member of Key Management Personnel during the year ended June 30, 2010.

Mr. Ohanessian and Mr. Barrow ceased to be members of Key Management Personnel during the year ended June 30, 2009.

 

F-35



Table of Contents

 

30.    KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL DISCLOSURES (cont.)

 

Shareholdings of Key Management Personnel (cont.)

 

June 30, 2009

 

Shares held in Genetic 

 

Opening

 

Number of shares

 

Acquired on

 

Closing

 

Technologies Limited

 

balance

 

Bought

 

Sold

 

exercise of options

 

balance

 

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fred Bart

 

25,918,214

 

 

 

 

25,918,214

 

Sidney C. Hack

 

 

 

 

 

 

Huw D. Jones

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Executive

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dr. Paul D.R. MacLeman

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thomas G. Howitt

 

 

 

 

 

 

M. Luisa Ashdown

 

622,045

 

 

 

 

622,045

 

Totals

 

26,540,259

 

 

 

 

26,540,259

 

 

Notes:         Dr. MacLeman and Ms. Ashdown became members of Key Management Personnel during the year ended June 30, 2009.
Mr. Bosch, Mr. Carruthers, Mr. Dawkins, Dr. Jacobson, Dr. Rowe, Mr. Ohanessian and Mr. Barrow all ceased to be members of Key Management Personnel during the year ended June 30, 2009.

 

All equity transactions with Key Management Personnel, other than those arising from the exercise of options, have been entered into under terms and conditions no more favorable than those which the entity would have adopted if dealing at arm’s length.

 

31.    AUDITORS’ REMUNERATION

 

Australian dollars

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Audit services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers in respect of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Audit of the Company’s Financial Report

 

250,000

 

 

 

Other audit firms in respect of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Audit of the Financial Reports of subsidiaries

 

22,013

 

10,826

 

8,241

 

Ernst & Young Australia in respect of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Audit of the Company’s Financial Report

 

 

565,082

 

177,500

 

Total remuneration in respect of audit services

 

272,013

 

575,908

 

185,741

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-audit services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers in respect of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounting and other services

 

60,000

 

 

 

Other audit firms in respect of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax advice and compliance, accounting and other services

 

20,484

 

 

 

Ernst & Young Australia in respect of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax advice and compliance services

 

 

99,480

 

38,350

 

Ernst & Young South Korea in respect of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due diligence and advisory services

 

 

20,618

 

 

Total remuneration in respect of non-audit services

 

80,484

 

120,098

 

38,350

 

Total auditors’ remuneration

 

352,497

 

696,006

 

224,091

 

 

Note:                   Audit fees paid during the year ended June 30, 2009 include the fees paid by the Company to Ernst & Young in respect of its US reporting requirements for the year ended June 30, 2008 and overruns relating to the 2009 audit amounting to $23,550 which were paid during the financial year ended June 30, 2010.

 

F-36



Table of Contents

 

32.            SUBSIDIARIES

 

The following diagram is a depiction of the Group structure as of June 30, 2010.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Group interest (%)

 

Net carrying value ($)

 

Name of Group company

 

Incorporation details

 

2010

 

2009

 

2010

 

2009

 

Entities held directly by parent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GeneType Pty. Ltd.

 

September 5, 1990
Victoria, Australia

 

100

%

100

%

1

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Genetic Technologies Corporation Pty. Ltd.

 

October 11, 1996
N.S.W., Australia

 

100

%

100

%

2

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RareCellect Pty. Ltd.

 

March 7, 2001
N.S.W., Australia

 

100

%

100

%

10

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GeneType AG

 

February 13, 1989
Zug, Switzerland

 

100

%

100

%

236

 

7,311

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GeneType Corporation

 

December 18, 1989
California, U.S.A.

 

100

%

100

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Phenogen Sciences Inc.

 

June 28, 2010
Delaware, U.S.A.

 

100

%

100

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gtech International Resources Limited

 

November 29, 1968
Yukon Territory, Canada

 

75.8

%

75.8

%

364,922

 

398,169

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Frozen Puppies Dot Com Pty. Ltd.

 

February 15, 2006
N.S.W., Australia

 

100

%

100

%

 

1,550,097

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ImmunAid Pty. Ltd. (refer note below)

 

March 21, 2001
Victoria, Australia

 

71.7

%

70.5

%

60

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total carrying value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

365,231

 

1,955,590

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Entities held by other subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AgGenomics Pty. Ltd.

 

February 15, 2002
Victoria, Australia

 

50.1

%

50.1

%

 

50

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Genetic Technologies (Beijing) Limited

 

December 25, 2008
Beijing Municipality, China

 

100

%

100

%

 

68,607

 

 

Note:               During the year ended June 30, 2010, outstanding loans between the Company and ImmunAid Pty. Ltd. were converted into additional equity in that company. The total amount of the loans at the time of the conversions was $334,112.  As a result, the Company increased its interest in ImmunAid Pty. Ltd. by approximately 1.2% from 70.5% to 71.7%.

 

F-37



Table of Contents

 

33.            CHANGES IN THE COMPOSITION OF THE ENTITY

 

Incorporation of subsidiary

 

On June 28, 2010, the Company incorporated Phenogen Sciences, Inc. in the state of Delaware, USA.  The initial contributed equity of the company is USD 10,000 which comprises 100 common shares with a value of USD 100 each. The company was incorporated to commercialize the BREVAGen TM breast cancer test that was acquired during the 2010 financial year by Genetic Technologies Limited (refer Note 15).

 

34.            PARENT ENTITY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

Summary financial information

 

The individual financial statements for the parent entity, Genetic Technologies Limited, disclose the aggregate amounts set out in the following table.

 

Australian dollars

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

Balance sheet

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

3,243,890

 

7,643,993

 

Total assets

 

7,856,620

 

16,089,356

 

Current liabilities

 

7,381,481

 

5,313,398

 

Total liabilities

 

7,609,844

 

5,399,699

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

Contributed equity

 

72,378,105

 

71,285,663

 

Reserves

 

 

 

 

 

Share-based payments

 

1,544,406

 

1,538,540

 

Net unrealized gains

 

 

170,000

 

Accumulated losses

 

(73,675,735

)

(62,304,546

)

 

 

246,776

 

10,689,657

 

Loss for the year

 

(11,371,189

)

(7,035,755

)

Total comprehensive loss

 

(11,371,189

)

(7,035,755

)

 

Note:         The current liabilities of Genetic Technologies Limited exceed its current assets as at June 30, 2010 due to the fact that the asset loans to, and investments in, its subsidiaries have been written down, whilst the loans from the subsidiaries to the parent entity as at that date have not.

 

Guarantees entered into by the parent entity

 

As at balance date, the parent entity had agreed to fund by way of loan all of the operating expenses of ImmunAid Pty. Ltd. (a subsidiary) up to, and including, September 30, 2010 and that it would not seek repayment of the loan during that period.

 

Related party information

 

As at June 30, 2010, $30,793,956 (2009: $30,089,249) was receivable by the Company from its various subsidiaries.  As at the same date, an amount of $5,626,740 (2009: $3,061,931) was payable by the Company to its wholly-owned subsidiaries.  All such loans are unsecured, generally interest free and there are no fixed terms of repayment.

 

Financial risk management

 

In assessing the recoverability of intercompany receivables, Genetic Technologies Limited, the parent entity, raises a provision for diminution to ensure that the carrying amount of these receivables does not exceed the net tangible assets of the subsidiaries.

 

Contingent liabilities of the parent entity

 

As at the date of this Financial Report, the parent entity had provided a letter of financial support to ImmunAid Pty. Ltd., a subsidiary (refer Note 36).

 

Contractual commitments for the acquisition of plant and equipment

 

The parent entity had no contractual commitments for the acquisition of plant and equipment as at June 30, 2010.

 

F-38



Table of Contents

 

35.            FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT

 

The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks such as market risk (including currency risk and interest rate risk), credit risk and liquidity risk.  The Group’s overall risk management program focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimize potential adverse effects on the financial performance of the Group.  The Group uses different methods to measure different types of risk to which it is exposed.  These methods include sensitivity analysis in the case of foreign exchange, interest rate and aging analysis for credit risk.

 

Risk management is managed by the Group’s Risk Management Committee under guidance provided by the Board of Directors.  The Committee identifies and evaluates financial risks in close cooperation with the Group’s operating units.  The Board, via its Audit Committee, provides guidance for overall risk management, as well as policies covering specific areas, such as foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk and credit risk.

 

The Group’s principal financial instruments comprise cash at bank and on hand, short-term deposits and hire purchase liabilities.  The Group has other financial assets and liabilities, such as trade receivables and payables, which arise directly from its operations.

 

The Group does not typically enter into derivative transactions, such as interest rate swaps or forward currency contracts.  It is, and has been throughout the period under review, the Group’s policy that no trading in financial instruments shall be undertaken.  The main risks arising from the Group’s financial instruments are credit risk exposures, liquidity risk, interest rate risk and foreign currency risk.  The policies for managing each of these risks are summarised below.

 

Details of the significant accounting policies and methods adopted, including the criteria for recognition, the basis of measurement and the basis on which income and expenses are recognized, in respect of each class of financial asset, financial liability and equity instrument are disclosed in Note 2.

 

The Group holds the following financial instruments:

 

Australian dollars

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

Financial assets

 

 

 

 

 

Cash at bank / on hand

 

1,773,152

 

3,076,902

 

Short-term deposits

 

1,533,159

 

4,750,000

 

Trade and other receivables

 

754,657

 

1,829,239

 

Performance bond and deposits

 

71,658

 

200

 

Available-for-sale investments

 

 

255,000

 

Total financial assets

 

4,132,626

 

9,911,341

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

Trade and other payables

 

1,195,673

 

2,158,557

 

Hire purchase liabilities

 

382,640

 

373,444

 

Total financial liabilities

 

1,578,313

 

2,532,001

 

 

Credit risk

 

The Group’s credit risk is managed on a Group basis.  Credit risk arises from cash and cash equivalents and deposits with banks and financial institutions, as well as credit exposures to customers, including outstanding receivables and committed transactions.  If there is no independent rating, the Group assesses the credit quality of the customer, taking into account its financial position, past experience and other factors.  Individual risk limits are set based on internal or external ratings.  The compliance with credit limits by customers is regularly monitored by Management.  Sales to retail customers are required to be settled in cash or using major credit cards, mitigating credit risk.  The maximum exposures to credit risk as at June 30, 2010 in relation to each class of recognized financial assets is the carrying amount of those assets, as indicated in the balance sheet.

 

Financial assets included on the balance sheet that potentially subject the Group to concentration of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents and trade receivables.  In accordance with the guidelines included in the Group’s Short Term Investment Policy, the Group minimizes this concentration of risk by placing its cash and cash equivalents with financial institutions that maintain superior credit ratings in order to limit the degree of credit exposure.  For banks and financial institutions, only independently-rated parties with a minimum rating of “A-1” are accepted.  The Group has also established guidelines relative to credit ratings, diversification and maturities that seek to maintain safety and liquidity.  The Group does not require collateral to provide credit to its customers, however, the majority of the Group’s customers are large, reputable organizations and, as such, the risk of credit exposure is limited. The Group has not entered into any transactions that qualify as a financial derivative instrument.

 

F-39


 


Table of Contents

 

35.            FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (cont.)

 

Credit risk (cont.)

 

In addition, receivable balances are monitored on an ongoing basis with the result that the Group’s exposure to bad debts is not significant.  As at June 30, 2010, the balance of the Group’s provision for doubtful debts was $102,500 (2009: $113,000), out of a total receivables balance as at that date of $754,657 (2009: $1,829,239).  For some trade receivables, the Group may also obtain security in the form of guarantees, deeds of undertaking or letters of credit which can be called upon if the counterparty is in default under the terms of the agreement.

 

Credit risk further arises in relation to financial guarantees given by the Group to certain parties in respect of obligations of its subsidiaries.  Such guarantees are only provided in exceptional circumstances.

 

An analysis of the aging of trade and other receivables and trade and other payables is provided below:

 

Australian dollars

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

Trade and other receivables

 

 

 

 

 

Current (less than 30 days)

 

578,417

 

1,597,055

 

31 days to 60 days

 

98,533

 

133,385

 

61 days to 90 days (note)

 

10,702

 

25,885

 

Greater than 90 days (note)

 

67,005

 

72,914

 

Total trade and other receivables (Note 10)

 

754,657

 

1,829,239

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade and other payables

 

 

 

 

 

Current (less than 30 days)

 

1,153,364

 

2,158,557

 

31 days to 60 days

 

42,309

 

 

61 days to 90 days

 

 

 

Greater than 90 days

 

 

 

Total trade and other payables (Note 16)

 

1,195,673

 

2,158,557

 

 

Note:         Trade and other receivables for the Group that are greater than 90 days include net amounts receivable from wholly-owned subsidiaries of $2,351,077 (2009: $5,692,928). The loans to and from these subsidiaries are interest free and there are no fixed terms of repayment.

A total of $77,707 in net trade and other receivables greater than 60 days is past due, of which a total of $68,220 had been received prior to the date of this Annual Report.  The Company considers that the remaining $9,487 is recoverable and not impaired.

 

Market risk

 

Foreign currency risk

 

The Group operates internationally and are exposed to foreign currency exchange risk, primarily with respect to the US dollar and Canadian dollar, through financial assets and liabilities. It is the Group’s policy not to hedge these transactions as the exposure is considered to be minimal from a consolidated operations perspective.  Further, as the Group incurs expenses payable in US dollars, the financial assets that are held in US dollars provide a natural hedge for the Group.

 

Foreign exchange risk arises from planned future commercial transactions and recognized assets and liabilities denominated in a currency that is not the entity’s functional currency and net investments in foreign operations.  The risk is measured using sensitivity analysis and cash flow forecasting.

 

The Group has a Foreign Exchange Management Policy which was developed to establish a formal framework and procedures for the efficient management of the financial risks that impact on Genetic Technologies Limited through its activities outside of Australia, predominantly in the United States.  The policy governs the way in which the financial assets and liabilities of the Group that are denominated in foreign currencies are managed and any risks associated with that management are identified and addressed.  Under the policy, which is to be updated on a regular basis as circumstances dictate, the Group generally retains in foreign currency only sufficient funds to meet the expected expenditures in that currency. Surplus funds, if any, are converted into Australian dollars as soon as practicable after receipt.

 

F-40



Table of Contents

 

35.            FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (cont.)

 

Market risk (cont.)

 

As at June 30, 2010, the Group held the following financial assets and liabilities that were denominated in foreign currencies:

 

Consolidated

 

Year

 

USD

 

CAD

 

EUR

 

JPY

 

GBP

 

CNY

 

NZD

 

CHF

 

Financial assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash at bank / on hand

 

2010

 

15,191

 

335,821

 

840

 

 

206

 

53,748

 

941

 

908

 

 

 

2009

 

4,047

 

380,971

 

 

 

206

 

470,904

 

6,034

 

9,079

 

Trade and other receivables

 

2010

 

119,677

 

 

90,000

 

 

 

56,259

 

 

550

 

 

 

2009

 

82,744

 

 

90,000

 

 

 

4,835

 

 

1,226

 

Performance bond and deposit

 

2010

 

 

 

50,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total financial assets

 

2010

 

134,868

 

335,821

 

140,840

 

 

206

 

110,007

 

941

 

1,458

 

 

 

2009

 

86,791

 

380,971

 

90,000

 

 

206

 

475,739

 

6,034

 

10,305

 

Financial liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade and other payables

 

2010

 

97,957

 

9,326

 

45,187

 

 

3,729

 

50,508

 

39

 

3,190

 

 

 

2009

 

193,342

 

10,520

 

 

51,951

 

 

7,791

 

1,318

 

4,190

 

Total financial liabilities

 

2010

 

97,957

 

9,326

 

45,187

 

 

3,729

 

50,508

 

39

 

3,190

 

 

 

2009

 

193,342

 

10,520

 

 

51,951

 

 

7,791

 

1,318

 

4,190

 

 

Notes:              USD — United States dollars       CAD — Canadian dollars       EUR — European euros               JPY — Japanese yen
GBP — Great Britain pounds      CNY — Chinese yuan             NZD — New Zealand dollars      CHF — Swiss francs

 

During the year ended June 30, 2010, the Australian dollar / US dollar exchange rate increased by 5.3%, from 0.8055 at the beginning of the year to 0.8480 at the end of the year. During the same period, Australian dollar / Canadian dollar exchange rate decreased by 3.5%, from 0.9303 at the beginning of the year to 0.8982 at the end of the year.

 

Based on the financial instruments held at June 30, 2010, had the Australian dollar weakened / strengthened by 10% against the US dollar with all other variables held constant, the Group’s loss for the year would have been $4,000 lower / $5,000 higher (2009: $15,000 lower / $12,000 higher), mainly as a result of changes in the values of cash and cash equivalents which are denominated in US dollars, as detailed in the above tables.

 

Based on the financial instruments held at June 30, 2010, had the Australian dollar weakened / strengthened by 10% against the Canadian dollar with all other variables held constant, the Group’s loss for the year would have been $33,000 lower / $40,000 higher (2009: $44,000 lower / $36,000 higher), due to changes in the values of cash and cash equivalents which are denominated in Canadian dollars, as detailed in the above tables.

 

Interest rate risk

 

The Group’s main interest rate risk arises in relation to its short-term deposits with various financial institutions.  If rates were to decrease, the Group may generate less interest revenue from such deposits.  However, given the relatively short duration of such deposits, the associate risk is relatively minimal.  The Group also has various hire purchase liabilities with fixed interest rates. While these rates do not vary once the contract has been executed, the Group may be subject to interest rate movements if it were to acquire additional assets via similar contracts in the future.

 

The Group has a Short Term Investment Policy which was developed to efficiently manage the Group’s surplus cash and cash equivalents.  In this context, the Group adopts a prudent approach that is tailored to cash forecasts rather than seeking high returns that may compromise access to funds as and when they are required.  Under the policy, the Group seeks to deposit its surplus cash in a range of deposits / securities over different time frames and with different institutions in an effort to diversify its portfolio and minimize risk.

 

On a monthly basis, Management provides the Board with a detailed list of all cash and cash equivalents, showing the periods over which the cash has been deposited, the name and credit rating of the institution holding the deposit and the interest rate at which has been deposited.  A comparison of interest rate movements from month to month and a variance to an 11am deposit rate is also provided.

 

At June 30, 2010, if interest rates had changed by +/- 50 basis points from the year-end rates, with all other variables held constant, the Group’s loss for the year would have been $16,000 lower / higher (2009: $39,000 lower / higher), mainly as a result of higher / lower interest income from cash and cash equivalents.  Consolidated equity for the Group would have been $16,000 higher / lower (2009: $39,000 higher / lower) mainly as a result of an increase / decrease in the fair value of cash and cash equivalents.

 

F-41



Table of Contents

 

35.            FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (cont.)

 

Market risk (cont.)

 

The exposure to interest rate risks and the effective interest rates of financial assets and liabilities, both recognized and unrealized, for the Group is as follows:

 

Consolidated

 

Year

 

Floating rate

 

Fixed rate

 

Carrying
amount

 

Weighted ave.
effective rate

 

Ave. maturity
period
days

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

%

 

 

 

Financial assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash at bank / on hand

 

2010

 

1,773,152

 

 

1,773,152

 

1.69

%

At call

 

 

 

2009

 

3,076,902

 

 

3,076,902

 

2.47

%

At call

 

Short-term deposits

 

2010

 

 

1,533,159

 

1,533,159

 

5.67

%

92

 

 

 

2009

 

 

4,750,000

 

4,750,000

 

4.37

%

89

 

Performance bond / deposits

 

2010

 

 

71,658

 

71,658

 

 

At call

 

 

 

2009

 

 

200

 

200

 

 

At call

 

Totals

 

2010

 

1,773,152

 

1,604,817

 

3,377,969

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2009

 

3,076,902

 

4,750,200

 

7,827,102

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hire purchase liabilities (Note 27)

 

2010

 

 

412,551

 

382,640

 

8.64

%

575

 

 

 

2009

 

 

413,499

 

373,444

 

9.45

%

714

 

Totals

 

2010

 

 

412,551

 

382,640

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2009

 

 

413,499

 

373,444

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notes:      All periods in respect of financial assets are for less than one year.

In respect of the hire purchase liabilities attributable to the Group, the interest rates are fixed for the terms of the facility, which is less than one year ($237,210) and between one and five years ($145,430).

 

Liquidity risk

 

Prudent liquidity risk management implies maintaining sufficient cash and cash equivalents and the availability of funding through an adequate amount of committed credit facilities, such as its hire purchase and credit card facilities.  The Group manages liquidity risk by continuously monitoring forecast and actual cash flows and, wherever possible, matching the maturity profiles of financial assets and liabilities.  Due to the dynamic nature of the underlying businesses, Management aims to maintain flexibility in funding by keeping committed credit lines available. Surplus funds are generally only invested in instruments that are tradeable in highly liquid markets.

 

A balanced view of cash inflows and outflows affecting the Group is summarised in the table below:

 

Consolidated

 

Year

 

< 6 months

 

6 to 12 months

 

1 to 5 years

 

> 5 years

 

Totals

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Financial assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash at bank / on hand

 

2010

 

1,773,152

 

 

 

 

1,773,152

 

 

 

2009

 

3,076,902

 

 

 

 

3,076,902

 

Short-term deposits

 

2010

 

1,533,159

 

 

 

 

1,533,159

 

 

 

2009

 

4,750,000

 

 

 

 

4,750,000

 

Trade and other receivables

 

2010

 

754,657

 

 

 

 

754,657

 

 

 

2009

 

1,829,239

 

 

 

 

1,829,239

 

Performance bond and deposits

 

2010

 

71,658

 

 

 

 

71,658

 

 

 

2009

 

200

 

 

 

 

200

 

Available-for-sale investments

 

2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2009

 

 

 

255,000

 

 

255,000

 

Total financial assets

 

2010

 

4,132,626

 

 

 

 

4,132,626

 

 

 

2009

 

9,656,341

 

 

255,000

 

 

9,911,341

 

 

F-42



Table of Contents

 

35.            FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (cont.)

 

Liquidity risk (cont.)

 

Consolidated

 

Year

 

< 6 months

 

6 to 12 months

 

1 to 5 years

 

> 5 years

 

Totals

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Financial liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade and other payables

 

2010

 

1,245,173

 

 

 

 

1,245,173

 

 

 

2009

 

2,158,557

 

 

 

 

2,158,557

 

Hire purchase liabilities

 

2010

 

134,326

 

125,271

 

152,954

 

 

412,551

 

 

 

2009

 

96,221

 

96,221

 

221,057

 

 

413,499

 

Total financial liabilities

 

2010

 

1,379,499

 

125,271

 

152,954

 

 

1,657,724

 

 

 

2009

 

2,254,778

 

96,221

 

221,057

 

 

2,572,056

 

Net maturity

 

2010

 

2,753,127

 

(125,271

)

(152,954

)

 

2,474,902

 

 

 

2009

 

7,401,563

 

(96,221

)

33,943

 

 

7,339,285

 

 

The Group had access to the following undrawn borrowing facilities as at June 30, 2010:

 

 

 

Facility limit

 

Amount used

 

Amount available

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Nature of facility

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Master Asset Finance Facility

 

2,500,000

 

(382,640

)

2,117,360

 

Credit card facilities

 

147,000

 

(29,123

)

117,877

 

 

Note:         The Master Asset Finance Facility may be drawn at any time, subject to compliance with applicable banking covenants, and is subject to annual review (refer Note 17 in respect of a breach of the terms of the Facility).

 

Fair value estimation

 

As at June 30, 2010, the Group’s available-for-sale investments have been recognized at their fair values. The following methods and assumptions are used to determine the fair values of financial assets and liabilities:

 

Cash and cash equivalents : the carrying amount approximates fair value due to their short term to maturity.

Trade and other receivables : the carrying amount approximates fair value.

Consumables : the carrying amount approximates fair value.

Performance bond and deposits : the carrying amount approximates fair value due to its short term to maturity.

Unlisted shares : the carrying amount has been written down to recoverable amount which approximates fair value.

Trade and other payables : the carrying amount approximates fair value.

Accrued expenses : the carrying amount approximates fair value.

Hire purchase liabilities : the carrying amount approximates fair value.

 

36.    SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

On July 30, 2010 and again on October 28, 2010, the Company provided letters of financial support to ImmunAid Pty. Ltd. (“ImmunAid”), a subsidiary.  Pursuant to the letters, the Company agreed fund by way of loan all of ImmunAid’s operating expenses up to, and including, December 31, 2010 and that it would not seek repayment of the loan during that period.  It is estimated that the total expenses payable will not exceed $100,000.

 

Subsequent to balance date, Settlement and License Agreements have been executed between Genetic Technologies Limited and Monsanto Company of St. Louis, Missouri, USA; Beckman Coulter Inc. and Clinical Data Inc., of Brea, California and Newton, Massachusetts, USA, respectively; Innogenetics N.V. of Ghent, Belgium; Laboratoires Réunis of Junglinster, Luxembourg; and Pioneer Hi-Bred International of Johnston, Iowa. As of the date of this Annual Report, total gross licensing fees of approximately $5.7 million have been generated from these agreements.

 

Apart from these transactions, there have been no other significant events which have occurred after balance date.

 

F-43


 

Exhibit 1.1

 

 

Constitution

 

 

of

 

Genetic Technologies Limited

 

ACN 009 212 328

 

BAKER & MC.KENZIE
Solicitors
Level 39, Rialto
525 Collins Street
MELBOURNE VIC 3000
Tel:  (03) 9617-4200
Fax:  (03) 9614-2103
Email: richard.lustig@bakernet.com


Ref: 59781-v3\RL9

 



 

Contents

 

Clause

 

 

 

 

Number

 

Heading

 

Page

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Preliminary

 

1

2

 

Share Capital

 

4

3

 

Certificates

 

5

4

 

CHESS

 

6

5

 

Lien

 

7

6

 

Calls

 

8

7

 

Forfeiture of Shares

 

10

8

 

Transfer of Shares

 

11

9

 

Transmission of Shares

 

13

10

 

Alteration of capital

 

13

11

 

Variation or cancellation of rights

 

14

12

 

Restricted Securities

 

15

13

 

Registered Office

 

15

14

 

Unmarketable parcels

 

15

15

 

General meetings

 

17

16

 

Proceedings at general meeting

 

19

17

 

Voting

 

20

18

 

Proxies

 

23

19

 

Directors

 

24

20

 

Director’s tenure of office

 

25

21

 

Director’s remuneration

 

26

22

 

Director’s contracts

 

27

23

 

Powers of Directors

 

28

24

 

Executive directors

 

29

25

 

Proceedings of Directors

 

30

26

 

Secretary

 

32

27

 

Minutes and registers to be kept

 

32

 

i



 

28

 

Reserves

 

33

29

 

Dividends

 

33

30

 

Capitalising profits

 

35

31

 

Financial statements

 

36

32

 

Inspection of records

 

36

33

 

Notices

 

36

34

 

Winding up

 

38

35

 

Indemnity and insurance

 

38

 

ii



 

Corporations Act 2001

A Company limited by Shares

 

Constitution

of

 

Genetic Technologies Limited

ACN 009 212 328

 

1                                         Preliminary

 

Definitions

 

1.1                                 In this Constitution, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

Act means the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth);

 

ASIC means Australian Securities and Investments Commission;

 

ASTC means ASX Settlement and Transfer Corporation Pty Ltd

 

ASX means Australian Stock Exchange Limited;

 

Board means the Directors acting as a Board of Directors;

 

Business day has the same meaning as in the Listing Rules;

 

CHESS means the Clearing House Electronic Sub register System established and operated by ASTC;

 

CHESS approved securities means securities approved by ASTC in accordance with the Settlement Rules;

 

Company means Genetic Technologies Limited;

 

Constitution means the constitution of the Company for the time being in force;

 

Directors means the directors of the Company from time to time, and in clause 35 includes alternate directors;

 

Financial Year has the meaning given to the term “financial year” in the Act;

 

Home Branch means the branch of the ASX designated to the Company by the ASX;

 

Listing Rules  means the Listing Rules of the ASX and any other rules of the ASX which apply while the Company is admitted to the Official List of the ASX, as amended or replaced from time to time, except to the extent of any express written waiver by ASX;

 

Member means a person who is entered in the Register as the holder of Shares in the capital of the Company;

 

Month means calendar month;

 

Office means the registered office for the time being of the Company;

 

1



 

Official List has the same meaning given to the term “official list” in the Listing Rules;

 

Register means the registers and/or sub registers of Members to be kept under the Act and the Listing Rules;

 

Related Body Corporate has the same meaning given to the term “related body corporate” in the Act;

 

Resolution means a resolution other than a Special Resolution;

 

Restricted Securities has the same meaning given to it in the Listing Rules;

 

Secretary means a person appointed as secretary of the Company and also includes any person appointed to perform the duties of secretary on a temporary basis and any duly appointed assistant secretary;

 

Settlement Rules  means the settlement rules of the ASTC as amended or replaced from time to time;

 

Shares means shares in the capital of the Company; and

 

Special Resolution has the same meaning given to the term “special resolution” in the Act.

 

Corporations Act 2001 and Listing Rules definitions

 

1.2                                 In this Constitution, unless the context otherwise requires, if an expression is defined in, or given a meaning for the purposes of, the Act or the Listing Rules that expression has the same definition or meaning in this Constitution to the extent that it relates to the same matter for which it is defined or given a meaning in the Act or the Listing Rules.

 

Interpretation

 

1.3                                 In this Constitution, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(a)                                   a reference to:

 

(i)             the singular includes the plural and the other way round;

 

(ii)            a gender includes every gender;

 

(iii)           the Act, any section, regulation or schedule of the Act or any other legislation is a reference to that law as amended, consolidated, supplemented or replaced;

 

(iv)           in writing or written includes printing, lithography, photography and other means of representing or reproducing words in a visible form;

 

(v)            paid up or paid includes credited as paid up or paid;

 

(vi)           dividend includes bonus;

 

(vii)          any person includes a reference to any individual, company, body corporate, association, partnership, firm, joint venture, trust or government agency;

 

(viii)         a person includes the person’s successors and legal personal representatives;

 

(ix)           a body (including an institute, association, authority or government agency) whether statutory or not:

 

(A)           which ceases to exist; or

 

2



 

(B)                                whose powers are transferred to another body,

 

is a reference to the body which replaces it or which substantially succeeds to its powers or functions;

 

(x)            the word including or includes means including but not limited to or including without limitation; and

 

(b)            headings are for convenience only and must be ignored in interpreting this Constitution.

 

Replaceable rules not to apply

 

1.4                                 To the maximum extent permitted by the Act, the provisions of the Act which apply as replaceable rules are displaced completely by this Constitution in relation to the Company.

 

Constitution subject to the Act

 

1.5                                 This Constitution is subject to the Act.  Where there is any inconsistency between a clause of this Constitution and the Act, the Act prevails to the extent of the inconsistency.

 

Listing Rules and Settlement Rules only to have effect if Company is listed

 

1.6                                 In this Constitution, a reference to the Listing Rules or Settlement Rules has effect only if at the relevant time the Company is admitted to the Official List and is otherwise to be disregarded.

 

Constitution subject to Listing Rules if Company is listed

 

1.7                                 While the Company is admitted to the Official List, the following clauses apply:

 

(a)            Despite anything contained in this Constitution, if the Listing Rules prohibit an act being done, the act must not be done.

 

(b)            Nothing contained in this Constitution prevents an act being done that the Listing Rules requires to be done.

 

(c)            If the Listing Rules require an act to be done or not to be done, authority is given for that act to be done or not to be done (as the case may be).

 

(d)            If the Listing Rules require this Constitution to contain a provision and it does not contain that provision, this Constitution is deemed to contain that provision.

 

(e)            If the Listing Rules require this Constitution not to contain a provision and it contains that provision, this Constitution is deemed not to contain that provision.

 

(f)             If any provision of this Constitution is or becomes inconsistent with the Listing Rules, this Constitution is deemed not to contain that provision to the extent of the inconsistency.

 

Limited liability of members

 

1.8                                 The Company is a company limited by shares.

 

3



 

2                                         Share Capital

 

Allotment and issue of Shares under control of Directors

 

2.1                                 The Directors control the allotment and issue of Shares.  Subject to the Act and the Listing Rules, the Directors:

 

(a)                                   may allot, issue or otherwise dispose of Shares to any persons, on any terms and conditions, at that issue price and at those times as the Directors think fit;

 

(b)                                  have full power to give any person a call or option over any Shares during any time and for any consideration as the Directors think fit; and

 

(c)                                   may issue Shares with any preferential, deferred or special rights, privileges or conditions or with any restrictions (whether in regard to dividend, voting, return of Share capital or otherwise) as the Directors determine.

 

Company may issue preference Shares

 

2.2                                 The Company may issue preference Shares including preference Shares which are, or which at the option of the Company or holder may be, liable to be redeemed or converted into ordinary Shares.

 

Rights of holders of preference Shares

 

2.3                                 All preference Shares issued by the Company confer on the holders of those preference Shares:

 

(a)                                   the same rights as holders of ordinary Shares to receive notices, reports and accounts and to attend general meetings of the Company; and

 

(b)                                  the right to vote in each of the following circumstances and in no others:

 

(i)                                     during a period when a dividend (or part of a dividend) for the Share is in arrears:

 

(ii)                                  on a proposal to reduce the Company’s Share capital;

 

(iii)                               on a Resolution to approve the terms of a buy-back agreement:

 

(A)                              on a proposal that affects rights attached to the Share;

 

(B)                                on a proposal to wind up the Company;

 

(C)                                on a proposal to dispose of the whole of the Company’s property, business and undertaking; and

 

(iv)                              during the winding up of the Company.

 

Brokerage or commission

 

2.4                                 Subject to the provisions and restrictions contained in the Act and the Listing Rules, the Company may pay brokerage or commission to any person in consideration of that person subscribing or agreeing to subscribe (whether absolutely or conditionally) for any Shares in the Company or for procuring or agreeing to procure subscriptions (whether absolutely or conditionally) for any Shares in the Company.  Any brokerage or commission may be paid or satisfied in cash, Shares, debentures or other securities of the Company or otherwise as the Directors determine.

 

4



 

Joint Holders

 

2.5                                 2 or more persons registered as the holders of any Share are deemed to hold the Share as joint tenants with benefits of survivorship, subject to the following provisions:

 

(a)                                   the joint holders are jointly and severally liable for all payments (including calls and instalments) made for the Share;

 

(b)                                  if a joint holder dies, the survivor or survivors are the only person or persons recognised by the Company as having any title to the Share, but the Directors may require evidence of death;

 

(c)                                   any 1 joint holder may give a valid receipt for any dividend, bonus or return of capital payable to the joint holders; and

 

(d)                                  delivery of a notice or a certificate for a Share to any joint holder is sufficient delivery to all the joint holders.

 

More than 3 persons registered

 

2.6                                 If more than 3 persons are noted in the Register as holders of securities of the Company, or a request is made to register more than 3 persons then (except in the case of executors or trustees or administrators of a deceased Member), the first 3 persons named in the Register or the request (as the case may be) are deemed to be the holders of those securities and no other persons will be regarded by the Company as a holder of those securities for any purpose.

 

Recognition of trusts or other interests

 

2.7                                 Subject to the provisions of the Act, the Company is entitled to treat the registered holder of any Shares as the absolute owner of those Shares and, accordingly, the Company is not bound to recognise (whether or not it has notice):

 

(a)                                   a person as holding a Share on any trust; or

 

(b)                                  any equitable, contingent, future or partial interest in any Share or unit of a Share.

 

3                                         Certificates

 

Certificated holdings

 

3.1                                 The provisions of this clause 3 apply only to the extent that the Company is required by the Act, the Listing Rules or the Settlement Rules to issue certificates for Shares or other marketable securities of the Company, and then only for those Shares or other marketable securities for which certificates are required to be issued.

 

Issue of certificates

 

3.2                                 Subject to this Constitution, where the Company is required by the Act, the Listing Rules or the Settlement Rules to issue certificates for Shares or other marketable securities of the Company, the certificates must be issued in accordance with the Act, the Listing Rules and Settlement Rules and must include all information required by the Act, the Listing Rules and Settlement Rules.

 

5



 

Entitlement of Member to certificate

 

3.3                                 Subject to this Constitution, every Member is entitled free to 1 certificate for each class of Shares or other marketable securities registered in its name or to several certificates each for a reasonable proportion of those Shares or marketable securities.

 

Certificate for joint holders

 

3.4                                 Where Shares or other marketable securities are registered in the names of 2 or more persons, only 1 certificate is required to be issued for each class of those Shares or marketable securities.

 

Cancellation of certificate on transfer

 

3.5                                 Subject to this Constitution, on every application to register the transfer of any Shares or other marketable securities or to register any person as a Member in respect of any Shares or other marketable securities which may have been transmitted to that person by operation of law, the certificate for those Shares or other marketable securities must be delivered up to the Company for cancellation.

 

3.6                                 The Company must issue a new certificate in similar form specifying the Shares or other marketable securities transferred or transmitted and deliver it to the transferee or transmittee within 5 business days after the registrable transfer or transmission notice is lodged with the Company.

 

3.7                                 If registration is required for some only of the Shares or other marketable securities specified on the certificate delivered up to the Company, a new certificate specifying the Shares or other marketable securities remaining untransferred or untransmitted must be delivered to the transferor.

 

Replacement of certificates

 

3.8                                 The Company must issue a replacement certificate:

 

(a)                                   if the certificate is worn out or defaced, on production of the certificate to the Company to be replaced and cancelled;  or

 

(b)                                  if the certificate is lost or destroyed, on the Company being furnished with:

 

(i)                                     evidence that the certificate has been lost or destroyed, and has not been disposed of or pledged, as is required by the Act;

 

(ii)                                  an undertaking to return the certificate, if found, as required by the Act; and

 

(iii)                               if the Directors consider it necessary, a bond or indemnity as the Act authorises the Directors to require.

 

3.9                                 The Company must issue all replacement certificates within 5 business days after receiving the original certificate or evidence of loss or destruction.

 

4                                         CHESS

 

Participation in CHESS

 

4.1                                 While the Company is admitted to the Official List it must participate in CHESS to the extent required by the Listing Rules.

 

6



 

Compliance with Settlement Rules

 

4.2                                 The Company must comply with the Settlement Rules if any of its securities are CHESS approved securities.  In particular the Company must comply with the requirements of the Settlement Rules and Listing Rules about maintenance of registers, issuing holding statements and transfers in relation to its CHESS approved securities.

 

Registers

 

4.3                                 If the Company’s securities are CHESS approved securities, in addition to the CHESS sub register, the Company must provide for an issuer sponsored sub register, or a certificated sub register, or both (at least if the Company has Restricted Securities on issue).

 

No interference with proper ASTC transfer

 

4.4                                 The Company must not prevent, delay or interfere with the generation of a proper ASTC transfer or the registration of a paper-based transfer in registrable form (which satisfies the requirements of clause 8), except as permitted by clause 8.4, the Listing Rules or Settlement Rules.

 

5                                         Lien

 

Lien

 

5.1                                 The Company has a first and paramount lien on every Share for:

 

(a)                                   unpaid calls and instalments on those Shares;

 

(b)                                  if the Shares were acquired under an employee incentive scheme, any amount owing to the Company for acquiring those Shares; and

 

(c)                                   any amount the Company is required by law to pay (and has paid) in respect of the Share of a Member or deceased Member.

 

5.2                                 A lien extends to reasonable interest at any rates the Directors may determine, and expenses incurred because the amount is not paid.

 

Extent of lien

 

5.3                                 The Company’s lien on a Share extends to all dividends, bonuses and other moneys payable for the Share including the proceeds of sale of the Share.  The Company may deduct or set-off against any dividends, bonuses or other moneys subject to the Company’s lien any moneys due and payable to the Company.

 

Exemption from lien

 

5.4                                 The Directors may at any time declare any Share to be wholly or in part exempt from the provisions of clauses 5.1 and 5.2.

 

Sale under lien

 

5.5                                 Subject to clause 7, the Company may sell or otherwise dispose of any Shares on which the Company has a lien in any manner if, and only if:

 

(a)                                   an amount in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable ( the Sum ); and

 

7



 

(b)                                  30 days has expired from the Company giving written notice ( Notice ) to the registered holder of the Shares, or to the person entitled to the Shares because of the death or bankruptcy of the registered holder; and

 

(c)                                   the Notice specified:

 

(i)                                     the Sum; and

 

(ii)                                  that payment must be made by a date at least 10 business days after the date of the Notice; and

 

(iii)                               a reasonable place and method for payment; and

 

(iv)                              that if payment were not made as required, the Shares would be sold under the lien; and

 

(d)                                  the Notice has not been complied with.

 

Proceeds of sale of Shares sold under lien

 

5.6                                 The Company must:

 

(a)                                   apply the net proceeds of Shares sold under lien (after payment of all costs and expenses incurred in selling the Shares) ( Net Proceeds ) in payment of the Sum; and

 

(b)                                  pay the balance of the Net Proceeds to the person registered as the holder of the Shares immediately before the Shares were sold or as that person directs.

 

5.7                                 The remedy of any person aggrieved by the sale or disposal of its Shares under this clause is limited to a right of action in damages against the Company to the exclusion of any other right, remedy or relief against any other person.

 

Transfer on sale under lien

 

5.8                                 The Company must register the purchaser as holder of the Shares transferred.

 

5.9                                 The purchaser of the Shares transferred is not bound to see that the purchase money is properly applied as set out in this clause 5.

 

5.10                           The purchaser’s title to the Shares is unaffected by any irregularity or invalidity in connection with the sale or the application of the purchase money.

 

Company may forfeit instead

 

5.11                           If clause 7 applies to a Share on which a call is unpaid, the Company may choose which of the sale and other procedures under clauses 5 and 7 it will use. Choosing to use procedures under one of those clauses does not limit the Company’s rights under the other clause.

 

6                                         Calls

 

Directors may make calls

 

6.1                                 The Directors may make calls as they think fit on the Members for all moneys unpaid on Shares held by those Members which are not moneys made payable by the conditions of allotment at fixed times.

 

8



 

6.2                                 A call is deemed to have been made when the Resolution of the Directors authorising that call was passed.

 

6.3                                 A call may be made payable by instalments.

 

6.4                                 The Directors may revoke or postpone a call.

 

Notice of calls

 

6.5                                 The Company must give written notice of a call at least 30 business days before the call is due.  The notice must specify the time and place for payment and any other information required by the Listing Rules.  The non-receipt of any notice by, or the accidental omission to give notice of any call to, any Member will not invalidate the call.

 

Difference in terms of issue as to calls

 

6.6                                 The Directors may, on the issue of Shares, differentiate between the holders as to the amount of calls to be paid and the time for payment of those calls.

 

Fixed payments deemed calls

 

6.7                                 Any sum which, by the terms of issue of a Share, becomes payable on allotment or at any fixed date, will for the purposes of this Constitution be deemed to be a call duly made and payable on the date on which the sum is payable.  In case of non-payment, all the relevant provisions of this Constitution as to payment of interest and expenses, forfeiture or otherwise will apply as if the sum had become payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

 

Interest on sums not paid

 

6.8                                 A sum called in respect of a Share and not paid on or before the date for payment bears interest from the date for payment to the time of actual payment at any rates as the Directors may determine.  The Directors may waive payment of interest, either in whole or in part.

 

Payment of calls

 

6.9                                 Each Member must pay the amount of every call made on the Member at the times and places appointed by the Directors.

 

Proof of calls

 

6.10                           In any proceeding to recover moneys due for any call, it is sufficient and conclusive evidence of the debt if it is proved that:

 

(a)                                   the name of the Member sued is entered in the Register as the holder or 1 of the holders of the Shares in respect of which the call was made; and

 

(b)                                  the Resolution making the call was recorded in the minute book; and

 

(c)                                   notice of the call was given to the Member sued in accordance with this Constitution.

 

Prepayment of calls

 

6.11                           The Directors may receive from any Member willing to advance it, all or any part of the amount unpaid on the Shares held by that Member beyond the sums actually called up.  The Directors may then either:

 

(a)                                   if the Member so requests, make a call on the Member for the amount advanced, pro rata in respect of all Shares held by that Member on which moneys remain unpaid or on any other basis as agreed between that Member and the Directors; or

 

9



 

(b)                                  authorise payment by the Company of interest on the whole or any part of the amount so received until the amount becomes due or is repaid at the rate agreed between the Member paying the sum in advance and the Directors.  The Directors may at any time authorise repayment of the whole or any part of the amount paid in advance on giving the Member 1 Month’s notice of the date for repayment.

 

7                                         Forfeiture of Shares

 

Forfeiture on non-payment of calls

 

7.1                               Unless the Directors otherwise determine, any Share on which a call is unpaid 14 days after the day for its payment has expired will be absolutely forfeited without any Resolution of the Directors or other proceeding being required.  Subject to the Act and the Listing Rules, the Directors may then proceed to cancel or sell the forfeited Shares.

 

Evidence of forfeiture

 

7.2                               A written statement declaring that the person making the statement is a Director or Secretary of the Company and that a Share in the Company has been forfeited on a date stated in the statement, is conclusive evidence of the facts stated in the statement as against all persons claiming to be entitled to the Share.

 

Effect of forfeiture

 

7.3                               On forfeiture of a Share the person whose Share is forfeited:

 

(a)                                  will cease to be a Member in respect of the forfeited Share;

 

(b)                                  will lose all entitlements to dividends declared in respect of the forfeited Share and not actually paid; and

 

(c)                                   will remain liable to pay the Company all money which, at the date of forfeiture, was payable by the person to the Company in respect of the forfeited Share together with interest on that amount from the date of forfeiture until payment at the rate determined by the Directors.  The Directors are under no obligation to enforce payment.

 

Sale of forfeited Share

 

7.4                               If the Directors determine to sell any forfeited Shares, the Company may dispose of any forfeited Shares on any terms and in any manner as the Directors determine, and in accordance with any applicable requirements of the Act and the Listing Rules.

 

7.5                               The Company may do all things necessary to give effect to the sale of the forfeited Shares, including authorising a Director or any other person to:

 

(a)                                  execute a transfer of the Shares sold in favour of the purchaser of the Shares; and

 

(b)                                  do all acts and things as are necessary or desirable under the Act, the Listing Rules or Settlement Rules, to effect a transfer and to enable the forfeited Shares to be disposed of.

 

7.6                               The Company must register the transferee as holder of the Shares forfeited.

 

7.7                               The transferee of the forfeited Shares is not bound to see that forfeit money is properly applied as set out in this clause 7.  The transferee’s title to the Shares is unaffected by any irregularity or invalidity in connection with the forfeiture, sale or disposal of the Shares.

 

10



 

Proceeds of sale

 

7.8                               The proceeds of sale of any forfeited Shares received by the Company must be applied in payment of:

 

(a)                                  first, the expenses of the sale;

 

(b)                                  secondly, any expenses necessarily incurred in connection with the forfeiture, including any interest accrued;

 

(c)                                   thirdly, the calls then due and unpaid; and

 

(d)                                  the balance (if any) must be paid to the Member whose Shares have been sold within 5 business days of the Company receiving  the proceeds of sale.

 

Redemption of forfeited Shares

 

7.9                               A Share belonging to a person which has been forfeited may be redeemed at any time up to, but not including, the day on which the Share is intended to be sold, by payment to the Company of all calls due on the Share and any other costs and expenses which may be permitted by the Act and the Listing Rules, and on payment the person is entitled to the Share as if the forfeiture had not occurred.

 

7.10                        The remedy of any person aggrieved by the sale or disposal of its Shares under this clause is limited to a right of action in damages against the Company to the exclusion of any other right, remedy or relief against any other person.

 

Surrender of Shares

 

7.11                        The Directors may accept the surrender of any Share which they are entitled to forfeit on any terms they think fit and any Share so surrendered may be disposed of in the same manner as a forfeited Share.

 

8                                         Transfer of Shares

 

Transfer document

 

8.1                               Subject to this Constitution, the Act, the Listing Rules and Settlement Rules a Member may transfer all or any Shares by a transfer document duly stamped (if necessary) and delivered to the Company.  The transfer document must be in writing in the usual or common form or in any other form as the Directors may from time to time prescribe or, in particular circumstances, agree to accept and must  be signed by or on behalf of the transferor or as otherwise permitted by the Act.

 

Registration procedure

 

8.2                               Subject to this Constitution, the Act, the Listing Rules and Settlement Rules every transfer document must be delivered to the Company accompanied by the certificate for the Shares to be transferred and any other evidence the Directors may require to prove the title of the transferor or its right to transfer the Shares.  The Company must retain all transfer documents registered but any transfer document which the Directors refuse to register must (except in the case of fraud or suspected fraud) be returned on demand to the person who deposited that document.

 

11



 

Registration of transfer

 

8.3                               Subject to clause 8.4, the Company must register each registrable paper-based transfer of Shares which complies with clauses 8.1 and 8.2, the Act and the Listing Rules and must do so without charge.

 

Restrictions on transfer

 

8.4                               Except as otherwise provided for in the Listing Rules and Settlement Rules, the Directors may in their absolute discretion ask ASTC to apply a holding lock to prevent a proper ASTC transfer, or refuse to register a paper-based transfer, of a Share where:

 

(a)                                  the Company has a lien on the Shares the subject of the transfer;

 

(b)                                  the Company is served with a court order that restricts a Member’s capacity to transfer the Shares;

 

(c)                                   registration of the transfer may break an Australian law and the ASX has agreed in writing to the application of a holding lock (which must not breach the Settlement Rules) or that the Company may refuse to register a transfer;

 

(d)                                  if the transfer is paper-based, either a law related to stamp duty prohibits the Company from registering it, or the Company is otherwise allowed to refuse to register it under the Listing Rules;

 

(e)                                   the transfer does not comply with the terms of any employee incentive scheme of the Company;

 

(f)                                    if the transfer is paper-based, registration of the transfer will create a new holding which at the time of the transfer is lodged is less than a marketable parcel as defined in the Listing Rules;

 

(g)                                   the relevant Member has agreed in writing to the application of a holding lock (which must not breach the Settlement Rules) or that the Company may refuse to register a transfer; or

 

(h)                                  if otherwise permitted under the Listing Rules.

 

Notice of refusal to register

 

8.5                               If the Company refuses to register a paper-based transfer under clause 8.4, it must tell the lodging party in writing of the refusal and the reason for it, within 5 business days after the date on which the transfer was lodged.

 

8.6                               If the Company asks ASTC to apply a holding lock under clause 8.4, it must tell the holder of the Shares in writing of the holding lock and reason for it, within 5 business days after the date in which it asked for the holding lock.

 

Transfer not complete until name entered in the Register

 

8.7                               Subject to the Settlement Rules, the transferor of a Share remains the holder of the Share until the name of the transferee is entered in the Register in respect of that Share.

 

12



 

9                                         Transmission of Shares

 

Death of a Member

 

9.1                               If a Member dies:

 

(a)                                  and the Member was a joint holder of any Shares, the surviving joint holder (or holders) is (or are) the only person (or persons) recognised by the Company as having any title to or interest in those Shares; and

 

(b)                                  the legal personal representatives of the Member (not being 1 of 2 or more joint holders) are the only persons recognised by the Company as having any title to or interest in the Shares registered in its name.

 

Transmission on death or bankruptcy

 

9.2                               Any person becoming entitled to a Share because a Member dies or becomes bankrupt, or otherwise by operation of law, on producing the evidence of entitlement which the Directors may require, may elect either to be registered personally as the holder of the Share or to have some person nominated by it registered as the transferee of that Share.

 

Election as to registration on transmission

 

9.3                               If the person becoming entitled to a Share:

 

(a)                                  elects to be registered personally, he or she must deliver or send to the Company a personally signed written notice stating that election; or

 

(b)                                  elects to have another person registered, he or she must effect a transfer of the Share in favour of that person.

 

9.4                               All the limitations, restrictions and provisions of this Constitution relating to the right to transfer, the form of transfer and the registration of transfers of Shares will be applicable to any notices or transfers.

 

10                                  Alteration of capital

 

Company’s power to alter capital

 

10.1                        The Company may, by Resolution passed at a general meeting:

 

(a)                                  consolidate all or any of its Shares into Shares of a larger amount;

 

(b)                                  subdivide its Shares or any of them into Shares of a smaller amount, but so that in the subdivision the proportion between the amount paid and the amount (if any) unpaid on each subdivided Share is the same as it was for the Share from which the subdivided Share is derived; or

 

(c)                                   cancel Shares which have been forfeited, subject to the requirements of the Listing Rules.

 

Dealing with fractions

 

10.2                        Subject to the Act, the Directors may do anything required to give effect to any resolution which alters the Company’s share capital. Where a Member becomes entitled to a fraction of a Share on a consolidation, this power includes:

 

13



 

(a)                                  making cash payments;

 

(b)                                  determining that fractions may be disregarded to adjust the rights of all parties;

 

(c)                                   appointing a trustee to deal with any fractions on behalf of Members; and

 

(d)                                  rounding up each fractional entitlement to the nearest whole Share by capitalising any amount available for capitalisation even though only some of the Members may participate in the capitalisation.

 

Reduction of capital

 

10.3                        Subject to the Act and the Listing Rules, the Company may reduce its capital in any manner, including by way of distributing specific assets, including securities of the Company or of any other corporation, trust or entity.

 

Power to buy back Shares

 

10.4                        The Company may, in accordance with the Act and the Listing Rules, buy back its own Shares on any terms and conditions determined by the Directors.  The consideration paid for a buy back of Shares may include specific assets, including securities of the Company or of any other corporation, trust or entity.

 

11                                  Variation or cancellation of rights

 

Variation or cancellation of rights of class of Shares

 

11.1                        Subject to the Act and the Listing Rules, all or any of the rights and privileges attached to any class of Shares (unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the Shares of that class) may be varied or cancelled , including by converting or reclassifying Shares from one class to another :

 

(a)                                  with the written consent of holders of at least 75% of the Shares issued in that class; or

 

(b)                                  with the approval of a Special Resolution passed at a meeting of holders of the Shares of that class.  The provisions of this Constitution relating to notice of meetings, quorum at a meeting, the appointment of a chairman and of proxies, attorneys and representatives, the depositing and form and validity of proxies and the conduct of general meetings will apply to any meeting of that class to approve that Resolution.

 

No consent or sanction required for redemption

 

11.2                        A consent or sanction referred to in clause 11.1 is not required to redeem any Shares or vary any other rights attaching to any Shares where that redemption or variation is in accordance with the terms of issue of those Shares.

 

No variation by issue of further Shares ranking equally

 

11.3                        The rights conferred on the holders of the Shares of any class will not, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue of the Shares of that class, be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further Shares ranking equally in respect of those rights.

 

14



 

12                                  Restricted Securities

 

12.1                        The Company must comply with all the requirements of the Listing Rules relating to Restricted Securities.  Despite any other provisions of this Constitution:

 

(a)                                  Restricted Securities cannot be disposed of (as the term “disposed” is defined in the Listing Rules) during the escrow period for those Restricted Securities, except as permitted by the Listing Rules or the ASX;

 

(b)                                  the Company must refuse to acknowledge a disposal (including registering a transfer) of Restricted Securities during the escrow period for any Restricted Securities except as permitted by the Listing Rules or the ASX; and

 

(c)                                   during a breach of the Listing Rules relating to Restricted Securities, or a breach of a restriction agreement, the holder of the Restricted Securities is not entitled to any dividend or distribution, or voting rights, in respect of the Restricted Securities.

 

13                                  Registered Office

 

The Company shall have its registered office at such location in Australia as the Directors determine.

 

14                                  Unmarketable parcels

 

Definitions

 

14.1                        In this clause:

 

Effective Date means the date immediately following the expiry of the period referred to in the notice given by the Company to Unmarketable Parcel Holders in accordance with this clause;

 

Marketable Parcel means a number of Shares equal to a marketable parcel as defined in the Listing Rules, calculated on the day before the Company gives notice under clause 14.22;

 

Unmarketable Parcel means a number of Shares which is less than a Marketable Parcel;

 

Unmarketable Parcel Holder means a Member holding an Unmarketable Parcel.

 

Notice to Unmarketable Parcel Holder

 

14.2                        The Company may give written notice to an Unmarketable Parcel Holder advising of the Company’s intention to sell its Unmarketable Parcel under this clause, unless the Unmarketable Parcel Holder, within 6 weeks from the date the notice is sent by the Company, gives written notice to the Company that it wishes to retain its Shares in which case the provisions of this clause will not apply to the Shares held by that Unmarketable Parcel Holder.

 

Revocation or withdrawal of notice

 

14.3                        If an Unmarketable Parcel Holder has given written notice to the Company that it wishes its Shares to be exempted from this clause, it may at any time before the Effective Date revoke or withdraw that notice and the provisions of this clause will then apply to the Shares held by that Unmarketable Parcel Holder.

 

15



 

Sale of Unmarketable Parcels

 

14.4                        Subject to clause 14.2, on and from the Effective Date, the Company may sell or otherwise dispose of the Shares held by each Unmarketable Parcel Holder on any terms and in that  manner and at those times which the Directors determine.  For the purpose of selling or disposing of those Shares, each Unmarketable Parcel Holder irrevocably:

 

(a)                                  appoints the Company as its agent to sell all the Shares it holds;

 

(b)                                  appoints the Company and each Director and Secretary from time to time jointly and severally as its attorney in its name and on its behalf to effect a transfer document for its Shares and to otherwise act to effect a transfer of its Shares; and

 

(c)                                   appoints the Company as its agent to deal with the proceeds of sale of those Shares in accordance with this clause.

 

Company to pay all costs

 

14.5                        The Company will pay all costs and expenses of the sale and disposal of Unmarketable Parcels under this clause.

 

Title of purchaser of Unmarketable Parcel

 

14.6                        Once the name of the purchaser of the Shares sold or disposed of in accordance with this clause is entered in the Register for those Shares, the title of the purchaser to those Shares is not affected by any irregularity or invalidity in connection with the sale or disposal of those Shares and the validity of the sale may not be impeached by any person.

 

Remedy of Unmarketable Parcel Holder

 

14.7                        The remedy of any Unmarketable Parcel Holder who is aggrieved by the sale or disposal of its Shares under this clause is limited to a right of action in damages against the Company to the exclusion of any other right, remedy or relief against any other person.

 

Evidence of sale in accordance with this clause

 

14.8                        A written statement declaring that the person making the statement is a Director or Secretary of the Company and that the Shares of an Unmarketable Parcel Holder have been dealt with in accordance with this clause, is conclusive evidence of the facts stated in the statement as against all persons claiming to be entitled to those Shares.

 

Receipt of proceeds of sale

 

14.9                        The Company’s receipt of the sale proceeds of the Shares of an Unmarketable Parcel Holder is a good discharge to the purchaser of all liability in respect of the purchase of those Shares and the purchaser will not be bound to see to the application of the money paid as consideration.

 

Company to deal with proceeds of sale

 

14.10                 The Company will receive the proceeds of sale of the Shares of each Unmarketable Parcel Holder and will deal with those proceeds as follows.  It must:

 

(a)                                  pay the proceeds into a separate bank account which it opens and maintains for that purpose;

 

(b)                                  hold the proceeds in trust for the Unmarketable Parcel Holder;

 

(c)                                   immediately it receives the proceeds, notify the Unmarketable Parcel Holder in writing of the receipt and that the proceeds are being held by the Company pending

 

16



 

receipt of the share certificate (if any) for those Shares sold or disposed of or, if those certificates have been lost or destroyed, a statement and undertaking in accordance with the Act, and seeking instructions from the Unmarketable Parcel Holder as to how the proceeds are to be dealt with;

 

(d)                                  deal with the sale proceeds as instructed by the Unmarketable Parcel Holder on whose behalf they are held if the Member provides the Company with the certificate (if any) for those Shares or, if that certificate has been lost or destroyed, a statement and undertaking in accordance with the Act; and

 

(e)                                   if the whereabouts of the Unmarketable Parcel Holder are unknown or no instructions are received from the Unmarketable Parcel Holder within 2 years of the proceeds being received by the Company, deal with those proceeds according to the applicable laws dealing with unclaimed moneys.

 

Overriding effect of this clause

 

14.11                 Subject to clauses 1.7 and 14.12, the provisions of this clause 14 have effect despite any other provision of this Constitution.

 

Clause ceases to have effect following announcement of takeover bid

 

14.12                 This clause 14 ceases to have effect following the announcement of a takeover bid but, despite clause 14.13, the procedures set out in this clause may be started again after the close of the offers made under the takeover bid.

 

Clause may be invoked only once in any 12 Month period

 

14.13                 The provisions of this clause may be invoked only once in any 12 Month period.

 

15                                  General meetings

 

Annual general meetings

 

15.1                        Annual general meetings of the Company must be held in accordance with the Act and the Listing Rules.  The business of an annual general meeting may include:

 

(a)                                  receiving and considering the statement of financial performance and statement of financial position and the reports of the Directors and of the auditors and the statement of the Directors;

 

(b)                                  electing Directors;

 

(c)                                   adopting the remuneration report;

 

(d)                                  appointing the auditor, and

 

(e)                                   fixing the remuneration of the auditor,

 

whether or not this is stated in the notice of meeting.

 

General meetings

 

15.2                        The Directors may convene a general meeting of the Company whenever they think fit.

 

17



 

Members may requisition meeting

 

15.3                        Members may requisition the holding of a general meeting in accordance with the Act and the Directors must convene a general meeting in accordance with the time limits under the Act.

 

Notice of general meeting

 

15.4                        Notice of every annual general meeting, general meeting or meeting of any class of Members must be given in the manner provided by this Constitution and the Act to the Members and those persons who are otherwise entitled under this Constitution to receive notices.

 

Contents of notice of general meeting

 

15.5                        Every notice convening a general meeting must include or be accompanied by all information required by the Act and the Listing Rules and must at least:

 

(a)                                  set out the place, the day and time for the meeting (and, if the meeting is to be held in 2 or more places, the technology that will be used to facilitate this);

 

(b)                                  subject to clause 15.1, state the general nature of the business to be transacted at the meeting and any Special Resolution to be proposed;

 

(c)                                   include a statement that:

 

(i)                                     a Member entitled to attend and vote is entitled to appoint a proxy;

 

(ii)                                  a proxy need not be a Member; and

 

(iii)                               a Member who is entitled to cast 2 or more votes may appoint 2 proxies and may specify the proportion or number of votes each proxy is appointed to exercise;

 

(d)                                  be accompanied by an instrument of proxy in the form described in this Constitution or in any other form as the Directors may from time to time prescribe or accept;

 

(e)                                   include information about how instruments of proxy can be delivered to the Company; and

 

(f)                                    if required by the Listing Rules, include a voting exclusion statement.

 

Omission to give notice

 

15.6                        Except as prescribed by the Act, the accidental omission to give notice of a meeting to any Member or the non-receipt of notice of a meeting by any Member does not invalidate any of the proceedings at that meeting.

 

Changes to general meeting

 

15.7                        The Directors may change the venue for, and postpone or cancel a general meeting if they consider that the meeting has become unnecessary, or that a postponement is in the interests of Members, or that the venue would be unreasonable or impractical, or a change is otherwise necessary to conduct the meeting efficiently.  However, a meeting called to comply with a Members’ requisition may not be postponed or cancelled unless those who requisitioned the meeting first consent in writing.

 

18



 

16                                  Proceedings at general meeting

 

Member deemed to be present

 

16.1                        A Member may attend a general meeting at which the Member is entitled to be present, and is deemed to be pre s ent, in any of the following ways:

 

(a)                                  in person;

 

(b)                                  by attorney;

 

(c)                                   by proxy;

 

(d)                                  in the case of a Member which is a body corporate, by a representative appointed under section 250D of the Act.

 

Attorney of Member

 

16.2                        Any Member may appoint an attorney to act on its behalf at all meetings of the Company or all meetings of the Company during a specified period.  Before the first meeting at which the attorney acts on the Member’s behalf, the power of attorney validly appointing the attorney must be deposited at the Office or at any place specified in the notice convening that meeting.

 

Representative of body corporate

 

16.3                        Any Member being a body corporate may, in accordance with the Act, by Resolution of its Directors authorise any person to act as its representative at any meeting.  That representative is then entitled to exercise the same powers as the body corporate appointing the representative could have exercised as a Member, if it were a natural person.

 

Quorum for general meeting

 

16.4                        No business may be transacted at any general meeting unless a quorum is present at the start of the business.  A quorum is 3 Members who are present.

 

No quorum

 

16.5                        If a quorum is not present within 30 minutes after the time appointed for the meeting;

 

(a)                                  any meeting convened on a requisition of Members is dissolved;

 

(b)                                  any other meeting stands adjourned to the same day in the next week at the same time and place or to any other day, time and place as the Directors may appoint by notice to the Members.  If at the adjourned meeting a quorum is not present within 30 minutes after the time appointed for the adjourned meeting, then those Members who are present in person are deemed to be a quorum and may transact the business for which the meeting was called.

 

Chairman of general meeting

 

16.6                        The chairman of the Directors, or, in the chairman’s absence, the deputy chairman (if any) will be entitled to take the chair at every general meeting.  If there is no chairman or if at any meeting the chairman is not present within 30 minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting or if the chairman is unwilling to act, the Directors present may choose a chairman. If the Directors do not choose a chairman, the Members present must choose 1 of the Directors to be chairman, and if no Director is present or willing to take the chair, the Members must choose 1 of the Members to be chairman.

 

19



 

16.7                        The chairman may, in the case of a conflict of interest or otherwise in his or her discretion, appoint someone else (who need not be a Director) to act as chairman of one or more items of business or resolutions at a general meeting.  While acting as chairman the appointee may exercise all of the chairman’s powers and discretions.  The original chairman resumes the role of chairman after the appointment concludes.

 

Powers of chairman

 

16.8                        The chairman is responsible for the general conduct of and procedures at the general meeting.

 

16.9                        The chairman’s decisions about general conduct and procedures is final.

 

16.10                 At any general meeting, if:

 

(a)                                  the chairman declares that a Resolution or Special Resolution has been carried, or carried by a particular majority, or not carried; and

 

(b)                                  an entry to that effect is recorded in the minutes of proceedings of the Company

 

that declaration is conclusive evidence of the fact without proof of the number or proportion of votes recorded in favour of or against that Resolution or Special Resolution.

 

Adjournment of general meeting

 

16.11                 The chairman of a general meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time and from place to place, but no business will be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than the business left unfinished at the meeting from which the adjournment took place.

 

Notice of adjourned meeting

 

16.12                 If any general meeting is adjourned for more than 1 month, Members of the Company must be given notice of the adjournment in the same manner in which notice was, or ought to have been, given of the original meeting.

 

17                                  Voting

 

Resolution determined by majority

 

17.1                        At a general meeting all Resolutions submitted to the meeting will be decided by a simple majority of votes except where a greater majority (such as a special resolution) is required by this Constitution, the Act or the Listing Rules.

 

Casting vote of chairman

 

17.2                        If an equal number of votes occurs on a show of hands or on a poll, the chairman does not have a casting vote in addition to any votes to which the chairman may be entitled as a Member, proxy, attorney or representative and the Resolution will be decided in the negative.

 

Method of voting

 

17.3                        Every Resolution submitted to the meeting, in the first instance, will be determined by a show of hands unless a poll is demanded under clause 17.4 or the Act either before or on the declaration of the result of the vote on a show of hands.

 

Demand for poll

 

17.4                        A poll may be demanded on any Resolution by:

 

20



 

(a)                                  the chairman;

 

(b)                                  at least 5 Members who are present; or

 

(c)                                   any 1 or more Members who are present, holding Shares conferring not less than 5% of the total voting rights of all Members having the right to vote on the Resolution.

 

Conducting a poll

 

17.5                        The chairman will decide in each case the manner in which a poll is taken.

 

17.6                        In every case the chairman must ascertain the number of votes attaching to Shares held or represented by persons voting in favour of a Resolution or Special Resolution and by those voting against the Resolution.

 

17.7                        The chairman will determine any dispute about admitting or rejecting a vote and that determination made in good faith will be final and conclusive.

 

Votes

 

17.8                        Subject to this Constitution, the Listing Rules and the rights or restrictions on voting which may attach to or be imposed on any class of Shares:

 

(a)                                  on a show of hands every Member present (including each holder of preference Shares who has a right to vote) will have 1 vote; and

 

(b)                                  on a poll every Member present (including each holder of preference Shares who has a right to vote) will have 1 vote for each fully paid Share held by that Member and a fraction of a vote for each partly paid Share, equivalent to the proportion which the amount paid (not credited) is of the total amounts paid and payable (excluding amounts credited) for that Share, ignoring any amounts paid in advance of a call.

 

Votes by proxy

 

17.9                        A Member who is entitled to attend and cast a vote at a general meeting of the Company may appoint not more than 2 other persons as that Member’s proxy or proxies to attend and vote at the meeting on that Member’s behalf.

 

17.10                 If a Member appoints 1 proxy, that proxy may vote on a show of hands.

 

17.11                 A proxy may demand or join in demanding a poll.

 

17.12                 If a Member is present at any general meeting for which the Member has validly appointed a proxy to attend and vote for the Member:

 

(a)                                  the proxy’s authority to speak for the Member is suspended while the Member is present; and

 

(b)                                  the proxy’s authority to vote for the Member on any resolution is not suspended while the Member is present but is revoked by the Member voting in person on that resolution.

 

17.13                 A proxy may vote or abstain as he or she chooses except to the extent that an appointment of the proxy indicates the manner in which the proxy must vote on any resolution.  The proxy may only vote or abstain on a poll or show of hands as instructed by proxy appointment.

 

21



 

Voting if call unpaid on Shares

 

17.14                     Subject to any restrictions affecting the right of any Member or class of Members to attend any meeting, a Member holding Shares on which no calls or other moneys are due and payable to the Company is entitled;

 

(a)                                   to receive notices and to attend any general meeting; and

 

(b)                                  to vote and be counted in a quorum,

 

even though that Member has moneys then due and payable to the Company in respect of other Shares which that Member holds.

 

17.15                     A Member may not vote at any general meeting in respect of those Shares the Member holds on which calls or other moneys are due and payable to the Company at the time of the meeting.

 

Voting by joint holders

 

17.16                     Subject to clause 17.19, joint holders of Shares may vote at any meeting either personally or by proxy or by attorney or representative in respect of those Shares as if they were solely entitled to those Shares.

 

17.17                     If more than 1 joint holder is present at any meeting (whether personally, by proxy or by attorney or by representative) and tenders a vote, only the vote of the joint holder whose name appears first on the register will be counted.

 

17.18                     Several legal personal representatives of a deceased Member will for the purpose of this clause be deemed to be joint holders of the Shares registered in the name of that Member.

 

Voting by transmittee

 

17.19                     A person entitled to transmission of a Share under clause 9 who, at least 48 hours before the time notified for a general meeting (or an adjourned meeting), satisfies the Board of the Member’s right to that Share, may vote at that general meeting in respect of that Share as if that person were registered as the holder of the Share.

 

Voting by Member of unsound mind

 

17.20                     If a Member is of unsound mind, or is someone whose person or estate is liable to be dealt with under a law relating to mental health, that Member’s committee or trustee or other person who properly manages the Member’s estate may, if that person has at least 48 hours before the time notified for a general meeting (or an adjourned meeting) satisfied the Board of its relationship to the Member or the Member’s estate, exercise the Member’s rights in respect of the general meeting as if the committee, trustee or other person were the Member.

 

Voting exclusions

 

17.21                     If:

 

(a)                                   the Listing Rules so require; or

 

(b)                                  to ensure that a Resolution or Special Resolution on which the Act requires that particular persons do not cast a vote so that the resolution has a specified effect under the Act; and

 

(c)                                   the notice of a general meeting includes any voting exclusion statement specifying that, in relation to particular business to be considered at that general meeting, votes

 

22



 

cast by particular persons (whether specified by name or description of particular classes of persons) are to be disregarded by the Company,

 

the Company must not take into account, in determining the votes cast on a resolution relating to that business (whether a Special Resolution or an ordinary Resolution) or for any other purpose, any vote cast or purported to be cast by or on behalf of any of those persons (whether on a show of hands or on a poll) in relation to that resolution except to the extent that the Listing Rules or the Act (as applicable) permit.

 

Ruling on entitlements and votes

 

17.22                     An objection raised with the chairman of a general meeting as to:

 

(a)                                   whether a purported voter is qualified; or

 

(b)                                  whether the admission or rejection of a vote by any person present and entitled (or claiming to be entitled) to vote should be admitted or rejected

 

may only be made at the general meeting or adjourned meeting at which the purported voter wishes to vote or the vote objected to is given or tendered.

 

17.23                     In relation to that objection:

 

(a)                                   the decision of the chairman is final and conclusive; and

 

(b)                                  a vote not disallowed as a result is valid and effective for all purposes.

 

18                                  Proxies

 

Instrument appointing proxy

 

18.1                           The instrument appointing a proxy must be in writing and signed by the appointor or the appointor’s attorney duly authorised in writing, or, if the appointor is a body corporate, by its corporate representative or in accordance with the Act.

 

Deposit of proxy with company

 

18.2                           The instrument appointing a proxy and the original power of attorney (if any) under which it is signed, or a certified copy of the power of attorney:

 

(a)                                   must be received by the Company at least 48 hours before the time for holding the meeting; and

 

(b)                                  may be:

 

(i)                                     delivered to the Company’s office; or

 

(ii)                                  sent by facsimile received at the Company’s office or at any other place, fax number or electronic address specified for the purpose in the notice of meeting; or

 

(iii)                               otherwise received by any other means permissible under section 250B of the Act.

 

23



 

Validity of vote given in accordance with proxy

 

18.3                           Unless the Company has received written notice of the matter before the start or resumption of the meeting at which a proxy votes, a vote cast by the proxy will be valid even if, before the proxy voted:

 

(a)                                   the Member dies;

 

(b)                                  the Member is mentally incapacitated;

 

(c)                                   the Member revokes the proxy’s appointment;

 

(d)                                  the Member revokes the authority under which the proxy was appointed by a third party; or

 

(e)                                   the Member transfers the Share for which the proxy was given.

 

Form of proxy

 

18.4                           Every instrument of proxy must specify the Member’s name and address, the Company’s name, the proxy’s name or the name of the office held by the proxy and the meetings at which the proxy may be used, and must otherwise comply with the provisions of section 250A of the Act. An appointment of proxy may be a standing one.

 

18.5                           The instrument of proxy may specify the manner in which the proxy is to vote in respect of each of the resolutions to be proposed.

 

18.6                           The instrument of proxy may specify the proportion or number of votes which the proxy may exercise.  If the Member appoints two proxies and the appointment does not specify the proportion or number of the Member’s votes each proxy may exercise, each proxy may exercise half of the votes.

 

18.7                           Any instrument of proxy deposited in accordance with this Constitution which does not name the appointee will be deemed to be given in favour of the chairman of the meeting to which it relates.

 

19                                  Directors

 

Number of Directors

 

19.1                           The number of Directors must not be less than 3, nor more than the number determined by the Directors from time to time, which until otherwise determined by the Directors is 10.

 

No Share qualification

 

19.2                           A Director need not hold any Shares in the Company.

 

Election of Directors by Company

 

19.3                           Directors must be elected by Resolution of the Company in general meeting.

 

Directors may fill casual vacancies or appoint additional Directors

 

19.4                           Despite clause 19.3, the Directors have power at any time and from time to time to appoint any other person as a Director either to fill a casual vacancy or as an addition to the Board but the total number of Directors must not at any time exceed the maximum number for the time being fixed by or under this Constitution.

 

24



 

19.5                           Any Director, except the managing director, appointed under this clause while the Company is admitted to the Official List must retire from office at, and will be eligible for re-election at, the next annual general meeting following his or her appointment.

 

Eligibility for election as a Director

 

19.6                           A person is only eligible for appointment as a Director by Resolution of the Company in general meeting, where the Company receives at its Office at least 30 business days before the relevant general meeting both:

 

(a)                                   a nomination of the person by a Member; and

 

(b)                                  a consent to that nomination signed by the person nominated for election as a Director,

 

except where a Director retires from the Board under this Constitution or a person is recommended for appointment by the Board.

 

Auditor cannot be Director

 

19.7                           No auditor of the Company or partner or employee or employer of an auditor can be appointed as a Director or an alternate Director of the Company.

 

20                                  Director’s tenure of office

 

Directors’ tenure of office

 

20.1                           Subject to the Act, the Listing Rules and this Constitution and clause 20.2, a Director must retire from office or seek re-election by no later than the third annual general meeting following his or her appointment or election or 3 years, whichever is longer.

 

20.2                           This clause does not apply to the managing director.  If there is more than 1 managing director, only the first appointed does not have to comply with the requirement to relinquish office.

 

Retirement by rotation

 

20.3                           Unless otherwise determined by a Resolution of the Company, while the Company is admitted to the Official List, at least one Director must retire from office at each annual general meeting unless there has been an election of Directors earlier that year.

 

20.4                           If no Director is required to retire at an annual general meeting under clause 19.5 or clause 20.1, then the Director to retire under clause 20.3 will be the one who has been longest in office since his or her last election.

 

20.5                           As between those who became Directors on the same day, those to retire will, unless they otherwise agree among themselves, be determined by lot.

 

20.6                           A retiring Director may act as a Director throughout the meeting at which he or she retires and at any adjournment.

 

20.7                           This clause does not apply to the managing director.  If there is more than 1 managing director, only the first appointed does not have to comply with the requirement to relinquish office as set out in this clause.

 

25



 

Retiring Director eligible for re-election

 

20.8                           A Director who retires or whose office is vacated under this Constitution will be eligible for election or re-election to the Board.

 

Removal of Director by the Company

 

20.9                           The Company may by Resolution remove any Director at any time.

 

Vacation of office

 

20.10                     The office of a Director will be automatically vacated if the Director:

 

(a)                                   is declared bankrupt;

 

(b)                                  becomes of unsound mind or a person whose person or estate is liable to be dealt with under the laws relating to mental health;

 

(c)                                   is prohibited from being a Director in accordance with any of the provisions of the Listing Rules, the Act or any order made under the Act or the Director’s office is vacated;

 

(d)                                  resigns by giving the Company written notice;

 

(e)                                   either personally or by an alternate Director, fails to attend Board meetings for a continuous period of 3 Months without leave of absence from the Board; or

 

(f)                                     is an executive director under an employment or services agreement with the Company and that agreement terminates, unless the Board determines otherwise.

 

20.11                     A Director whose office is vacated under paragraphs (i), (ii) or (iii) will not be eligible for re-election until the disability (or disabilities) referred to is (or are) removed.

 

21                                  Director’s remuneration

 

Remuneration for non-executive Directors

 

21.1                           Subject to clause 21.6 and the Listing Rules, the Company in general meeting may from time to time determine the maximum aggregate cash remuneration ( Remuneration ) to be paid to the non-executive Directors for services rendered as Directors.

 

21.2                           Those Directors may divide the Remuneration among themselves in any proportions and in any manner as they may from time to time determine.

 

21.3                           If those Directors do not or are unable to agree as to the apportionment of the Remuneration, it will be divided among them equally but with any non-executive chairman receiving three times that of the other non-executive Directors.

 

21.4                           The Remuneration:

 

(a)                                   accrues from day to day;

 

(b)                                  excludes any superannuation payments, and indemnities and insurance premiums paid in accordance with this Constitution; and

 

(c)                                   excludes any remuneration payable to any Director under any executive service contract with the Company or a Related Body Corporate.

 

26



 

Additional remuneration for extra services

 

21.5                           If any Director performs extra services or makes special exertions (at the Board’s request), such as going or living abroad, serving on any Board committee, or otherwise for any Company purpose, the Company may remunerate that Director by paying for those services and exertions.  This payment may be in addition to any remuneration determined under clauses 21.1 to 21.4.

 

Remuneration to be in accordance with Listing Rules

 

21.6                           Remuneration payable to Directors must comply with the Listing Rules and in particular:

 

(a)                                   fees payable to non-executive Directors must be by way of a fixed sum, and not by way of a commission on or a percentage of profits or operating revenue;

 

(b)                                  the Remuneration payable to executive Directors must not include a commission on or percentage of operating revenue; and

 

(c)                                   the total directors’ fees payable to Directors must not be increased without the Members in general meeting first giving their approval.

 

Expenses of Directors

 

21.7                           In addition to any Remuneration, the Company must also pay Directors (in addition to any other remuneration) all travelling and other expenses they incur in attending and returning from Directors’ meetings, any committee of the Directors or any Company general meetings or otherwise in connection with the Company’s business.

 

22                                  Director’s contracts

 

Directors not disqualified from holding office or contracting with Company

 

22.1                           Except as otherwise provided in the Act or the Listing Rules:

 

(a)                                   no Director will be disqualified by virtue of being a Director from holding any office or place of profit (other than as auditor) with the Company or with any company promoted by the Company or with any corporation in which the Company is a Member or which is a Member of the Company or in which the Company is otherwise interested;

 

(b)                                  no Director will be disqualified by virtue of being a Director from contracting with the Company (whether as vendor, purchaser or otherwise);

 

(c)                                   no contract referred to in this clause 22 or any contract or arrangement entered into by or on behalf of the Company in which any Director is in any way interested can be avoided and no Director will be liable to account to the Company for any profit arising from that contract or arrangement or from any office referred to in this clause 22.1 by reason only of that Director holding that office or of the Director’s fiduciary relationship with the Company.

 

Director can act in professional capacity

 

22.2                           Subject to the Act and the Listing Rules, a Director or a Director’s firm may act in a professional capacity (other than as auditor) for the Company and that Director or that Director’s firm is entitled to remuneration for professional services as if the relevant Director were not a Director.

 

27



 

Director not to vote on contract in which the Director has a material personal interest

 

22.3                           Subject to the Act and the Listing Rules, neither a Director nor his or her alternate may vote at any Board meeting about any contract or arrangement in which the Director has, whether directly or indirectly, a material personal interest.  However, that Director may execute or otherwise act in respect of that contract or arrangement.

 

Directors to declare interest

 

22.4                           Any Director who has a material personal interest in a matter that relates to the Company’s affairs must give the other Directors notice of that interest, unless the interest is of a type referred to in section 191(2)(a) of the Act, or all of the conditions referred to in section 191(2)(c) of the Act are satisfied.

 

22.5                           The Director must declare the nature and extent of such interest and the relation of such interest to the Company’s affairs at a Directors’ meeting as soon as possible after the Director becomes aware of his or her interest in the matter.

 

22.6                           A Director who has such an interest in a matter may give a standing notice to the other Directors of the nature and extent of that Director’s interest in the matter in accordance with section 192 of the Act.  Such standing notice must be tabled at the next Directors’ meeting, and the nature and extent of the interest disclosed must be recorded in the minutes of the meeting at which the standing notice is tabled.

 

Directors to declare potential conflicts

 

22.7                           Any Director who holds any office or possesses any property whereby the holding or possession might (whether directly or indirectly) create conflicting duties or interests with those as a Company Director must declare the fact of holding that office or possessing that property, and the nature and extent of any conflict, at the first Directors’ meeting held after he or she becomes a Director or (if already a Director) at the first Director’s meeting held after he or she becomes aware of the relevant facts.

 

Secretary to record declarations of Directors

 

22.8                           The Secretary must record in the minutes of the meeting any declarations made or notices given by a Director under this Constitution.

 

23                                  Powers of Directors

 

Powers of Directors

 

23.1                           Subject to the Act and to any provision of this Constitution, the Directors will manage, or cause the management of, the business of the Company.  The Directors may pay, or cause to be paid, all expenses incurred in promoting and forming the Company and may exercise, or cause to be exercised, all powers of the Company that are not, by the Act or by this Constitution, required to be exercised by the Company in general meeting.

 

Powers to borrow or raise money

 

23.2                           Without limiting the generality of the previous clause, the Directors may from time to time at their discretion borrow or raise any sum or sums of money or obtain other financial accommodation for Company purposes and may grant security for the repayment of that sum or sums or the payment, performance or fulfilment of any debts, liabilities, contracts or obligations incurred or undertaken by the Company in any manner and on any terms and

 

28



 

conditions as they think fit and in particular by the issue or re-issue of bonds, perpetual or redeemable debentures or any mortgage, charge or other security on the undertaking or the whole or any part of the property of the Company (both present and future) including its uncalled or unpaid capital for the time being.

 

Directors may vote shares in other corporations

 

23.3                           Subject to the Act and the Listing Rules, the Directors may exercise the voting power conferred by the shares in any corporation held by the Company in any manner they think fit, including in circumstances where a Director may be interested in the exercise, such as an exercise in favour of any Resolution appointing a Director as an officer of a corporation or voting or providing for the payment of remuneration to officers of the other corporation.

 

Agent or attorney

 

23.4                           The Directors may at any time appoint any person or persons to be a Company agent or attorney for any purpose and with any powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Directors under this Constitution) and for any period and subject to any conditions as the Directors think fit.

 

23.5                           Any appointment may be made in favour of:

 

(a)                                   any company; or

 

(b)                                  the members, directors, nominees or managers of any company or firm; or

 

(c)                                   any fluctuating body of persons (whether nominated by the Directors or otherwise).

 

23.6                           Any document appointing an agent or power of attorney may provide for the protection or convenience of the agent or attorney and of persons dealing with the agent or attorney as the Directors may think fit.

 

Sub-delegation of powers

 

23.7                           The Directors may authorise any agent or attorney they have appointed to sub-delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in them for the time being.

 

24                                  Executive directors

 

Managing director

 

24.1                           The Directors may at any time appoint 1 or more Directors to be the managing director or to any other executive office for any period and on any terms they think fit.  Subject to the terms of any agreement entered into in any particular case, the Directors may revoke that appointment.  An appointment automatically terminates if the appointee ceases to be a Director.  If the appointee ceases to be the managing director, that person will also automatically cease to be a Director unless the Board determines otherwise.

 

Directors may confer powers on executive directors

 

24.2                           The Directors may confer on a managing director or other executive director any of the powers exercisable by the Directors on those terms and conditions and with any restrictions as they think fit.  Any powers so conferred may be concurrent with or to the exclusion of their own powers. The Directors may at any time revoke, withdraw, alter or vary all or any of those powers.

 

29



 

Remuneration of executive directors

 

24.3                           Subject to the Listing Rules and the terms of any agreement entered into with any executive director, the Board may fix the remuneration of each executive director which may comprise salary or commission on or participation in profits of the Company, but may not comprise commission on, or a percentage of, operating revenue.

 

25                                  Proceedings of Directors

 

Board meetings

 

25.1                           The Directors may meet either:

 

(a)                                   in person;

 

(b)                                  by telephone;

 

(c)                                   by audiovisual linkup; or

 

(d)                                  by any other instantaneous communications medium for conferring;

 

for dispatch of business, and adjourn and otherwise regulate their meetings as they think fit.

 

Director to be regarded as present at meeting

 

25.2                           A Director is regarded as present at a meeting where the meeting is conducted by telephone, audiovisual linkup or other instantaneous communications medium for conferring, if the Director is able to hear, and to be heard by, all others attending the meeting.

 

Place of meeting

 

25.3                           A meeting conducted by telephone, audiovisual linkup or other instantaneous communications medium for conferring, will be deemed to be held at the place agreed on by the Directors attending that meeting, provided that at least 1 of the Directors present at the meeting was at that place for the duration of the meeting.  Meetings may be held outside Australia.

 

Convening of Directors meeting

 

25.4                           A Director may at any time, and the Secretary on the request of a Director must, convene a meeting of Directors.

 

Notice of meeting

 

25.5                           Notice of every meeting of Directors must be given to each Director who is within Australia but it is not necessary to give notice to any Director who is outside Australia.  Such notice may be given in person, by telephone, by audio visual linkup or by any other instantaneous communications medium for conferring.

 

Directors may act notwithstanding vacancy

 

25.6                           The Directors may act despite there being a vacancy on the Board, but if and so long as their number is below the number required for a quorum, they must not act except in an emergency or to fill a vacancy or to summon a general meeting.

 

30



 

Quorum for Board meetings

 

25.7                           At a meeting of Directors, the number of Directors necessary to constitute a quorum is that number as determined by the Directors and, unless otherwise determined, is 3.

 

Meeting competent to exercise all powers

 

25.8                           A Directors’ meeting at which a quorum is present will be competent to exercise all or any of the powers and discretions vested in or exercisable by the Directors generally.

 

Chairman of Board meetings

 

25.9                           The Directors may elect a chairman and deputy chairman of their meetings and determine the periods for which they are to hold office.  If no chairman or deputy chairman is elected or if at any meeting neither the chairman nor the deputy chairman is present at the time appointed for the meeting, the Directors present at the meeting may choose 1 of the Directors present to be chairman of the meeting.

 

Documents tabled at meeting

 

25.10                     An original document, or a photocopy, facsimile or electronic copy of that document, which is in the possession of, or has been seen by, all Directors attending the Directors’ meeting before, or at the time of, that meeting, is deemed to be a document tabled at that meeting.

 

Questions to be decided by majority

 

25.11                     Questions arising at any Board meeting will be decided by a majority of votes of Directors present and voting.  Subject to the Listing Rules, if the votes cast are equal, the chairman will have a second or casting vote, but not so where there are only 2 Directors present who are competent to vote on the question at issue.

 

Resolution in writing

 

25.12                     A Resolution in writing of which notice has been given to all Directors for the time being entitled to receive notice of that meeting and which is signed by a majority of Directors for the time being entitled to attend and vote at Directors’ meetings will be as valid and effectual as if it had been passed at a Directors’ meeting duly convened and held.

 

25.13                     That Resolution may consist of several documents in like form each signed by 1 or more of the Directors.

 

25.14                     For the purposes of this clause:

 

(a)                                   the signature of an alternate Director will be as effective as, and may be substituted for, the signature of an appointing Director; and

 

(b)                                  a signature will be valid if it is transmitted by facsimile, e-mail, or other generally accepted technology.

 

25.15                     The effective date of that Resolution is the date on which the document or any of the counterpart documents was last signed.

 

Resolution passed deemed to be determination of Board

 

25.16                     Any Resolution properly passed at a duly convened Directors’ meeting at which a quorum is present will be deemed to be a determination by all the Directors or the Board for the purposes of this Constitution.

 

31



 

Committee powers and meetings

 

25.17                     The Directors may delegate any of their powers to a committee of Directors, a sole Director and/or other persons as they think fit and may revoke that delegation.

 

25.18                     Any committee can exercise the powers delegated to it in accordance with any directions that may from time to time be imposed on it by the Board.

 

25.19                     The meetings and proceedings of any committee consisting of 2 or more Directors will be governed by the provisions of this Constitution regulating the meetings and proceedings of the Directors so far as they are applicable and are not superseded by any direction made by the Board under this clause.

 

Validity of acts of Directors

 

25.20                     All acts done by any Directors’ meeting or by a committee of the Directors or by any person acting as a Director will be valid even it is discovered afterwards that there was some defect in the appointment or election of that Director or person acting as a Director or that any Director was disqualified or had vacated office or was otherwise not entitled to vote or act.

 

26                                  Secretary

 

26.1                           A Secretary or Secretaries of the Company must be appointed by the Directors in accordance with the Act. The Directors may also appoint acting and assistant Secretaries.  Those appointments may be for any term, at any remuneration and on any conditions as the Directors think fit and any person so appointed may be removed by the Directors.

 

27                                  Minutes and registers to be kept

 

Minutes

 

27.1                           The Directors must cause to be entered in one or more sets of minute books of the Company within 1 Month of the relevant meeting, minutes containing details of:

 

(a)                                   the names of the Directors present at each Directors’ meeting and meeting of any committee of Directors;

 

(b)                                  all declarations made or notices given by any Director (either generally or specifically) of its interest in any contract or proposed contract or of its holding of any office or property whereby any conflict of duty or interest may arise; and

 

(c)                                   all Resolutions and proceedings of general meetings of the Company, Directors’ meetings and meetings of any committee of the Directors.

 

Minutes to be signed by chairman

 

27.2                           Any minutes of any general meetings of the Company, Directors’ meeting or meetings of any committee of the Directors must be signed by the chairman of the meeting or by the chairman of the next succeeding meeting and once signed will constitute prima facie evidence of the matters stated in the minutes.

 

Registers

 

27.3                           The Directors must cause the Company to keep:

 

32



 

(a)                                   a register of Members and other registers required under the Act; and

 

(b)                                  any other registers or sub-registers required by the Listing Rules or Settlement Rules.

 

28                                  Reserves

 

Reserves

 

28.1                           Before declaring any dividends, the Directors may set aside out of the Company’s profits any sums they think proper as reserves to be applied to meet contingencies, to equalise dividends, to pay special dividends, to repair, improve or maintain any Company property or for any other purpose the Directors in their absolute discretion consider to be in the Company’s interests.  Pending that application, the reserves may, at the Directors’ discretion, be used in the Company’s business or be invested as the Directors think fit (including the purchase of Shares of the Company).  The Directors may deal with and vary these investments and dispose of all or any part for the Company’s benefit and may divide the reserves into special reserves as they think fit.

 

Carry forward of profits

 

28.2                           The Directors may carry forward any profits they consider ought not to be distributed as dividends without transferring those profits to a reserve.

 

Revaluation of assets

 

28.3                           Subject to the Act, the Directors may revalue any assets of the Company.

 

29                                  Dividends

 

Power to determine and declare dividends vested in Directors

 

29.1                           The power to determine that a dividend is payable and to declare dividends (including interim dividends) is vested in the Directors who may fix the amount and the timing for payment and the method of payment of any dividend in accordance with this Constitution.

 

Apportionment of dividends

 

29.2                           Subject to this Constitution, the Act, the Listing Rules and the rights of Members entitled to Shares with preferential, special or qualified rights as to dividend, dividends are to be apportioned and paid among the Members in proportion to the amounts paid up (not credited) on the Shares held by them.  Any amount paid on a Share in advance of a call will be ignored when calculating the relevant proportion.

 

Dividends only payable out of profits

 

29.3                           No dividend is payable except out of the Company’s profits.  The declaration of the Directors as to the amount of the Company’s profits is conclusive.

 

Dividend payable by distribution of assets

 

29.4                           The Directors when decla ring a dividend may:

 

33



 

(a)                                   resolve that the dividend be paid wholly or partly by the distribution of specific assets including bonus Shares or other securities of the Company or any other corporation; and

 

(b)                                  to the extent permitted by law, direct that the dividend be payable

 

(i)                                     to particular Members wholly or partly out of any particular fund or reserve or out of profits derived from any particular source; and

 

(ii)                                  to the remaining Members wholly or partly out of any other particular fund or reserve or out of profits derived from any other particular source

 

and may make that direction despite that by doing so the dividend will form part of the assessable income for taxation purposes of some Members and will not form part of the assessable income of others.

 

(c)                                   All matters concerning dividends including valuation of assets is determined by the Directors as they think expedient.

 

Dividends may be payable in foreign currency

 

29.5                           Dividends will be declared in Australian currency.

 

29.6                           The Directors may, if they think fit, determine that any dividend payable to some or all the Members will be paid in a currency or currencies other than Australian currency.  For that purpose the Directors may at the time of declaration of the dividend stipulate a date on which they will determine the rate or rates at which the dividend will be converted into the other currency or currencies.

 

29.7                           Payment in another currency or currencies of the amount of any dividend converted under this clause will be deemed as between the Company and all Members to be an adequate and proper payment of the amount of the dividend.

 

No interest payable on dividends

 

29.8                           Interest is not payable by the Company in respect of any dividend.

 

Directors may retain certain dividends

 

29.9                           The Directors may retain the dividends payable on Shares to which any person is entitled to become a Member because of death, bankruptcy or other operation of law until that person or a nominated transferee becomes a Member in respect of the Shares.

 

Directors may deduct from dividends money payable to Company

 

29.10                     The Directors may deduct from any dividend payable to a Member all sums of money presently payable by the Member to the Company on account of calls or otherwise.

 

Payment of dividends

 

29.11                     Any dividend, interest or other moneys payable in respect of any Shares may be paid by cheque or by any other method of payment specified by the Directors.

 

29.12                     Where the dividend, interest or other moneys payable in respect of Shares is paid by cheque, the cheque will be sent through the post to:

 

(a)                                   the registered address of the Member or person entitled or, in the case of joint holders, to the registered address of that holder whose name appears first on the Register in respect of the joint holding; or

 

34



 

(b)                                  to that person at that address as the holder or joint holders may in writing direct.

 

29.13                     Every cheque will be made payable to the order of the person to whom it is sent and is at its risk.

 

Unclaimed dividends

 

29.14                     Except as otherwise provided by law, all dividends unclaimed for 1 year after having been declared may be invested or otherwise made use of by the Directors for the benefit of the Company until claimed.

 

Dividend Reinvestment Plans

 

29.15                     The Directors may implement and in their discretion maintain, on terms and conditions determined by the Directors from time to time, dividend reinvestment plans (a Dividend Reinvestment Plan) for cash dividends paid by the Company in relation to Shares in the capital of the Company to be reinvested by way of subscription for Shares or other securities to be issued and allotted by the Company.  Participation in a Dividend Reinvestment Plan will be available to those Members who wish to participate in the Dividend Reinvestment Plan and are eligible to do so under the terms and conditions of the Dividend Reinvestment Plan.

 

Amendment of Dividend Reinvestment Plans

 

29.16                     The Directors may vary, amend or suspend any terms or conditions of a Dividend Reinvestment Plan as and when they think fit in their discretion.

 

30                                  Capitalising profits

 

Capitalising profits

 

30.1                           The Directors may resolve to capitalise any sum for the time being standing to the credit of any of the Company’s reserve accounts, arising from a revaluation or sale of assets, or otherwise available for distribution to Members.  The sum capitalised will be applied for the benefit of Members (in the proportions to which those Members would have been entitled in a distribution of that sum by way of dividend) in one or both of the following ways:

 

(a)                                   in or towards paying up any amounts for the time being unpaid on any Shares held by those Members; or

 

(b)                                  in paying up in full or in part any unissued Shares or debentures of the Company to be allotted and distributed credited as fully paid to those Members.

 

Directors powers in relation to capitalisation of profits

 

30.2                           In giving effect to any Resolution for capitalisation under clause 30.1, the Directors may:

 

(a)                                   appoint any person to make an agreement on behalf of the Members entitled to benefit from the Resolution where that agreement is required under the Act or is otherwise considered by the Directors to be desirable;

 

(b)                                  issue fractional certificates or make cash payments where Shares or debentures become issuable in fractions; and

 

(c)                                   otherwise provide for adjusting differences and settling any difficulty arising under the Resolution including a determination that fractions will be disregarded or that a fractional entitlement be increased to the next whole number.

 

35



 

31                                  Financial statements

 

Financial records

 

31.1                           The Directors must cause financial and other records to be kept as required by the Act, the Listing Rules and this Constitution. A Director (including a former Director) may inspect and make a copy of such financial and other records (including board papers) for the purposes of a legal proceeding to which the person is a party, that the person proposes in good faith to bring, or that the person has reason to believe will be brought against the person.

 

Financial statements to be audited

 

31.2                           The financial statements of the Company for each Financial Year must be audited by the auditor in accordance with the Act.

 

Auditor

 

31.3                           The auditor of the Company is to be appointed and removed from time to time in accordance with the Act.

 

32                                  Inspection of records

 

32.1                           Subject to the Act, the Directors may determine whether and to what extent the documents and records of the Company will be open to inspection by any person.  This clause does not limit the rights of a Director or former Director under the law.

 

33                                  Notices

 

Service of notices by Company

 

33.1                           A notice may be given by the Company to any Member in any one of the following ways:

 

(a)                                   personally, by giving it to the Member;

 

(b)                                  by leaving it addressed to the Member at the Member’s address;

 

(c)                                   by facsimile to the Member at the Member’s facsimile number;

 

(d)                                  by e-mail to the Member’s electronic address;

 

(e)                                   by post by sending it addressed to the Member at the Member’s address;

 

(f)                                     or otherwise by any method (including by advertisement) as the Directors may determine.

 

Electronic communications

 

33.2                           Where the Company is required by the Act or this Constitution to:

 

(a)                                   give information in writing;

 

(b)                                  provide a signature;

 

(c)                                   produce a document;

 

36



 

(d)                                  record information; or

 

(e)                                   retain a document,

 

that requirement is taken to have been met if the Company uses an electronic communication or an electronic form of the relevant document, and the Company complies with any further requirements of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999 (Cth).

 

Notices to joint holders

 

33.3                           A notice may be given by the Company to the joint holders of a Share by giving the notice to the joint holder whose name appears first in the Register and that notice will be sufficient notice to all the joint holders.

 

Notice deemed to be served

 

33.4                           Any notice by advertisement will be deemed to have been served on the day of publication of the newspaper containing the advertisement.

 

33.5                           Any notice sent by post will be deemed to have been served on the day following the day on which the notice is posted.

 

33.6                           A notice sent by facsimile or other electronic means will be deemed to have been served on the same day that it is sent.

 

Service by post

 

33.7                           A notice sent by post will be properly served if the notice was correctly addressed and was posted with the required postage.  A certificate in writing signed by any manager, Secretary or other officer of the Company that the notice was so addressed and posted is conclusive evidence of proper service by post.

 

Notices to Members whose whereabouts unknown

 

33.8                           Where:

 

(a)                                   the Company in good faith has reason to believe that a Member is not known at the address shown for that Member in the Register;

 

(b)                                  the Company has subsequently made an enquiry at that address as to the whereabouts of the Member; and

 

(c)                                   the enquiry either elicits no response or a response indicating that the Member’s present whereabouts are unknown,

 

all future notices will be deemed to be given to the Member if the notice is exhibited in the Office for a period (not including weekends and public holidays) of 48 hours and will be deemed to be duly served at the commencement of that period. This clause will apply unless and until the Member informs the Company that the Member has resumed residence at the Member’s address shown in the Register or notifies the Company of a new address to which the Company may send the Member notices (which new address is deemed to be the Member’s registered place of address).

 

Notices binding on transferees

 

33.9                           Every person who becomes entitled to any Share by operation of law, transfer or otherwise will be bound by every notice in respect of the Share which, before that person’s name and address is entered on the Register, is duly given to the person from whom title to the Share is derived.

 

37



 

Notice to deceased or bankrupt Members

 

33.10                     Any notice or document given to a Member will be deemed to have been duly given in respect of any Shares held solely or jointly by the Member despite the Member having died or becoming bankrupt and whether or not the Company has notice of the death or bankruptcy until some other person is registered in the Member’s stead as the holder or joint holder.

 

Signing notices

 

33.11                     The signature to any notice to be given by the Company may be written, printed or provided by electronic means.

 

Counting days

 

33.12                     Where a given number of days’ notice or notice extending over any other period is required to be given, the day on which notice is deemed to be given will not be counted in the number of days or other period.

 

34                                  Winding up

 

Distribution of surplus assets

 

34.1                           In a winding up, any assets available for distribution to Members will, subject to the rights of the holders of Shares issued on special terms and conditions, this Constitution, the Act and the Listing Rules, be distributed amongst the Members to return capital paid up on their Shares and distribute any surplus in proportion to the amount paid up (not credited) on Shares held by them.

 

Fee or commission paid to liquidator to be approved in general meeting

 

34.2                           The Company must not pay any Director or liquidator any fee or commission on the sale or realisation of the whole or part of the Company’s undertaking or assets unless the Company in general meeting approves.  The approval must by given at a meeting convened by notice specifying the fee or commission proposed to be paid.

 

Distribution in specie

 

34.3                           If the Company is wound up (whether voluntarily or otherwise), the liquidator may;

 

(a)                                   with the approval of a Special Resolution, divide among the contributories in specie or kind any part of the assets of the Company;

 

(b)                                  with the approval of a Special Resolution, vest any part of the assets of the Company in trustees of trusts for the benefit of the contributories or any of them as the liquidator thinks fit; and

 

(c)                                   set the values it considers fair and reasonable on any property to be divided and determine how the division is to be carried out.

 

35                                  Indemnity and insurance

 

Indemnity

 

35.1                           To the extent permitted by law:

 

38



 

(a)                                   the Company must indemnify each Director and Secretary and each former Director and Secretary, and may indemnify any other officer or former officer of the Company (as that term is defined in section 9 of the Act), against any liability (other than legal costs) incurred in acting as a Director, Secretary, or, where applicable, other officer of the Company other than:

 

(i)                                     a liability owed to the Company or a Related Body Corporate;

 

(ii)                                  a liability for a pecuniary penalty order under section 1317G or a compensation order under section 1317H of the Act; or

 

(iii)                               a liability that did not arise out of conduct in good faith;

 

(b)                                  the Company must indemnify each Director and Secretary and each former Director and Secretary who is or was, at the request of the Company, serving as a director or secretary of another company against any liability (other than legal costs) incurred in acting as a director or secretary of the other company other than:

 

(i)                                     a liability owed to the other company or a Related Body Corporate;

 

(ii)                                  a liability for a pecuniary penalty order under section 1317G or a compensation order under section 1317H of the Act; or

 

(iii)                               a liability that did not arise out of conduct in good faith;

 

(c)                                   the Company must indemnify each Director and Secretary, and each former Director and Secretary, and may indemnify any other officer or former officer (as that term is defined in section 9 of the Act), for costs and expenses incurred by a Director, Secretary or, where applicable, other officer of the Company, in defending an action for a liability incurred in acting as a Director, Secretary or, where applicable, other officer of the Company, except for legal costs incurred:

 

(i)                                     in defending or resisting any proceedings, whether civil or criminal, in which the Director, Secretary or, where applicable, other officer of the Company, is found to have a liability for which they could not be indemnified under clause 35.1(a) above;

 

(ii)                                  in defending or resisting criminal proceedings in which the Director, Secretary or, where applicable, other officer of the Company, is found guilty;

 

(iii)                               in defending or resisting proceedings brought by the ASIC or by a liquidator for a court order if the grounds for making the order are found by the court to have been established, except for costs incurred in responding to actions taken by the ASIC or a liquidator as part of an investigation before commencing proceedings for the court order; or

 

(iv)                              in connection with proceedings for relief to the Director, Secretary or, where applicable, other officer of the Company, under the Act in which the relief is denied by the court;

 

(d)                                  the Company must indemnify each Director and Secretary and each former Director and Secretary who is or was, at the request of the Company, serving as a director or secretary of another company for costs and expenses incurred by the Director or Secretary in defending an action for a liability incurred in acting as a director or secretary of the other company, except for legal costs incurred:

 

39



 

(i)                                     in defending or resisting any proceedings, whether civil or criminal, in which the Director or Secretary is found to have a liability for which they could not be indemnified under clause 35.1(b) above;

 

(ii)                                  in defending or resisting criminal proceedings in which the Director or Secretary is found guilty;

 

(iii)                               in defending or resisting proceedings brought by the ASIC or by a liquidator for a court order if the grounds for making the order are found by the court to have been established, except for costs incurred in responding to actions taken by the ASIC or a liquidator as part of an investigation before commencing proceedings for the court order; or

 

(iv)                              in connection with proceedings for relief to the Director or Secretary under the Act in which the relief is denied by the court; and

 

(e)                                   the Company must make a payment, or agree to make a payment, whether by way of advance, loan or otherwise, for any reasonable legal costs incurred by a Director, Secretary or, where applicable, other officer of the Company (as that term is defined in section 9 of the Act), on the condition that the Director, Secretary or, where applicable, other officer of the Company, must repay the amount paid by the Company to the extent that the Company is found to be not able to indemnify the Director, Secretary or, where applicable, other officer of the Company, for those legal costs.

 

Insurance

 

35.2                           To the extent permitted by law and to the extent the Company is able to obtain it, the Company must maintain and pay all premiums for an insurance policy insuring each Director, Secretary or other officer (as that term is defined in section 9 of the Act) of the Company or of a subsidiary of the Company against liability incurred in that capacity for the period of the person’s engagement and for a 7 year period thereafter (and if legal action is commenced prior to the expiry of that date then until the final determination of that action) in an amount which is not less than the amount provided to Directors during that period, or if no such policy is in existence then on the terms and conditions that are in substance no less favourable to the person than those of any insurance policy that last covered the person.

 

40


Exhibit 12.01

 

SARBANES-OXLEY SECTION 302(a) CERTIFICATION

 

I, Dr. Paul Donald Richard MaeLeman, certify that:

 

1.             I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Genetic Technologies Limited;

 

2.             Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.             Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.             I am responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:

 

(a)          Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b)          Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c)           Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d)          Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.             I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a)          All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b)          Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

Date: December 17 th , 2010

 

 

/s/ Dr. Paul D.R. MacLeman

 

Dr. Paul D.R. MacLeman

 

Chief Executive Officer

 


 

Exhibit 12.02

 

SARBANES-OXLEY SECTION 302(a) CERTIFICATION

 

I, Thomas Godfrey Howitt, certify that:

 

1.             I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Genetic Technologies Limited;

 

2.             Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.             Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.             I am responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:

 

(a)          Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries. is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b)          Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c)           Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d)          Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.             I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a)          All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b)          Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

Date: December 17 th , 2010

 

 

/s/ Thomas G. Howitt

 

Thomas G. Howitt

 

Chief Finance Officer

 


Exhibit 13.01

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE U.S. SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the Annual Report of Genetic Technologies Limited (the “Company”) on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010, as filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Dr. Paul Donald Richard MacLeman, Chief Executive Officer, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. section 1350, as adopted pursuant to section 906 of the U.S. Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of my knowledge:

 

(i)              the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934: and

 

(ii)           the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

/s/ Dr. Paul D.R. McLeman

 

Name:

Dr. Paul D.R. McLeman

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

December 17 th , 2010

 


 

Exhibit 13.02

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE U.S. SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the Annual Report of Genetic Technologies Limited (the “Company”) on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010, as filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Thomas Godfrey Howitt, Chief Financial Officer, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. section 1350, as adopted pursuant to section 906 of the U.S. Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of my knowledge:

 

(i)              the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

(ii)           the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

 

/s/ Thomas G. Howitt

 

Name:

Thomas G. Howitt

 

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

December 17 th , 2010